Welcome to AiiDA’s documentation!¶
AiiDA is a sophisticated framework designed from scratch to be a flexible and scalable infrastructure for computational science. Being able to store the full data provenance of each simulation, and based on a tailored database solution built for efficient data mining implementations, AiiDA gives the user the ability to interact seamlessly with any number of HPC machines and codes thanks to its flexible plugin interface, together with a powerful workflow engine for the automation of simulations.
The software is available at http://www.aiida.net.
If you use AiiDA for your research, please cite the following work:
Giovanni Pizzi, Andrea Cepellotti, Riccardo Sabatini, Nicola Marzari, and Boris Kozinsky, AiiDA: automated interactive infrastructure and database for computational science, Comp. Mat. Sci 111, 218-230 (2016); http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2015.09.013; http://www.aiida.net.
This is the documentation of the AiiDA framework. For the first setup, configuration and usage, refer to the user’s guide below.
If, instead, you plan to add new plugins, or you simply want to understand AiiDA internals, refer to the developer’s guide.
User’s guide¶
User’s guide¶
Databases for AiiDA¶
AiiDA needs a database backend to store the nodes, node attributes and other information, allowing the end user to perform very fast queries of the results.
Before installing AiiDA, you have to choose (and possibly configure) a suitable supported backend.
Supported databases¶
Note
For those who do not want to read all this section, the short answer if you want to choose a database is SQLite if you just want to try out AiiDA without spending too much time in configuration (but SQLite is not suitable for production runs), while PostgreSQL for regular production use of AiiDA.
For those who are interested in the details, there are three supported database backends:
SQLite The SQLite backend is the fastest to configure: in fact, it does not really use a “real” database, but stores everything in a file. This is great if you never configured a database before and you just want to give AiiDA a try. However, keep in mind that it has many big shortcomings for a real AiiDA usage!
In fact, since everything is stored on a single file, each access (especially when writing or doing a transaction) to the database locks it: this means that a second thread wanting to access the database has to wait that the lock is released. We set up a timeout of about 60 seconds for each thread to retry to connect to the database, but after that time you will get an exception, with the risk of storing corrupted data in the AiiDA repository.
Therefore, it is OK to use SQLite for testing, but as soon as you want to use AiiDA in production, with more than one calculation submitted at each given time, please switch to a real database backend, like PostgreSQL.
Note
note, however, that typically SQLite is pretty fast for queries, once the database is loaded into memory, so it could be an interesting solution if you do not want to launch new calculations, but only to import the results and then query them (in a single-user approach).
PostgreSQL This is the database backend that the we, the AiiDA developers, suggest to use, because it is the one with most features.
MySQL This is another possible backend that you could use. However, we suggest that you use PostgreSQL instead of MySQL, due to some MySQL limitations (unless you have very strong reasons to prefer MySQL over PostgreSQL). In particular, some of the limitations of MySQL are:
- Only a precision of 1 second is possible for time objects, while PostgreSQL supports microsecond precision. This can be relevant for a proper sorting of calculations launched almost simultaneously.
- Indexed text columns can have an hardcoded maximum length. This can give issues with attributes, if you have very long key names or nested dictionaries/lists. These cannot be natively stored and therefore you either end up storing a JSON (therefore partially losing query capability) or you can even incur in problems.
Setup instructions¶
For any database, you may need to install a specific python package using
pip
; this typically also requires to have the development libraries
installed (the .h
C header files). Refer to the
installation documentation for more details.
SQLite¶
To use SQLite as backend, please install:
sudo apt-get install libsqlite3-dev
SQLite requires almost no configuration. In the verdi install
phase,
just type sqlite
when the Database engine
is required,
and then provide an absolute path
for the AiiDA Database location
field, that will be the file that
will store the full database (if
no file exists yet in that position, a fresh AiiDA database will be created).
Note
Do not forget to backup your database (instructions here).
PostgreSQL¶
Note
We assume here that you already installed PostgreSQL on your computer and that
you know the password for the postgres
user
(there are many tutorials online that explain how to do it,
depending on your operating system and distribution).
To install PostgreSQL under Ubuntu, you can do:
sudo apt-get install postgresql
sudo apt-get install postgresql-server-dev-all
sudo apt-get install postgresql-client
On Mac OS X, you can download binary packages to install PostgreSQL from the official website.
To properly configure a new database for AiiDA with PostgreSQL, you need to
create a new aiida
user and a new aiidadb
table.
To create the new aiida
user and the aiidadb
database, first
become the UNIX postgres
user, typing as root:
su - postgres
(or equivalently type sudo su - postgres
, depending on your distribution).
Then type the following command to enter in the PostgreSQL shell in the modality to create users:
psql template1
To create a new user for postgres (you can call it simply aiida
, as in the
example below), type in the psql
shell:
CREATE USER aiida WITH PASSWORD 'the_aiida_password';
where of course you have to change the_aiida_password
with a valid password.
Note
Remember, however, that since AiiDA needs to connect to this database, you will need to store this password in clear text in your home folder for each user that wants to have direct access to the database, therefore choose a strong password, but different from any that you already use!
Note
Did you just copy and paste the line above, therefore setting the
password to the_aiida_password
? Then, let’s change it! Choose a good
password this time, and then type the following command (this time replacing
the string new_aiida_password
with the password you chose!):
ALTER USER aiida PASSWORD 'new_aiida_password';
Then create a new aiidadb
database for AiiDA, and give ownership to user aiida
created above:
CREATE DATABASE aiidadb OWNER aiida;
and grant all privileges on this DB to the previously-created aiida
user:
GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON DATABASE aiidadb to aiida;
Finally, type \q
to quit the template1
shell, and exit
to exit the PostgreSQL shell.
To test if this worked, type this on a bash terminal (as a normal user):
psql -h localhost -d aiidadb -U aiida -W
and type the password you inserted before, when prompted.
If everything worked, you should get no error and the psql
shell.
Type \q
to exit.
If you use the names suggested above, in the verdi install
phase
you should use the following parameters:
Database engine: postgresql
PostgreSQL host: localhost
PostgreSQL port: 5432
AiiDA Database name: aiidadb
AiiDA Database user: aiida
AiiDA Database password: the_aiida_password
Note
Do not forget to backup your database (instructions here).
Note
If you want to move the physical location of the data files on your hard drive AFTER it has been created and filled, look at the instructions here.
Note
Due to the presence of a bug, PostgreSQL could refuse to restart after a crash. If this happens you should follow the instructions written here.
MySQL¶
To use properly configure a new database for AiiDA with MySQL, you need to
create a new aiida
user and a new aiidadb
table.
We assume here that you already installed MySQL on your computer and that you know your MySQL root password (there are many tutorials online that explain how to do it, depending on your operating system and distribution). To install mysql-client, you can do:
sudo apt-get install libmysqlclient-dev
After MySQL is installed, connect to it as the MySQL root account to create a new account. This can be done typing in the shell:
mysql -h localhost mysql -u root -p
(we are assuming that you installed the database on localhost
, even if this
is not strictly required - if this is not the case, change localhost
with the proper database host, but note that also some of the commands
reported below need to be adapted) and then type the MySQL root password when
prompted.
In the MySQL shell, type the following command to create a new user:
CREATE USER 'aiida'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY 'the_aiida_password';
where of course you have to change the_aiida_password
with a valid password.
Note
Remember, however, that since AiiDA needs to connect to this database, you will need to store this password in clear text in your home folder for each user that wants to have direct access to the database, therefore choose a strong password, but different from any that you already use!
Then, still in the MySQL shell, create a new database named aiida
using the
command:
CREATE DATABASE aiidadb;
and give all privileges to the aiida
user on this database:
GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES on aiidadb.* to aiida@localhost;
Note
‘’(only for developers)’’ If you are a developer and want to run
the tests using the MySQL database (to do so, you also have to set the
tests.use_sqlite
AiiDA property to False using the
verdi devel setproperty tests.use_sqlite False
command), you also have
to create a test_aiidadb
database. In this case, run also the two
following commands:
CREATE DATABASE test_aiidadb;
GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES on test_aiidadb.* to aiida@localhost;
If you use the names suggested above, in the verdi install
phase
you should use the following parameters:
Database engine: mysql
mySQL host: localhost
mySQL port: 3306
AiiDA Database name: aiidadb
AiiDA Database user: aiida
AiiDA Database password: the_aiida_passwd
Note
Do not forget to backup your database (instructions here).
AiiDA Backup¶
In this page you will find useful information on how to backup your database, how to move it to a different location and how to backup your repository.
How to backup the databases¶
It is strongly advised to backup the content of your database daily. Below are instructions to set this up for the SQLite, PostgreSQL and MySQL databases, under Ubuntu (tested with version 12.04).
SQLite backup¶
Note
Perform the following operation after having set up AiiDA. Only then
the ~/.aiida
folder (and the files within) will be created.
Simply make sure your database folder (typically /home/USERNAME/.aiida/ containing
the file aiida.db
and the repository
directory) is properly backed up by
your backup software (under Ubuntu, Backup -> check the “Folders” tab).
PostgreSQL backup¶
Note
Perform the following operation after having set up AiiDA. Only then
the ~/.aiida
folder (and the files within) will be created.
The database files are not put in the .aiida
folder but in the system directories
which typically are not backed up. Moreover, the database is spread over lots of files
that, if backed up as they are at a given time, cannot be re-used to restore the database.
So you need to periodically (typically once a day) dump the database contents in a file
that will be backed up.
This can be done by the following bash script
backup_postgresql.sh
:
#!/bin/bash
AIIDAUSER=aiida
AIIDADB=aiidadb
AIIDAPORT=5432
## STORE THE PASSWORD, IN THE PROPER FORMAT, IN THE ~/.pgpass file
## see http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgpass.html
AIIDALOCALTMPDUMPFILE=~/.aiida/${AIIDADB}-backup.psql.gz
if [ -e ${AIIDALOCALTMPDUMPFILE} ]
then
mv ${AIIDALOCALTMPDUMPFILE} ${AIIDALOCALTMPDUMPFILE}~
fi
# NOTE: password stored in ~/.pgpass, where pg_dump will read it automatically
pg_dump -h localhost -p $AIIDAPORT -U $AIIDAUSER $AIIDADB | gzip > $AIIDALOCALTMPDUMPFILE || rm $AIIDALOCALTMPDUMPFILE
Before launching the script you need to create the file ~/.pgpass
to avoid having to enter your database
password each time you use the script. It should look like (.pgpass
):
localhost:5432:aiidadb:aiida:YOUR_DATABASE_PASSWORD
where YOUR_DATABASE_PASSWORD
is the password you set up for the database.
Note
Do not forget to put this file in ~/ and to name it .pgpass
.
Remember also to give it the right permissions (read and write): chmod u=rw .pgpass
.
To dump the database in a file automatically everyday, you can add the following script
backup-aiidadb-USERNAME
in /etc/cron.daily/
, which will
launch the previous script once per day:
#!/bin/bash
su USERNAME -c "/home/USERNAME/.aiida/backup_postgresql.sh"
where all instances of USERNAME
are replaced by your actual user name. The su USERNAME
makes the dumped file be owned by you rather than by root
.
Remember to give the script the right permissions:
sudo chmod +x /etc/cron.daily/backup-aiidadb-USERNAME
Finally make sure your database folder (/home/USERNAME/.aiida/
) containing this dump file
and the repository
directory, is properly backed up by
your backup software (under Ubuntu, Backup -> check the “Folders” tab).
Note
If your database is very large (more than a few hundreds of thousands of nodes and workflows), a standard backup of your repository folder will be very slow (up to days), thus slowing down your computer dramatically. To fix this problem you can set up an incremental backup of your repository by following the instructions here.
MySQL backup¶
Todo
Back-up instructions for the MySQL database.
We do not have explicit instructions on how to back-up MySQL yet, but you can find plenty of information on Google.
How to retrieve the database from a backup¶
PostgreSQL backup¶
In order to retrieve the database from a backup, you have first to
create a empty database following the instructions described above in
“Setup instructions: PostgreSQL” except the verdi install
phase. Once that you have created your empty database with the same
names of the backuped one, type the following command:
psql -h localhost -U aiida -d aiidadb -f aiidadb-backup.psql
How to move the physical location of a database¶
It might happen that you need to move the physical location of the database files on your hard-drive (for instance, due to the lack of space in the partition where it is located). Below we explain how to do it.
PostgreSQL move¶
First, make sure you have a backup of the full database (see instructions
here), and that the AiiDA daemon is not running.
Then, become the UNIX postgres
user, typing as root:
su - postgres
(or, equivalently, type sudo su - postgres
, depending on your distribution).
Stop the postgres database daemon:
service postgresql stop
Then enter the postgres shell:
psql
and look for the current location of the data directory:
SHOW data_directory;
Typically you should get something like /var/lib/postgresql/9.1/main
.
Note
If you are experiencing memory problems and cannot enter the postgres
shell, you can look directly into the file /etc/postgresql/9.1/main/postgresql.conf
and check out the line defining the variable data_directory
.
Then exit the shell with \q
, go to this directory and copy all the
files to the new directory:
cp -a SOURCE_DIRECTORY DESTINATION_DIRECTORY
where SOURCE_DIRECTORY
is the directory you got from the
SHOW data_directory;
command, and DESTINATION_DIRECTORY
is the new
directory for the database files.
Make sure the permissions, owner and group are the same in the old and new directory
(including all levels above the DESTINATION_DIRECTORY
). The owner and group
should be both postgres
, at the notable exception of some symbolic links in
server.crt
and server.key
.
Note
If the permissions of these links need to be changed, use the -h
option of chown
to avoid changing the permissions of the destination of the
links. In case you have changed the permission of the links destination by
mistake, they should typically be (beware that this might depend on your
actual distribution!):
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 989 Mar 1 2012 /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem
-rw-r----- 1 root ssl-cert 1704 Mar 1 2012 /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key
Then you can change the postgres configuration file, that should typically be located here:
/etc/postgresql/9.1/main/postgresql.conf
Make a backup version of this file, then look for the line defining
data_directory
and replace it with the new data directory path:
data_directory = 'NEW_DATA_DIRECTORY'
Then start again the database daemon:
service postgresql start
You can check that the data directory has indeed changed:
psql
SHOW data_directory;
\q
Before removing definitely the previous location of the database files,
first rename it and test AiiDA with the new database location (e.g. do simple
queries like verdi code list
or create a node and store it). If
everything went fine, you can delete the old database location.
How to set up an incremental backup for the repository¶
Apart from the database backup, you should also backup the AiiDA repository. For small repositories, this can be easily done by a simple directory copy or, even better, with the use of the rsync command which can copy only the differences. However, both of the aforementioned approaches are not efficient in big repositories where even a partial recursive directory listing may take significant time, especially for filesystems where accessing a directory has a constant (and significant) latency time. Therefore, we provide scripts for making efficient backups of the AiiDA repository.
Before running the backup script, you will have to configure it. Therefore you
should execute the backup_setup.py
which is located under
MY_AIIDA_FOLDER/aiida/common/additions/backup_script
. For example:
verdi -p PROFILENAME run MY_AIIDA_FOLDER/aiida/common/additions/backup_script/backup_setup.py
where PROFILENAME is the name of the profile you want to use (if you don’t specify the -p
option, the default profile will be used). This will ask a set of questions. More precisely, it will initially ask for:
- The backup folder. This is the destination of the backup configuration file. By default a folder named
backup
in your.aiida
directory is proposed to be created.- The destination folder of the backup. This is the destination folder of the files to be backed up. By default it is a folder inside the aforementioned
backup
folder (e.g./home/aiida_user/.aiida/backup/backup_dest
).
Note
You should backup the repository on a different disk than the one in
which you have the AiiDA repository! If you just use the same disk, you don’t
have any security against the most common data loss cause: disk failure.
The best option is to use a destination folder mounted over ssh. For this
you need to install sshfs
(under ubuntu: sudo apt-get install sshfs
).
E.g. Imagine that you run your calculations on server_1 and you would like to take regular repository backups to server_2. Then, you could mount a server_2 directory via sshfs on server_1 using the following command on server_1:
sshfs -o idmap=user -o rw backup_user@server_2:/home/backup_user/backup_destination_dir/
/home/aiida_user/remote_backup_dir/
You should put this line into the actions performed at start-up (under gnome you
can access them by typing gnome-session-properties
in a terminal), so that the
remote directory is mounted automatically after a reboot (but do not put it in
your .bashrc
file otherwise each time you open a new terminal, your
computer will complain that the mount point is not empty...).
A template backup configuration file (backup_info.json.tmpl
) will be copied
in the backup folder. You can set the backup variables by yourself after renaming
the template file to backup_info.json
, or you can answer the questions asked
by the script, and then backup_info.json
will be created based on you answers.
The main script backs up the AiiDA repository that is referenced by the current
AiiDA database. The script will start from the oldest_object_backedup
date
or the date of the oldest node/workflow object found and it will periodically
backup (in periods of periodicity
days) until the ending date of the backup
specified by end_date_of_backup
or days_to_backup
The backup parameters to be set in the backup_info.json
are:
periodicity
(in days): The backup runs periodically for a number of days defined in the periodicity variable. The purpose of this variable is to limit the backup to run only on a few number of days and therefore to limit the number of files that are backed up at every round. e.g."periodicity": 2
Example: if you have files in the AiiDA repositories created in the past 30 days, and periodicity is 15, the first run will backup the files of the first 15 days; a second run of the script will backup the next 15 days, completing the backup (if it is run within the same day). Further runs will only backup newer files, if they are created.oldest_object_backedup
(timestamp or null): This is the timestamp of the oldest object that was backed up. If you are not aware of this value or if it is the first time that you start a backup up for this repository, then set this value tonull
. Then the script will search the creation date of the oldest workflow or node object in the database and it will start the backup from that date. E.g."oldest_object_backedup": "2015-07-20 11:13:08.145804+02:00"
end_date_of_backup
: If set, the backup script will backup files that have a modification date until the value specified by this variable. If not set, the ending of the backup will be set by the following variable (days_to_backup
) which specifies how many days to backup from the start of the backup. If none of these variables are set (end_date_of_backup
anddays_to_backup
), then the end date of backup is set to the current date. E.g."end_date_of_backup": null
or"end_date_of_backup": "2015-07-20 11:13:08.145804+02:00"
days_to_backup
: If set, you specify how many days you will backup from the starting date of your backup. If it set tonull
and alsoend_date_of_backup
is set tonull
, then the end date of the backup is set to the current date. You can not setdays_to_backup
&end_date_of_backup
at the same time (it will lead to an error). E.g."days_to_backup": null
or"days_to_backup": 5
backup_length_threshold
(in hours): The backup script runs in rounds and on every round it backs-up a number of days that are controlled primarily byperiodicity
and also byend_date_of_backup
/days_to_backup
, for the last backup round. Thebackup_length_threshold
specifies the lowest acceptable round length. This is important for the end of the backup.backup_dir
: The destination directory of the backup. e.g."backup_dir": "/home/aiida_user/.aiida/backup/backup_dest"
To start the backup, run the start_backup.py
script. Run as often as needed to complete a
full backup, and then run it periodically (e.g. calling it from a cron script, for instance every
day) to backup new changes.
Note
You can set up a cron job using the following command:
sudo crontab -u aiida_user -e
It will open an editor where you can add a line of the form:
00 03 * * * /home/aiida_user/.aiida/backup/start_backup.py 2>&1 | mail -s "Incremental backup of the repository" aiida_user_email@domain.net
or (if you need to backup a different profile than the default one):
00 03 * * * verdi -p PROFILENAME run /home/aiida_user/.aiida/backup/start_backup.py 2>&1 | mail -s "Incremental backup of the repository" aiida_user_email@domain.net
This will launch the backup of the database every day at 3 AM, and send the output
(or any error message) to the email address of the user (provided the mail
command – from mailutils
– is configured appropriately).
Finally, do not forget to exclude the repository folder from the normal backup of your home directory!
Installation and Deployment of AiiDA¶
If you are updating from a previous version and you don’t want to reinstall everything from scratch, read the instructions here.
Supported architecture¶
AiiDA has a few strict requirements, in its current version: first, it will run only on Unix-like systems - it is tested (and developed) in Mac OS X and Linux (Ubuntu), but other Unix flavours should work as well.
Moreover, on the clusters (computational resources) side, it expects to find
a Unix system, and the default shell is required to be bash
.
Installing python¶
AiiDA requires python 2.7.x (only CPython has been tested). It is probable that you already have a version of python installed on your computer. To check, open a terminal and type:
python -V
that will print something like this:
Python 2.7.3
If you don’t have python installed, or your version is outdated, please install a suitable version of python (either refer to the manual of your Linux distribution, or for instance you can download the ActiveState Python from ActiveState. Choose the appropriate distribution corresponding to your architecture, and with version 2.7.x.x).
Installation of the core dependencies¶
Database¶
As a first thing, choose and setup the database that you want to use.
Other core dependencies¶
Before continuing, you still need to install a few more programs. Some of them are mandatory, while others are optional (but often strongly suggested), also depending for instance on the type of database that you plan to use.
Here is a list of packages/programs that you need to install (for each of them,
there may be a specific/easier way to install them in your distribution, as
for instance apt-get
in Debian/Ubuntu -see below for the specific names
of packages to install- or yum
in RedHat/Fedora).
- git (required to download the code)
- python-pip (required to automatically download and install further python packages required by AiiDA)
- ipython (optional, but strongly recommended for interactive usage)
- python 2.7 development files (these may be needed; refer to your distribution to know how to locate and install them)
- To support SQLite:
- SQLite3 development files (required later to compile the library, when configuring the python sqlite module; see below for the Ubuntu module required to install these files)
- To support PostgreSQL:
- PostgreSQL development files (required later to compile the library, when configuring the python psycopg2 module; see below for the Ubuntu module required to install these files)
For Ubuntu, you can install the above packages using (tested on Ubuntu 12.04, names may change in different releases):
sudo apt-get install git python-pip ipython python2.7-dev
Note
For the latter line, please use the same version (in the
example above is 9.1) of the
postgresql server that you installed (in this case, to install the server of
the same version, use the sudo apt-get install postgresql-9.1
command).
If you want to use postgreSQL, use a version greater than 9.1 (the greatest that your distribution supports).
For Mac OS X, you may either already have some of the dependencies above (e.g., git), or you can download binary packages to install (e.g., for PostgreSQL you can download and install the binary package from the official website).
Downloading the code¶
Download the code using git in a directory of your choice (~/git/aiida
in
this tutorial), using the
following command:
git clone https://USERNAME@bitbucket.org/aiida_team/aiida_core.git
(or use git@bitbucket.org:aiida_team/aiida_core.git
if you are downloading
through SSH; note that this requires your ssh key to be added on the
Bitbucket account.)
Python dependencies¶
Python dependencies are managed using pip
, that you have installed in the
previous steps.
As a first step, check that pip
is at its most recent version.
One possible way of doing this is to update pip
with itself, with
a command similar to the following:
sudo pip install -U pip
Then, install the python dependencies is as simple as this:
cd ~/git/aiida # or the folder where you downloaded AiiDA
pip install --user -U -r requirements.txt
(this will download and install requirements that are listed in the
requirements.txt
file; the --user
option allows to install
the packages as a normal user, without the need of using sudo
or
becoming root). Check that every package is installed correctly.
There are some additional dependencies need to be installed if you are using PostgreSQL or MySql as backend database. No additional dependency is required for SQLite.
For PostgreSQL:
pip install --user psycopg2==2.6
For MySQL:
pip install --user MySQL-python==1.2.5
Note
This step should work seamlessly, but there are a number of reasons for which problems may occur. Often googling for the error message helps in finding a solution. Some common pitfalls are described in the notes below.
Note
if the pip install
command gives you this kind of error message:
OSError: [Errno 13] Permission denied: '/usr/local/bin/easy_install'
then try again as root:
sudo pip install -U -r requirements.txt
If everything went smoothly, congratulations! Now the code is installed! However, we need still a few steps to properly configure AiiDA for your user.
Note
if the pip install
command gives you an error that
resembles the one
shown below, you might need to downgrade to an older version of pip:
Cannot fetch index base URL https://pypi.python.org/simple/
To downgrade pip, use the following command:
sudo easy_install pip==1.2.1
Note
Several users reported the need to install also libqp-dev
:
apt-get install libqp-dev
But under Ubuntu 12.04 this is not needed.
Note
If the installation fails while installing the packages related to the database, you may have not installed or set up the database libraries as described in the section Other core dependencies.
In particular, on Mac OS X, if you installed the binary package of
PostgreSQL, it is possible that the PATH environment variable is not
set correctly, and you get a “Error: pg_config executable not found.” error.
In this case, discover where the binary is located, then add a line to
your ~/.bashrc
file similar to the following:
export PATH=/the/path/to/the/pg_config/file:${PATH}
and then open a new bash shell. Some possible paths can be found at this Stackoverflow link and a non-exhaustive list of possible paths is the following (version number may change):
/Applications/Postgres93.app/Contents/MacOS/bin
/Applications/Postgres.app/Contents/Versions/9.3/bin
/Library/PostgreSQL/9.3/bin/pg_config
Similarly, if the package installs but then errors occur during the first
of AiiDA (with Symbol not found
errors or similar), you may need to
point to the path where the dynamical libraries are. A way to do it is to
add a line similar to the following to the ~/.bashrc
and then open
a new shell:
export DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH=/Library/PostgreSQL/9.3/lib:$DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH
(you should of course adapt the path to the PostgreSQL libraries).
AiiDA configuration¶
Path configuration¶
The main interface to AiiDA is through its command-line tool, called verdi
.
For it to work, it must be on the system path, and moreover the AiiDA python
code must be found on the python path.
To do this, add the following to your ~/.bashrc
file (create it if not already present):
export PYTHONPATH=~/git/aiida:${PYTHONPATH}
export PATH=~/git/aiida/bin:${PATH}
and then source the .bashrc file with the command source ~/.bashrc
, or login
in a new window.
Note
replace ~/git/aiida
with the path where you installed AiiDA. Note
also that in the PYTHONPATH
you simply have to specify the AiiDA path, while
in PATH
you also have to append the /bin
subfolder!
Note
if you installed the modules with the --user
parameter during the
pip install
step, you will need to add one more directory to your PATH
variable in the ~/.bashrc
file.
For Linux systems, the path to add is usually ~/.local/bin
:
export PATH=~/git/aiida/bin:~/.local/bin:${PATH}
For Mac OS X systems, the path to add is usually ~/Library/Python/2.7/bin
:
export PATH=~/git/aiida/bin:~/Library/Python/2.7/bin:${PATH}
To verify if this is the correct path to add, navigate to this location and
you should find the executable supervisord
in the directory.
To verify if the path setup is OK:
type
verdi
on your terminal, and check if the program starts (it should provide a list of valid commands). If it doesn’t, check if you correctly set up thePATH
environmente variable above.go in your home folder or in another folder different from the AiiDA folder, run
python
oripython
and try to import a module, e.g. typing:import aiida
If the setup is ok, you shouldn’t get any error. If you do get an
ImportError
instead, check if you correctly set up thePYTHONPATH
environment variable in the steps above.
verdi
fully supports bash completion (i.e., the possibility to press the
TAB
of your keyboard to get a list of sensible commands to type.
We strongly suggest to enable bash completion by adding also the following
line to your .bashrc
, after the previous lines:
eval "$(verdi completioncommand)"
If you feel that the bash loading time is becoming too slow, you can instead run the:
verdi completioncommand
on a shell, and copy-paste the output directly inside your .bashrc
file,
instead of the eval "$(verdi completioncommand)"
line.
Remember, after any modification to the .bashrc
file, to source it,
or to open a new shell window.
Note
remember to check that your .bashrc
is sourced also from your
.profile
or .bash_profile
script. E.g., if not already present,
you can add to your ~/.bash_profile
the following lines:
if [ -f ~/.bashrc ]
then
. ~/.bashrc
fi
AiiDA first setup¶
Run the following command:
verdi install
to configure AiiDA. The command will guide you through a process to configure
the database, the repository location, and it will finally (automatically) run
a django migrate
command, if needed, that creates the required tables
in the database and installs the database triggers.
The first thing that will be asked to you is the timezone, extremely important to get correct dates and times for your calculations.
AiiDA will do its best to try and understand the local timezone (if properly
configured on your machine), and will suggest a set of sensible values.
Choose the timezone that fits best to you (that is, the nearest city in your
timezone - for Lausanne, for instance, we choose Europe/Zurich
) and type
it at the prompt.
If the automatic zone detection did not work for you, type instead another valid string. A list of valid strings can be found at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones but for the definitive list of timezones supported by your system, open a python shell and type:
import pytz
print pytz.all_timezones
as AiiDA will not accept a timezone string that is not in the above list.
As a second parameter to input during the verdi install
phase,
the “Default user email” is asked.
We suggest here to use your institution email, that will be used to associate the calculations to you.
Note
In AiiDA, the user email is used as username, and also as unique identifier when importing/exporting data from AiiDA.
Note
Even if you choose an email different from the default one
(aiida@localhost
), a user with email aiida@localhost
will be
set up,
with its password set to None
(disabling access via this user
via API or Web interface).
The existence of a default user is internally useful for multi-user setups, where only one user runs the daemon, even if many users can simultaneously access the DB. See the page on setting up AiiDA in multi-user mode for more details (only for advanced users).
Note
The password, in the current version of AiiDA, is not used (it will be used only in the REST API and in the web interface). If you leave the field empty, no password will be set and no access will be granted to the user via the REST API and the web interface.
Then, the following prompts will help you configure the database. Typical settings are:
Insert your timezone: Europe/Zurich
Default user email: richard.wagner@leipzig.de
Database engine: sqlite3
AiiDA Database location: /home/wagner/.aiida/aiida.db
AiiDA repository directory: /home/wagner/.aiida/repository/
[...]
Configuring a new user with email 'richard.wagner@leipzig.de'
First name: Richard
Last name: Wagner
Institution: BRUHL, LEIPZIG
The user has no password, do you want to set one? [y/N] y
Insert the new password:
Insert the new password (again):
Note
When the “Database engine” is asked, use ‘sqlite3’ only if you want to try out AiiDA without setting up a database.
However, keep in mind that for serious use, SQLite has serious limitations!! For instance, when many calculations are managed at the same time, the database file is locked by SQLite to avoid corruption, but this can lead to timeouts that do not allow to AiiDA to properly store the calculations in the DB.
Therefore, for production use of AiiDA, we strongly suggest to setup a
“real” database as PostgreSQL or MySQL. Then, in the “Database engine”
field, type either ‘postgres’ or ‘mysql’ according to the database you
chose to use. See here for the documentation
to setup such databases (including info on how to proceed with verdi install
in this case).
At the end, AiiDA will also ask to configure your user, if you set up a user
different from aiida@localhost
.
If something fails, there is a high chance that you may have misconfigured the database. Double-check your settings before reporting an error.
Note
The repository will contain the same number of folders as the number of nodes plus the number of workflows. For very large databases, some operations on the repository folder, such as rsync or scanning its content, might be very slow, and if they are performed reguarly this will slow down the computer due to an intensive use of the hard drive. Check out our tips in the troubeshooting section in case this happens.
Start the daemon¶
If you configured your user account with your personal email (or if in
general there are more than just one user) you will not be able to
start the daemon with the command verdi daemon start
before its configuration.
If you are working in a single-user mode, and you are sure that nobody else is going to run the daemon, you can configure your user as the (only) one who can run the daemon.
To configure the deamon, run:
verdi daemon configureuser
and (after having read and understood the warning text that appears) insert
the email that you used above during the verdi install
phase.
To try AiiDA and start the daemon, run:
verdi daemon start
If everything was done correctly, the daemon should start. You can inquire the daemon status using:
verdi daemon status
and, if the daemon is running, you should see something like:
* aiida-daemon[0] RUNNING pid 12076, uptime 0:39:05
* aiida-daemon-beat[0] RUNNING pid 12075, uptime 0:39:05
To stop the daemon, use:
verdi daemon stop
A log of the warning/error messages of the daemon
can be found in in ~/.aiida/daemon/log/
, and can also be seen using
the verdi daemon logshow
command. The daemon is
a fundamental component of AiiDA, and it is in charge of submitting new
calculations, checking their status on the cluster, retrieving and parsing
the results of finished calculations, and managing the workflow steps.
Congratulations, your setup is complete!
Before going on, however, you will need to setup at least one computer (i.e., on computational resource as a cluster or a supercomputer, on which you want to run your calculations) and one code. The documentation for these steps can be found here.
Optional dependencies¶
CIF manipulation¶
For the manipulation of Crystallographic Information Framework (CIF) files, following dependencies are required to be installed:
First four can be installed from the default repositories:
sudo pip install pycifrw==3.6.2.1
sudo pip install pymatgen==3.0.13
sudo pip install pyspglib
sudo apt-get install jmol
ASE has to be installed from source:
curl https://wiki.fysik.dtu.dk/ase-files/python-ase-3.8.1.3440.tar.gz > python-ase-3.8.1.3440.tar.gz
tar -zxvf python-ase-3.8.1.3440.tar.gz
cd python-ase-3.8.1.3440
setup.py build
setup.py install
export PYTHONPATH=$(pwd):$PYTHONPATH
For the setting up of cod-tools please refer to installation of cod-tools.
Further comments and troubleshooting¶
For some reasons, on some machines (notably often on Mac OS X) there is no default locale defined, and when you run
verdi install
for the first time it fails (see also this issue of django). To solve the problem, first remove the sqlite database that was created.Then, run in your terminal (or maybe even better, add to your
.bashrc
, but then remember to open a new shell window!):export LANG="en_US.UTF-8" export LC_ALL="en_US.UTF-8"
and then run
verdi install
again.
[Only for developers] The developer tests of the SSH transport plugin are performed connecting to
localhost
. The tests will fail if a passwordless ssh connection is not set up. Therefore, if you want to run the tests:make sure to have a ssh server. On Ubuntu, for instance, you can install it using:
sudo apt-get install openssh-server
Configure a ssh key for your user on your machine, and then add your public key to the authorized keys of localhsot. The easiest way to achieve this is to run:
ssh-copy-id localhost
(it will ask your password, because it is connecting via ssh to
localhost
to install your public key inside ~/.ssh/authorized_keys).
Updating AiiDA from a previous version¶
Note
A few important points regarding the updates:
- If you encounter any problems and/or inconsistencies, delete any .pyc
files that may have remained from the previous version. E.g. If you are
in your AiiDA folder you can type
find . -name "*.pyc" -type f -delete
. - The requirements file may have changed. Please be sure that you have
installed all the needed requirements. This can be done by executing:
pip install --user -U -r requirements.txt
.
Updating from 0.6.0 Django to 0.7.0 Django¶
In version 0.7 we have changed the Django database schema and we also have updated the AiiDA configuration files.
- Stop your daemon (using
verdi daemon stop
). - Store your aiida source folder somewhere in case you did some modifications to some files.
- Replace the aiida folder with the new one (either from the tar.gz or,
if you are using git, by doing a
git pull
). If you use the same folder name, you will not need to update thePATH
andPYTHONPATH
variables. - Run a
verdi
command, e.g.,verdi calculation list
. This should raise an exception, and in the exception message you will see the command to run to update the schema version of the DB (v.0.7.0 is using a newer version of the schema). The command will look likepython manage.py --aiida-profile=default migrate
, but please read the message for the correct command to run. - If you run
verdi calculation list
again now, it should work without error messages. - To update the AiiDA configuration files, you should execute the migration
script (
python _your_aiida_folder_/aiida/common/additions/migration_06dj_to_07dj.py
). - You can now restart your daemon and work as usual.
Updating from 0.6.0 Django to 0.7.0 SQLAlchemy¶
The SQLAlchemy backend is in beta mode for version 0.7.0. Therefore some of the verdi commands may not work as expected or at all (these are very few). If you would like to test the new backend with your existing AiiDA database, you should convert it to the new JSON format. We provide a transition script that will update your config files and change your database to the new schema.
Note
Please note that the transition script expects that you are already at version 0.6.0. Therefore if you use a previous version of AiiDA please update first to 0.6.0.
- Stop your daemon (using
verdi daemon stop
). - Store your aiida source folder somewhere in case you did some modifications to some files.
- Replace the aiida folder with the new one (either from the tar.gz or,
if you are using git, by doing a
git pull
). If you use the same folder name, you will not need to update thePATH
andPYTHONPATH
variables. - Go to you AiiDA folder and run
ipython
. Then executefrom aiida.backends.sqlalchemy.transition_06dj_to_07sqla import transition
andtransition(profile="your_profile",group_size=10000)
by replacingyour_profile
with the name of the profile that you would like to transition. - You can now exit ipython, restart your daemon and work as usual.
Updating from 0.5.0 to 0.6.0¶
This migration will update your AiiDA configuration files making them compatible with AiiDA version 0.6.0.
Note
We performed a lot of changes to introduce in one of our following releases a second object-relational mapper (we will refer to it as back-end) for the management of the used DBMSs and more specifically of PostgreSQL.
Even if most of the needed restructuring & code addition has been finished, a bit of more work is needed before we make the new back-end available.
Note
A few important points regarding the upgrade:
- Please try to checkout the latest version from the corresponding development branch. Problems encountered are resolved and fixes are pushed to the branch.
- You can not directly import data (
verdi import
) that you have exported (verdi export
) with a previous version of AiiDA. Please usethis script
to convert it to the new schema. (Usage:python convert_exportfile_version.py input_file output_file
).
To perform the update:
- Stop your daemon (using
verdi daemon stop
). - Backup your configuration files that are in .aiida directory.
- Replace the aiida folder with the new one (e.g. by doing a
git pull
). If you use the same folder name, you will not need to update thePATH
andPYTHONPATH
variables. - Execute the migration script (
python _your_aiida_folder_/aiida/common/additions/migration.py
). - Start again you daemon (using
verdi daemon start
).
Updating from 0.4.1 to 0.5.0¶
- Stop your daemon (using
verdi daemon stop
) - Store your aiida source folder somewhere in case you did some modifications to some files
- Replace the aiida folder with the new one (either from the tar.gz or,
if you are using git, by doing a
git pull
). If you use the same folder name, you will not need to update thePATH
andPYTHONPATH
variables - Run a
verdi
command, e.g.,verdi calculation list
. This should raise an exception, and in the exception message you will see the command to run to update the schema version of the DB (v.0.5.0 is using a newer version of the schema). The command will look likepython manage.py --aiida-profile=default migrate
, but please read the message for the correct command to run. - If you run
verdi calculation list
again now, it should work without error messages. - You can now restart your daemon and work as usual.
Note
If you modified or added files, you need to put them back in place.
Note that if you were working on a plugin, the plugin interface changed:
you need to change the CalcInfo returning also a CodeInfo, as specified
here and also accept a Code
object
among the inputs (also described in the same page).
Setup of computers and codes¶
Before being able to run the first calculation, you need to setup at least one computer and one code, as described below.
Remote computer requirements¶
A computer in AiiDA denotes any computational resource (with a batch job scheduler) on which you will run your calculations. Computers typically are clusters or supercomputers.
Requirements for a computer are:
- It must run a Unix-like operating system
- The default shell must be
bash
- It should have a batch scheduler installed (see here for a list of supported batch schedulers)
- It must be accessible from the machine that runs AiiDA using one of the available transports (see below).
The first step is to choose the transport to connect to the computer. Typically,
you will want to use the SSH transport, apart from a few special cases where
SSH connection is not possible (e.g., because you cannot setup a password-less
connection to the computer). In this case, you can install AiiDA directly on
the remote cluster, and use the local
transport (in this way, commands to
submit the jobs are simply executed on the AiiDA machine, and files are simply
copied on the disk instead of opening an SFTP connection).
If you plan to use the local
transport, you can skip to the next section.
If you plan to use the SSH
transport, you have to configure a password-less
login from your user to the cluster. To do so type first (only if you do not
already have some keys in your local ~/.ssh directory
- i.e. files like
id_rsa.pub
):
ssh-keygen -t rsa
Then copy your keys to the remote computer (in ~/.ssh/authorized_keys) with:
ssh-copy-id YOURUSERNAME@YOURCLUSTERADDRESS
replacing YOURUSERNAME
and YOURCLUSTERADDRESS
by respectively your username
and cluster address. Finally add the following lines to ~/.ssh/config (leaving an empty
line before and after):
Host YOURCLUSTERADDRESS
User YOURUSERNAME
HostKeyAlgorithms ssh-rsa
IdentityFile YOURRSAKEY
replacing YOURRSAKEY
by the path to the rsa private key you want to use
(it should look like ~/.ssh/id_rsa
).
Note
In principle you don’t have to put the IdentityFile
line if you have
only one rsa key in your ~/.ssh
folder.
Before proceeding to setup the computer, be sure that you are able to connect to your cluster using:
ssh YOURCLUSTERADDRESS
without the need to type a password. Moreover, make also sure you can connect
via sftp
(needed to copy files). The following command:
sftp YOURCLUSTERADDRESS
should show you a prompt without errors (possibly with a message saying
Connected to YOURCLUSTERADDRESS
).
Warning
Due to a current limitation of the current ssh transport module, we do not support ECDSA, but only RSA or DSA keys. In the present guide we’ve shown RSA only for simplicity. The first time you connect to the cluster, you should see something like this:
The authenticity of host 'YOURCLUSTERADDRESS (IP)' can't be established.
RSA key fingerprint is xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?
Make sure you see RSA written. If you already installed the keys in the past, and you don’t know which keys you are using, you could remove the cluster YOURCLUSTERADDRESS from the file ~/.ssh/known-hosts (backup it first!) and try to ssh again. If you are not using a RSA or DSA key, you may see later on a submitted calculation going in the state SUBMISSIONFAILED.
Note
If the ssh
command works, but the sftp
command does not
(e.g. it just prints Connection closed
), a possible reason can be
that there is a line in your ~/.bashrc
that either produces an output,
or an error. Remove/comment it until no output or error is produced: this
should make sftp
working again.
Finally, try also:
ssh YOURCLUSTERADDRESS QUEUE_VISUALIZATION_COMMAND
replacing QUEUE_VISUALIZATION_COMMAND
by the scheduler command that prints on screen the
status of the queue on the cluster (i.e. qstat
for PBSpro scheduler, squeue
for SLURM, etc.).
It should print a snapshot of the queue status, without any errors.
Note
If there are errors with the previous command, then edit your ~/.bashrc file in the remote computer and add a line at the beginning that adds the path to the scheduler commands, typically (here for PBSpro):
export PATH=$PATH:/opt/pbs/default/bin
Or, alternatively, find the path to the executables (like using which qsub
)
Note
If you need your remote .bashrc to be sourced before you execute the code (for instance to change the PATH), make sure the .bashrc file does not contain lines like:
[ -z "$PS1" ] && return
or:
case $- in
*i*) ;;
*) return;;
esac
in the beginning (these would prevent the bashrc to be executed when you ssh to the remote computer). You can check that e.g. the PATH variable is correctly set upon ssh, by typing (in your local computer):
ssh YOURCLUSTERADDRESS 'echo $PATH'
Note
If you need to ssh to a computer A first, from which you can then
connect to computer B you wanted to connect to, you can use the
proxy_command
feature of ssh, that we also support in
AiiDA. For more information, see Using the proxy_command option with ssh.
Computer setup and configuration¶
The configuration of computers happens in two steps.
Note
The commands use some readline
extensions to provide default
answers, that require an advanced terminal. Therefore, run the commands from
a standard terminal, and not from embedded terminals as the ones included in
text editors, unless you know what you are doing. For instance, the
terminal embedded in emacs
is known to give problems.
Setup of the computer, using the:
verdi computer setup
command. This command allows to create a new computer instance in the DB.
Tip
The code will ask you a few pieces of information. At every prompt, you can type the
?
character and press<enter>
to get a more detailed explanation of what is being asked.Tip
You can press
<CTRL>+C
at any moment to abort the setup process. Nothing will be stored in the DB.Note
For multiline inputs (like the prepend text and the append text, see below) you have to press
<CTRL>+D
to complete the input, even if you do not want any text.Here is a list of what is asked, together with an explanation.
Computer name: the (user-friendly) name of the new computer instance which is about to be created in the DB (the name is used for instance when you have to pick up a computer to launch a calculation on it). Names must be unique. This command should be thought as a AiiDA-wise configuration of computer, independent of the AiiDA user that will actually use it.
Fully-qualified hostname: the fully-qualified hostname of the computer to which you want to connect (i.e., with all the dots:
bellatrix.epfl.ch
, and not justbellatrix
). Typelocalhost
for the local transport.Description: A human-readable description of this computer; this is useful if you have a lot of computers and you want to add some text to distinguish them (e.g.: “cluster of computers at EPFL, installed in 2012, 2 GB of RAM per CPU”)
Enabled: either True or False; if False, the computer is disabled and calculations associated with it will not be submitted. This allows to disable temporarily a computer if it is giving problems or it is down for maintenance, without the need to delete it from the DB.
Transport type: The name of the transport to be used. A list of valid transport types can be obtained typing
?
Scheduler type: The name of the plugin to be used to manage the job scheduler on the computer. A list of valid scheduler plugins can be obtained typing
?
. See here for a documentation of scheduler plugins in AiiDA.AiiDA work directory: The absolute path of the directory on the remote computer where AiiDA will run the calculations (often, it is the scratch of the computer). You can (should) use the
{username}
replacement, that will be replaced by your username on the remote computer automatically: this allows the same computer to be used by different users, without the need to setup a different computer for each one. Example:/scratch/{username}/aiida_work/
mpirun command: The
mpirun
command needed on the cluster to run parallel MPI programs. You can (should) use the{tot_num_mpiprocs}
replacement, that will be replaced by the total number of cpus, or the other scheduler-dependent fields (see the scheduler docs for more information). Some examples:mpirun -np {tot_num_mpiprocs} aprun -n {tot_num_mpiprocs} poe
Text to prepend to each command execution: This is a multiline string, whose content will be prepended inside the submission script before the real execution of the job. It is your responsibility to write proper
bash
code! This is intended for computer-dependent code, like for instance loading a module that should always be loaded on that specific computer. Remember to end the input by pressing<CTRL>+D
. A practical example:export NEWVAR=1 source some/file
A not-to-do example:
#PBS -l nodes=4:ppn=12
(it’s the plugin that will do this!)
Text to append to each command execution: This is a multiline string, whose content will be appended inside the submission script after the real execution of the job. It is your responsibility to write proper
bash
code! This is intended for computer-dependent code. Remember to end the input by pressing<CTRL>+D
.
At the end, you will get a confirmation command, and also the ID in the database (pk
, i.e. the principal key, anduuid
).
Configuration of the computer, using the:
verdi computer configure COMPUTERNAME
command. This will allow to access more detailed configurations, that are often user-dependent and also depend on the specific transport (for instance, if the transport is
SSH
, it will ask for username, port, ...).The command will try to provide automatically default answers, mainly reading the existing ssh configuration in
~/.ssh/config
, and in most cases one simply need to press enter a few times.Note
At the moment, the in-line help (i.e., just typing
?
to get some help) is not yet supported inverdi configure
, but only inverdi setup
.For
local
transport, you need to run the command, even if nothing will be asked to you. Forssh
transport, the following will be asked:- username: your username on the remote machine
- port: the port to connect to (the default SSH port is 22)
- look_for_keys: automatically look for the private key in
~/.ssh
. Default: True. - key_filename: the absolute path to your private SSH key. You can leave
it empty to use the default SSH key, if you set
look_for_keys
to True. - timeout: A timeout in seconds if there is no response (e.g., the machine is down. You can leave it empty to use the default value.
- allow_agent: If True, it will try to use an SSH agent.
- proxy_command: Leave empty if you do not need a proxy command (i.e., if you can directly connect to the machine). If you instead need to connect to an intermediate computer first, you need to provide here the command for the proxy: see documentation here for how to use this option, and in particular the notes here for the format of this field.
- compress: True to compress the traffic (recommended)
- load_system_host_keys: True to load the known hosts keys from the default SSH location (recommended)
- key_policy: What is the policy in case the host is not known.
It is a string among the following:
RejectPolicy
(default, recommended): reject the connection if the host is not known.WarningPolicy
(not recommended): issue a warning if the host is not known.AutoAddPolicy
(not recommended): automatically add the host key at the first connection to the host.
After these two steps have been completed, your computer is ready to go!
Note
To check if you set up the computer correctly, execute:
verdi computer test COMPUTERNAME
that will run a few tests (file copy, file retrieval, check of the jobs in the scheduler queue) to verify that everything works as expected.
Note
If you are not sure if your computer is already set up, use the command:
verdi computer list
to get a list of existing computers, and:
verdi computer show COMPUTERNAME
to get detailed information on the specific computer named COMPUTERNAME
.
You have also the:
verdi computer rename OLDCOMPUTERNAME NEWCOMPUTERNAME
and:
verdi computer delete COMPUTERNAME
commands, whose meaning should be self-explanatory.
Note
You can delete computers only if no entry in the database is using them (as for instance Calculations, or RemoteData objects). Otherwise, you will get an error message.
Note
It is possible to disable a computer.
Doing so will prevent AiiDA from connecting to the given computer to check the state of calculations or to submit new calculations. This is particularly useful if, for instance, the computer is under maintenance but you still want to use AiiDA with other computers, or submit the calculations in the AiiDA database anyway.
When the computer comes back online, you can re-enable it;
at this point pending calculations in the TOSUBMIT
state will be
submitted, and calculations WITHSCHEDULER
will be checked and possibly
retrieved.
The relevant commands are:
verdi computer enable COMPUTERNAME
verdi computer disable COMPUTERNAME
Note that the above commands will disable the computer for all AiiDA users. If instead, for some reason, you want to disable the computer only for a given user, you can use the following command:
verdi computer disable COMPUTERNAME --only-for-user USER_EMAIL
(and the corresponding verdi computer enable
command to re-enable it).
Code setup and configuration¶
Once you have at least one computer configured, you can configure the codes.
In AiiDA, for full reproducibility of each calculation, we store each code in the database, and attach to each calculation a given code. This has the further advantage to make very easy to query for all calculations that were run with a given code (for instance because I am looking for phonon calculations, or because I discovered that a specific version had a bug and I want to rerun the calculations).
In AiiDA, we distinguish two types of codes: remote codes and local codes, where the distinction between the two is described here below.
Remote codes¶
With remote codes we denote codes that are installed/compiled on the remote computer. Indeed, this is very often the case for codes installed in supercomputers for high-performance computing applications, because the code is typically installed and optimized on the supercomputer.
In AiiDA, a remote code is identified by two mandatory pieces of information:
- A computer on which the code is (that must be a previously configured computer);
- The absolute path of the code executable on the remote computer.
Local codes¶
With local codes we denote codes for which the code is not already present on the remote machine, and must be copied for every submission. This is the case if you have for instance a small, machine-independent Python script that you did not copy previously in all your clusters.
In AiiDA, a local code can be set up by specifying:
- A folder, containing all files to be copied over at every submission
- The name of executable file among the files inside the folder specified above
Setting up a code¶
The:
verdi code
command allows to manage codes in AiiDA.
To setup a new code, you execute:
verdi code setup
and you will be guided through a process to setup your code.
Tip
The code will ask you a few pieces of information. At every prompt, you can
type the ?
character and press <enter>
to get a more detailed
explanation of what is being asked.
You will be asked for:
- label: A label to refer to this code. Note: this label is not enforced to be unique. However, if you try to keep it unique, at least within the same computer, you can use it later to refer and use to your code. Otherwise, you need to remember its ID or UUID.
- description: A human-readable description of this code (for instance “Quantum Espresso v.5.0.2 with 5.0.3 patches, pw.x code, compiled with openmpi”)
- default input plugin: A string that identifies the default input plugin to
be used to generate new calculations to use with this code.
This string has to be a valid string recognized by the
CalculationFactory
function. To get the list of all available Calculation plugin strings, use theverdi calculation plugins
command. Note: if you do not want to specify a default input plugin, you can write the string “None”, but this is strongly discouraged, because then you will not be able to use the.new_calc
method of theCode
object. - local: either True (for local codes) or False (for remote
codes). For the meaning of the distinction, see above. Depending
on your choice, you will be asked for:
- LOCAL CODES:
- Folder with the code: The folder on your local computer in which there are the files to be stored in the AiiDA repository, and that will then be copied over to the remote computers for every submitted calculation. This must be an absolute path on your computer.
- Relative path of the executable: The relative path of the executable file inside the folder entered in the previous step.
- REMOTE CODES:
- Remote computer name: The computer name as on which the code resides, as configured and stored in the AiiDA database
- Remote absolute path: The (full) absolute path of the code executable on the remote machine
- LOCAL CODES:
For any type of code, you will also be asked for:
- Text to prepend to each command execution: This is a multiline string,
whose content will be prepended inside the submission script before the real execution of the job. It is your responsibility to write proper
bash
code! This is intended for code-dependent code, like for instance loading the modules that are required for that specific executable to run. Example:module load intelmpi
Remember to end the input by pressing
<CTRL>+D
.
Text to append to each command execution: This is a multiline string, whose content will be appended inside the submission script after the real execution of the job. It is your responsibility to write proper
bash
code! This is intended for code-dependent code. Remember to end the input by pressing<CTRL>+D
.
At the end, you will get a confirmation command, and also the ID of the code in the
database (the pk
, i.e. the principal key, and the uuid
).
Note
Codes are a subclass of the Node
class,
and as such you can attach any set of attributes to the code. These can
be extremely useful for querying: for instance, you can attach the version
of the code as an attribute, or the code family (for instance: “pw.x code of
Quantum Espresso”) to later query for all runs done with a pw.x code and
version more recent than 5.0.0, for instance. However, in the
present AiiDA version you cannot add attributes from the command line using
verdi
, but you have to do it using Python code.
Note
You can change the label of a code by using the following command:
verdi code rename "ID"
(Without the quotation marks!) “ID” can either be the numeric ID (PK) of the code (preferentially), or possibly its label (or label@computername), if this string uniquely identifies a code.
You can also list all available codes (and their relative IDs) with:
verdi code list
The verdi code list
accepts some flags to filter only codes on a
given computer, only codes using a specific plugin, etc.; use the -h
command line option to see the documentation of all possible options.
You can then get the information of a specific code with:
verdi code show "ID"
Finally, to delete a code use:
verdi code delete "ID"
(only if it wasn’t used by any calculation, otherwise an exception is raised)
And now, you are ready to launch your calculations! You may want to follow to the examples of how you can submit a single calculation, as for instance the specific tutorial for Quantum Espresso.
Plug-ins for AiiDA¶
AiiDA plug-ins are input generators and output parsers, enabling the integration of codes into AiiDA calculations and workflows.
Available plugins¶
Quantum Espresso¶
Quantum Espresso is a suite of open-source codes for electronic-structure calculations from first principles, based on density-functional theory, plane waves, and pseudopotentials, freely available online. Documentation of the code and its internal details can be found in the distributed software, and in the online forum (and its search engine).
The plugins of quantumespresso in AiiDA are not meant to completely automatize the calculation of the electronic properties. It is still required an underlying knowledge of how quantum espresso is working, which flags it requires, etc. A total automatization, if desired, has to be implemented at the level of a workflow.
Currently supported codes are:
- PW: Ground state properties, total energy, ionic relaxation, molecular dynamics, forces, etc...
- CP: Car-Parrinello molecular dynamics
- PH: Phonons from density functional perturbation theory
- Q2R: Fourier transform the dynamical matrices in the real space
- Matdyn: Fourier transform the dynamical matrices in the real space
- NEB: Energy barriers and reaction pathways using the Nudged Elastic Band (NEB) method
Moreover, support for further codes can be implemented adapting the namelist plugin.
Use the plugin to support inputs of Quantum Espresso pw.x executable.
- tested from pw.x v5.0 onwards. Back compatibility is not guaranteed (although versions 4.3x might work most of the times).
pseudo, class
UpfData
One pseudopotential file per atomic species.Alternatively, pseudo for every atomic species can be set with the use_pseudos_from_family method, if a family of pseudopotentials has been installed..
kpoints, class
KpointsData
Reciprocal space points on which to build the wavefunctions. Can either be a mesh or a list of points with/without weightsparameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters of pw.x, as a nested dictionary, mapping the input of QE. Example:{"CONTROL":{"calculation":"scf"}, "ELECTRONS":{"ecutwfc":30.,"ecutrho":100.}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning. Note: some keywords don’t have to be specified or Calculation will enter the SUBMISSIONFAILED state, and are already taken care of by AiiDA (are related with the structure or with path to files):
'CONTROL', 'pseudo_dir': pseudopotential directory 'CONTROL', 'outdir': scratch directory 'CONTROL', 'prefix': file prefix 'SYSTEM', 'ibrav': cell shape 'SYSTEM', 'celldm': cell dm 'SYSTEM', 'nat': number of atoms 'SYSTEM', 'ntyp': number of species 'SYSTEM', 'a': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'b': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'c': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosab': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosac': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosbc': cell parameters
structure, class
StructureData
settings, class
ParameterData
(optional) An optional dictionary that activates non-default operations. For a list of possible values to pass, see the section on the advanced features.parent_folder, class
RemoteData
(optional) If specified, the scratch folder coming from a previous QE calculation is copied in the scratch of the new calculation.vdw_table, class
SinglefileData
(optional) If specified, it should be a file for the van der Waals kernel table. The file is copied in the pseudo subfolder, without changing its name, and without any check, so it is your responsibility to select the correct file that you want to use.
Note
The output_parameters has more parsed values in the EPFL version and output_bands is parsed only in the EPFL version.
There are several output nodes that can be created by the plugin, according to the calculation details.
All output nodes can be accessed with the calculation.out
method.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains the scalar properties. Example: energy (in eV), total_force (modulus of the sum of forces in eV/Angstrom), warnings (possible error messages generated in the run). - output_array
ArrayData
Produced in case of calculations which do not change the structure, otherwise, anoutput_trajectory
is produced. Contains vectorial properties, too big to be put in the dictionary. Example: forces (eV/Angstrom), stresses, ionic positions. Quantities are parsed at every step of the ionic-relaxation / molecular-dynamics run. - output_trajectory
ArrayData
Produced in case of calculations which change the structure, otherwise anoutput_array
is produced. Contains vectorial properties, too big to be put in the dictionary. Example: forces (eV/Angstrom), stresses, ionic positions. Quantities are parsed at every step of the ionic-relaxation / molecular-dynamics run. - output_band (non spin polarized calculations)) or output_band1 + output_band2
(spin polarized calculations)
BandsData
Present only if parsing is activated with the `ALDO_BANDS` setting. Contains the list of electronic energies for every kpoint. If calculation is a molecular dynamics or a relaxation run, bands refer only to the last ionic configuration. - output_structure
StructureData
Present only if the calculation is moving the ions. Cell and ionic positions refer to the last configuration. - output_kpoints
KpointsData
Present only if the calculation changes the cell shape. Kpoints refer to the last structure.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
In this section we describe how to use some advanced functionality in the Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x plugin (note that most of them apply also to the cp.x plugin).
While the input link with name ‘parameters’ is used for the content of the namelists, additional parameters can be specified in the ‘settings’ input, also of type ParameterData.
Below we summarise some of the options that you can specify, and their effect.
In each case, after having defined the content of settings_dict
, you can use
it as input of a calculation calc
by doing:
calc.use_settings(ParameterData(dict=settings_dict))
During each scf or nscf run, QE stores the band energies at the k-points of interest in .xml files in the output directory. If you want to retrieve and parse them, you can set:
settings_dict = {
'also_bands': True
}
If you want to ask QE to keep some coordinates of some atoms fixed
(called if_pos
in the QE documentation, and typically specified with
0 or 1 values after the atomic coordinates), you can specify the following
list of lists:
settings_dict = {
'fixed_coords': [
[True,False,False],
[True,True,True],
[False,False,False],
[False,False,False],
[False,False,False],
],
}
the list of lists (of booleans) must be of length N times 3, where N is the
number of sites (i.e., atoms) in the input structure. False
means that
the coordinate is free to move, True
blocks that coordinate.
Some codes (e.g., Wannier90) require that a QE calculation is run with an explicit grid of points (i.e., all points in a grid, even if they are equivalent by symmetry). Instead of generating it manually, you can pass a usual KpointsData specifying a mesh, and then pass the following variable:
settings_dict = {
'force_kpoints_list': True,
}
If you are using only the Gamma point (a grid of 1x1x1 without offset), you may want to use the following flag to tell QE to use the gamma-only routines (typically twice faster):
settings_dict = {
'gamma_only': False,
}
Sometimes you want to run QE but stop it immediately after the initialisation part (e.g. to parse the number of symmetries detected, the number of G vectors, of k-points, ...) In this case, by specifying:
settings_dict = {
'only_initialization': True,
}
a file named aiida.EXIT
(where aiida
is the prefix) will be also generated,
asking QE to exit cleanly after the initialisation.
The QE plugin will automatically figure out which namelists should be specified
(and in which order) depending con CONTROL.calculation
(e.g. for SCF only
CONTROL
, SYSTEM
, ELECTRONS
, but also IONS
for RELAX, ...).
If you want to override the automatic list, you can specify the list
of namelists you want to produce as follows:
settings_dict = {
'namelists': ['CONTROL', 'SYSTEM', 'ELECTRONS', 'IONS', 'CELL', 'OTHERNL'],
}
If you want to add command-line options to the executable (particularly relevant e.g. to tune the parallelization level), you can pass each option as a string in a list, as follows:
settings_dict = {
'cmdline': ['-nk', '4'],
}
During a restart, the output directory of QE (stored by default in the subfolder
./out
) containing charge density, wavefunctions, ...is copied over.
This is done in order to make sure one can perform multiple restarts of the
same calculation without affecting it (QE often changes/replaces the content
of that folder).
However, for big calculations this may take time at each restart, or fill the scratch directory of your computing cluster. If you prefer to use symlinks, pass:
settings_dict = {
'parent_folder_symlink': True,
}
Note
Use this flag ONLY IF YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE DOING. In particular, if you run a NSCF with this flag after a SCF calculation, the scratch directory of the SCF will change and you may have problems restarting other calculations from the SCF.
If you know that your calculation is producing additional files that you want to
retrieve (and preserve in the AiiDA repository in the long term), you can add
those files as a list as follows (here in the case of a file named
testfile.txt
):
settings_dict = {
'additional_retrieve_list': ['testfile.txt'],
}
Use the plugin to support inputs of Quantum Espresso cp.x executable. Note that most of the options are the same of the pw.x plugin, so refer to that page for more details.
- tested from cp.x v5.0 onwards. Back compatibility is not guaranteed (although versions 4.3x might work most of the times).
pseudo, class
UpfData
One pseudopotential file per atomic species.Alternatively, pseudo for every atomic species can be set with the use_pseudos_from_family method, if a family of pseudopotentials has been installed..
parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters of cp.x, as a nested dictionary, mapping the input of QE. Example:{"ELECTRONS":{"ecutwfc":"30","ecutrho":"100"}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning. Note: some keywords don’t have to be specified or Calculation will enter the SUBMISSIONFAILED state, and are already taken care of by AiiDA (are related with the structure or with path to files):
'CONTROL', 'pseudo_dir': pseudopotential directory 'CONTROL', 'outdir': scratch directory 'CONTROL', 'prefix': file prefix 'SYSTEM', 'ibrav': cell shape 'SYSTEM', 'celldm': cell dm 'SYSTEM', 'nat': number of atoms 'SYSTEM', 'ntyp': number of species 'SYSTEM', 'a': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'b': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'c': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosab': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosac': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosbc': cell parameters
structure, class
StructureData
The initial ionic configuration of the CP molecular dynamics.settings, class
ParameterData
(optional) An optional dictionary that activates non-default operations. Check the section Advanced features (on the PW plugin documentation page) to know which flags can be passed.parent_folder, class
RemoteData
(optional) If specified, the scratch folder coming from a previous QE calculation is copied in the scratch of the new calculation.
There are several output nodes that can be created by the plugin, according to the calculation details.
All output nodes can be accessed with the calculation.out
method.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains the scalar properties. Example: energies (in eV) of the last configuration, wall_time, warnings (possible error messages generated in the run). - output_trajectory_array
TrajectoryData
Contains vectorial properties, too big to be put in the dictionary, like energies, positions, velocities, cells, at every saved step. - output_structure
StructureData
Structure of the last step.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
Note
The PH plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Plugin for the Quantum Espresso ph.x executable.
- tested from ph.x v5.0 onwards. Back compatibility is not guaranteed (although versions 4.3x might work most of the times).
parent_calculation, can either be a PW calculation to get the ground state on which to compute the phonons, or a PH calculation in case of restarts.
Note: There are no direct links between calculations. The use_parent_calculation will set a link to the RemoteFolder attached to that calculation. Alternatively, the method use_parent_folder can be used to set this link directly.
qpoints, class
KpointsData
Reciprocal space points on which to build the dynamical matrices. Can either be a mesh or a list of points. Note: up to QE 5.1 only either an explicit list of 1 qpoint (1 point only) can be provided, or a mesh (containing gamma).parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters of ph.x, as a nested dictionary, mapping the input of QE. Example:{"INPUTPH":{"ethr-ph":1e-16}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning. Note: some keywords don’t have to be specified or Calculation will enter the SUBMISSIONFAILED state, and are already taken care of by AiiDA (are related with the structure or with path to files):
'INPUTPH', 'outdir': scratch directory 'INPUTPH', 'prefix': file prefix 'INPUTPH', 'iverbosity': file prefix 'INPUTPH', 'fildyn': file prefix 'INPUTPH', 'ldisp': logic displacement 'INPUTPH', 'nq1': q-mesh on b1 'INPUTPH', 'nq2': q-mesh on b2 'INPUTPH', 'nq3': q-mesh on b3 'INPUTPH', 'qplot': flag for list of qpoints
settings, class
ParameterData
(optional) An optional dictionary that activates non-default operations. Possible values are:- ‘PARENT_CALC_OUT_SUBFOLDER’: string. The subfolder of the parent scratch to be copied in the new scratch.
- ‘PREPARE_FOR_D3’: boolean. If True, more files are created in preparation of the calculation of a D3 calculation.
- ‘NAMELISTS’: list of strings. Specify all the list of Namelists to be printed in the input file.
- ‘PARENT_FOLDER_SYMLINK’: boolean # If True, create a symlnk to the scratch of the parent folder, otherwise the folder is copied (default: False)
- ‘CMDLINE’: list of strings. parameters to be put after the executable and before the input file. Example: [“-npool”,”4”] will produce ph.x -npool 4 < aiida.in
- ‘ADDITIONAL_RETRIEVE_LIST’: list of strings. Extra files to be retrieved. By default, dynamical matrices, text output and main xml files are retrieved.
There are several output nodes that can be created by the plugin, according to the calculation details.
All output nodes can be accessed with the calculation.out
method.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains small properties. Example: dielectric constant, warnings (possible error messages generated in the run). Furthermore, variousdynamical_matrix_*
keys are created, each is a dictionary containing the keysq_point
andfrequencies
.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
Note
The Matdyn plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Use the plugin to support inputs of Quantum Espresso matdyn.x executable.
- tested from matdyn.x v5.0 onwards. Back compatibility is not guaranteed (although versions 4.3x might work most of the times).
parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters of pw.x, as a nested dictionary, mapping the input of QE. Example:{"INPUT":{"ars":"simple"}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning. Note: some keywords don’t have to be specified or Calculation will enter the SUBMISSIONFAILED state, and are already taken care of by AiiDA (are related with the structure or with path to files):
'INPUT', 'flfrq': file with frequencies in output 'INPUT', 'flvec': file with eigenvecors 'INPUT', 'fldos': file with dos 'INPUT', 'q_in_cryst_coord': for qpoints 'INPUT', 'flfrc': input force constants
parent_calculation, pass the parent q2r calculation of its FolderData as the parent_folder to pass the input force constants.
kpoints, class
KpointsData
Points on which to compute the interpolated frequencies. Must contain a list of kpoints.
There are several output nodes that can be created by the plugin, according to the calculation details.
All output nodes can be accessed with the calculation.out
method.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains warnings - output_phonon_bands
BandsData
Phonon frequencies as a function of qpoints.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
Note
The Q2R plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Use the plugin to support inputs of Quantum Espresso q2r.x executable.
- tested from q2r.x v5.0 onwards. Back compatibility is not guaranteed (although versions 4.3x might work most of the times).
parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters of q2r.x, as a nested dictionary, mapping the input of QE. Example:{"INPUT":{"zasr":"simple"}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning. Note: some keywords don’t have to be specified or Calculation will enter the SUBMISSIONFAILED state, and are already taken care of by AiiDA (are related with the structure or with path to files):
'INPUT', 'fildyn': name of input dynamical matrices 'INPUT', 'flfrc': name of output force constants
parent_calculation. Use the parent PH calculation, to take the dynamical matrices and convert them in real space. Alternatively, use the parent_folder to point explicitely to the retrieved FolderData of the parent PH calculation.
- force_constants
SinglefileData
A file containing the force constants in real space.
Note
The NEB plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Plugin for the Quantum Espresso neb.x executable.
- tested from neb.x v5.2 onwards.
pseudo, class
UpfData
One pseudopotential file per atomic species.Alternatively, pseudo for every atomic species can be set with the use_pseudos_from_family method, if a family of pseudopotentials has been installed..
kpoints, class
KpointsData
Reciprocal space points on which to build the wavefunctions. Can either be a mesh or a list of points with/without weightsneb_parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters of neb.x, as a nested dictionary, mapping the input of QE. Example:{"PATH":{"num_of_images":6, "string_method": "neb", "nstep_path": 50}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning.
pw_parameters, class
ParameterData
Nested dictionary containing the input parameters in PW format common to all images. Example:{"CONTROL":{"calculation":"scf"}, "ELECTRONS":{"ecutwfc":"30","ecutrho":"100"}, }
See the QE documentation for the full list of variables and their meaning. Note: some keywords don’t have to be specified or Calculation will enter the SUBMISSIONFAILED state, and are already taken care of by AiiDA (are related with the structure or with path to files):
'CONTROL', 'pseudo_dir': pseudopotential directory 'CONTROL', 'outdir': scratch directory 'CONTROL', 'prefix': file prefix 'SYSTEM', 'ibrav': cell shape 'SYSTEM', 'celldm': cell dm 'SYSTEM', 'nat': number of atoms 'SYSTEM', 'ntyp': number of species 'SYSTEM', 'a': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'b': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'c': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosab': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosac': cell parameters 'SYSTEM', 'cosbc': cell parameters
first_structure, class
StructureData
Structure of the first image.last_structure, class
StructureData
Structure of the last image.settings, class
ParameterData
(optional) An optional dictionary that activates non-default operations. Possible values are:- ‘CLIMBING_IMAGES’: list of integers. Specify the indices of the climbing images.
Read only if the climbing image scheme is set to
manual
inneb_parameters
. - ‘FIXED_COORDS’: a list Nx3 booleans, with N the number of atoms. If True, the atomic position is fixed.
- ‘GAMMA_ONLY’: boolean. If True and the kpoint mesh is gamma, activate a speed up of the calculation.
- ‘NAMELISTS’: list of strings. Specify all the list of Namelists to be printed in the input file.
- ‘PARENT_FOLDER_SYMLINK’: boolean. If True, create a symlnk to the scratch of the parent folder, otherwise the folder is copied (default: False)
- ‘CMDLINE’: list of strings. parameters to be put after the executable in addition to -input_images 2. Example: [“-npool”,”4”] will produce neb.x -input_images 2 -npool 4 > aiida.out
- ‘ADDITIONAL_RETRIEVE_LIST’: list of strings. Specify additional files to be retrieved. By default, the following files are already retrieved: * NEB output file * PATH output file containing the information on structures and gradients of each image at last iteration * The calculated and interpolated energy profile as a function of the reaction coordinate (.dat and .int files) * The PW output and xml file for each image
- ‘ALL_ITERATIONS’: boolean. If true the energies and forces for each image at each intermediate
iteration are also parsed and stored in the output node
iteration_array
(default: False)
- ‘CLIMBING_IMAGES’: list of integers. Specify the indices of the climbing images.
Read only if the climbing image scheme is set to
parent_folder, class
RemoteData
(optional) If specified, the scratch folder coming from a previous NEB calculation is copied in the scratch of the new calculation.
There are several output nodes that can be created by the plugin, according to the calculation details.
All output nodes can be accessed with the calculation.out
method.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains the data obtained by parsing the NEB output file. Information on the last iteration are only reported. The parsed PW outputs of each image are also reported as a subdictionaries. - mep_array
ArrayData
Contains the parsed data on the calculated and interpolated Minimim Energy Path (MEP), i.e. the energy profile as a function of the reaction coordinate. - output_trajectory
ArrayData
Contains the structure of the images at the last iteration of the NEB calculation, too big to be put in the dictionary. - iteration_array
ArrayData
, and other quantities at intermediate iterations.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
cod-tools¶
cod-tools (more info here) is an open-source collection of command
line scripts for
handling of Crystallographic Information Framework (CIF) files. The
package is developed by the team of Crystallography Open Database (COD)
developers. Detailed information for the usage of each individual script
from the package can be obtained by invoking commands with --help
and
--usage
command line options. For example:
cif_filter --help
cif_filter --usage
- cif_cod_check
Parse a CIF file, check if certain data values match COD requirements and IUCr data validation criteria (Version: 2000.06.09, ftp://ftp.iucr.ac.uk/pub/dvntests or ftp://ftp.iucr.org/pub/dvntests)
- cif_cod_deposit
Deposit CIFs into COD database using CGI deposition interface.
- cif_cod_numbers
Find COD numbers for the .cif files in given directories of file lists.
- cif_correct_tags
Correct misspelled tags in a CIF file.
- cif_filter
Parse a CIF file and print out essential data values in the CIF format, the COD CIF style.
This script has also many capabilities – it can restore spacegroup symbols from symmetry operators (consulting pre-defined tables), parse and tidy-up
_chemical_formula_sum
, compute cell volume, exclude unknown or “empty” tags, and add specified bibliography data.
- cif_fix_values
Correct temperature values which have units specified or convert between Celsius degrees and Kelvins. Changes ‘room/ambiante temperature’ to the appropriate numeric value. Fixes other undefined values (no, not measured, etc.) to ‘?’ symbol. Determine a report about changes made into standart I/O streams.
Fixes enumeration values in CIF file against CIF dictionaries.
- cif_mark_disorder
Marks disorder in CIF files judging by distance and occupancy.
- cif_molecule
Restores molecules from a CIF file.
- cif_select
Read CIFs and print out selected tags with their values.
- cif_split
Split CIF files into separate files with one data_ section each.
This script parses given CIF files to separate the datablocks, so is capable of splitting non-correctly formatted and nested CIF files.
- cif_split_primitive
Split CIF files into separate files with one data_ section each.
This is a very naive and primitive version of the splitter, which expects each data_... section to start on a new line. It may fail on some CIF files that do not follow such convention. For splitting of any correctly formatted CIF files, one must do full CIF parsing using CIF grammar and tokenisation of the file.
Currently cod-tools package is distributed via source code only. To prepare the package for usage (as of source revision 2930) one has to follow these steps:
Retrieve the source from the Subversion repository:
svn co svn://www.crystallography.net/cod-tools/trunk cod-tools
Install the dependencies:
bash -e cod-tools/dependencies/Ubuntu-12.04/install.sh
Note
the dependency installer is written for Ubuntu 12.04, but works fine on some older or newer Ubuntu as well as Debian distributions.
Build and test:
make -C cod-tools
- Prepare the environment:
Described below are two methods of setting the environment for cod-tools as of source revision 3393:
Using Bash:
CODTOOLS_SRC=~/src/cod-tools export PATH=${CODTOOLS_SRC}/scripts:${PATH} export PERL5LIB=${CODTOOLS_SRC}/src/lib/perl5:${PERL5LIB}
These commands can be pasted to
~/.bashrc
file, which is sourced automatically by the AiiDA before each calculation.Note
Be sure to restart the AiiDA daemon after modifying the
~/.bashrc
.Using modulefile:
#%Module1.0##################################################################### module-whatis loads the cod-tools environment set CODTOOLS_SRC ~/src/cod-tools prepend-path PATH ${CODTOOLS_SRC}/scripts prepend-path PERL5LIB ${CODTOOLS_SRC}/src/lib/perl5
Fix a syntactically incorrect structure:
Some simple common CIF syntax errors can be fixed automatically using cif_filter with
--fix-syntax
option. In example, such structure:data_broken _publ_section_title "Runaway quote loop_ _atom_site_label _atom_site_fract_x _atom_site_fract_y _atom_site_fract_z C 0 0 0
can be fixed (provided it’s stored in
test.cif
):cif_filter --fix test.cif
Obtained structure:
data_broken _publ_section_title 'Runaway quote' loop_ _atom_site_label _atom_site_fract_x _atom_site_fract_y _atom_site_fract_z C 0 0 0
A warning message tells what was done:
cif_filter: test.cif(2) data_broken: warning, double-quoted string is missing a closing quote -- fixed
- where:
cif_filter
is the name of the used script;test.cif
is the name of the CIF file;2
is the number of a line in the file;data_broken
is the CIF datablock name;warning
is the level of severity;- rest is the message text.
Fetch a structure from Web, filter and fix it, restore the crystal contents and calculate summary formulae per each compound in a crystal:
curl --silent http://www.crystallography.net/cod/2231955.cif \ | cif_filter \ | cif_fix_values \ | cif_molecule \ | cif_cell_contents --use-attached-hydrogens
Obtained result:
C9 H14 N C10 H6 O6 S2 H2 O
As well as a warning message:
cif_molecule: - data_2231955: WARNING, multiplicity ratios are given instead of multiplicities for 39 atoms -- taking calculated values.
Fetch a structure from Web and mark alternative atoms sharing same site:
curl --silent http://www.crystallography.net/2018107.cif \ | cif_mark_disorder \ | cif_select --cif --tag _atom_site_label
Obtained result:
data_2018107 loop_ _atom_site_type_symbol _atom_site_label _atom_site_fract_x _atom_site_fract_y _atom_site_fract_z _atom_site_u_iso_or_equiv _atom_site_adp_type _atom_site_calc_flag _atom_site_refinement_flags _atom_site_occupancy _atom_site_symmetry_multiplicity _atom_site_disorder_assembly _atom_site_disorder_group Pb Pb1 0.5000 0.0000 0.2500 0.0213(13) Uani d S 1 4 . . Mo Mo2 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.022(4) Uani d S 1 4 . . Pb Pb3 0.5000 0.5000 0.0000 0.025(2) Uani d SP 0.881(8) 4 A 1 Mo Mo3 0.5000 0.5000 0.0000 0.025(2) Uani d SP 0.119(8) 4 A 2 Mo Mo1 0.0000 0.5000 0.2500 0.018(3) Uani d S 1 4 . . O O1 0.2344(13) -0.1372(14) 0.0806(6) 0.0302(17) Uani d . 1 1 . . O O2 0.2338(14) 0.3648(14) 0.1697(6) 0.0307(17) Uani d . 1 1 . .
As well as output messages:
cif_mark_disorder: - data_2018107: NOTE, atoms 'Mo3', 'Pb3' were marked as alternatives. cif_mark_disorder: - data_2018107: NOTE, 1 site(s) were marked as disorder assemblies.
Note
atoms
Mo3
andPb3
share the same site, as can be found out by checking their coordinates. Moreover, sum of their occupancies are close to 1. In the original CIF file these sites have both_atom_site_disorder_assembly
and_atom_site_disorder_group
set to ‘.
‘.
This plugin is designed for filter-like codes from the cod-tools package, but can be adapted to any command line utilities, accepting CIF file as standard input and producing CIF file as standard output and messages/errors in the standard output (if any), without modifications.
- cif_adjust_journal_name_volume
- cif_CODify
- cif_correct_tags
- cif_create_AMCSD_pressure_temp_tags
- cif_estimate_spacegroup
- cif_eval_numbers
- cif_fillcell
- cif_filter
- cif_fix_values
- cif_hkl_check
- cif_mark_disorder
- cif_molecule
- cif_p1
- cif_reformat_AMCSD_author_names
- cif_reformat_pubmed_author_names
- cif_reformat_uppercase_author_names
- cif_select [1]
- cif_set_value
- cif_symop_apply
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
(optional)Contains the command line parameters, specified in key-value fashion. Leading dashes (single or double) must be stripped from the keys. Values can be arrays with multiple items. Keys without values should point to boolean
True
value. In example:calc = Code.get_from_string('cif_filter').new_calc() calc.use_parameters(ParameterData(dict={ 's' : True, 'exclude-empty-tags' : True, 'dont-reformat-spacegroup': True, 'add-cif-header' : [ 'standard.txt', 'user.txt' ], 'bibliography' : 'bibliography.cif', }))
is equivallent to command line:
cif_filter \ -s \ --exclude-empty-tags \ --dont-reformat-spacegroup \ --add-cif-header standard.txt \ --add-cif-header user.txt \ --bibliography bibliography.cif
Note
it should be kept in mind that no escaping of Shell metacharacters are performed by the plugin. AiiDA encloses each command line argument with single quotes and that’s being relied on.
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
(optional)Contains lines of output messages and/or errors. For example:
print load_node(1, parent_class=ParameterData).get_dict()
would print:
{u'output_messages': [u'cif_cod_check: test.cif data_4000000: _publ_section_title is undefined']}
Run-time errors are returned line-by-line in the
ParameterData
object.
Footnotes
[1] | Only with the --output-cif command line option. |
This plugin is used for chemical formula calculations from the CIF files,
as being done by cif_cell_contents
code from the cod-tools package.
- cif_cell_contents
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
(optional)Contains the command line parameters, specified in key-value fashion. For more information refer to inputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.
ParameterData
Contains formulae in (CIF datablock name,`formula`) pairs. For example:
print load_node(1, parent_class=ParameterData).get_dict()
would print:
{u'formulae': { u'4000001': u'C24 H17 F5 Fe', u'4000002': u'C24 H17 F5 Fe', u'4000003': u'C24 H17 F5 Fe', u'4000004': u'C22 H8 F10 Fe' }})
Note
data_
is not prepended to the CIF datablock name – the CIF file, used for the example above, contains CIF datablocksdata_4000001
,data_4000002
,data_4000003
anddata_4000004
.
ParameterData
Contains lines of output messages and/or errors. For more information refer to outputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.
Run-time errors are returned line-by-line in the
ParameterData
object.
This plugin is specific for cif_cod_check
script.
- cif_cod_check
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
(optional)Contains the command line parameters, specified in key-value fashion. For more information refer to inputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.
ParameterData
Contains lines of output messages and/or errors. For more information refer to outputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.
Run-time errors are returned line-by-line in the
ParameterData
object.
This plugin is specific for cif_cod_deposit
script.
- cif_cod_deposit
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
Contains deposition information, such as user name, password and deposition type:
username
: depositor’s user name to access the *COD deposition interface;password
: depositor’s password to access the *COD deposition interface;deposition-type
: determines a type of the deposited CIF file, which can be one of the following:published
: CIF file is already published in a scientific paper;prepublication
: CIF file is a prepublication material and should not be revealed to the public until the publication of a scientific paper. In this case, ahold_period
also has to be specified;personal
: CIF file is personal communication.
url
: URL of *COD deposition API (optional, default URL is http://test.crystallography.net/cgi-bin/cif-deposit.pl);journal
: name of the journal, where the CIF is/will be published;user_email
: depositor’s e-mail address;author_name
: name of the CIF file author;author_email
: e-mail of the CIF file author;hold_period
: a period (in number months) for the structure to be kept on-hold (only fordeposition_type == 'prepublication'
).
ParameterData
Contains the result of deposition:
output_messages
: lines of output messages and/or errors. For more information refer to outputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.status
: a string, one of the following:SUCCESS
: a deposition is successful, newly assigned *COD number(s) is/are present inoutput_messages
field;DUPLICATE
: submitted data is already in the *COD database thus is not deposited once more;UNCHANGED
: the redeposition of the data is unnecessary, as nothing was changed in the contents of file to be replaced;INPUTERROR
: an error, related to the input, has occurred, detailed reason may be present inoutput_messages
field;SERVERERROR
: an internal server error has occurred, detailed reason may be present inoutput_messages
field;UNKNOWN
: the result of the deposition is unknown.
Run-time errors are returned line-by-line in the output_messages
field
of ParameterData
object.
This plugin is specific for cif_cod_numbers
script.
- cif_cod_numbers
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
(optional)Contains the command line parameters, specified in key-value fashion. For more information refer to inputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.
ParameterData
Contains two subdictionaries:
duplicates
anderrors
. Induplicates
correspondence between the database and supplied file(s) is described. Example:{ "duplicates": [ { "codid": "4000099", "count": 1, "formula": "C50_H44_N2_Ni_O4" } ], "errors": [] }
Here
codid
is numeric ID of a hit in the database,count
is total number of hits for the particular datablock andformula
is the summary formula of the described datablock.
Run-time errors are returned line-by-line in the
ParameterData
object.
This plugin is used by cif_split
and cif_split_primitive
codes from
the cod-tools package.
CifData
A CIF file.
ParameterData
(optional)Contains the command line parameters, specified in key-value fashion. For more information, refer to inputs for codtools.ciffilter plugin.
- List of
CifData
One or more CIF files.
- List of
ParameterData
(optional)Contains lines of output messages and/or errors.
Run-time errors are returned line-by-line in the
ParameterData
object.
[1] | Incompatible with --output-prefixed and --output-tar command
line options. |
ASE¶
Note
The ASE plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
ASE (Atomic Simulation Environment) is a set of tools and Python modules for setting up, manipulating, running, visualizing and analyzing atomistic simulations. The ASE code is freely available under the GNU LGPL license (the ASE installation guide and the source can be found here).
Besides the manipulation of structures (Atoms
objects), one can attach
calculators
to a structure and run it to compute, as an example, energies or
forces.
Multiple calculators are currently supported by ASE, like GPAW, Vasp, Abinit and
many others.
In AiiDA, we have developed a plugin which currently supports the use of ASE calculators for total energy calculations and structure optimizations.
Note
The ASE plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Use the plugin to support inputs of ASE structure optimizations and of total energy calculations. Requires the installation of ASE on the computer where AiiDA is running.
- tested on ASE v3.8.1 and on GPAW v0.10.0. ASE back compatibility is not guaranteed. Calculators different from GPAW should work, if they follow the interface description of ASE calculators, but have not been tested. Usage requires the installation of both ASE and of the software used by the calculator.
kpoints, class
KpointsData
(optional) Reciprocal space points on which to build the wavefunctions. Only kpoints meshes are currently supported.parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters that defines the calculations to be performed, and their parameters. See the ASE documentation for more details.structure, class
StructureData
settings, class
ParameterData
(optional) An optional dictionary that activates non-default operations. Possible values are:- ‘CMDLINE’: list of strings. parameters to be put after the executable and before the input file. Example: [“-npool”,”4”] will produce gpaw -npool 4 < aiida_input
- ‘ADDITIONAL_RETRIEVE_LIST’: list of strings. Specify additional files to be retrieved. By default, the output file and the xml file are already retrieved.
Actual output production depends on the input provided.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains the scalar properties. Example: energy (in eV) or warnings (possible error messages generated in the run). - output_array
ArrayData
Stores vectorial quantities (lists, tuples, arrays), if requested in output. Example: forces, stresses, positions. Units are those produced by the calculator. - output_structure
StructureData
Present only if the structure is optimized.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
The following example briefly describe the usage of GPAW within AiiDA, assuming that both ASE and GPAW have been installed on the remote machine. Note that ASE calculators, at times, require the definition of environment variables. Take your time to find them and make sure that they are loaded by the submission script of AiiDA (use the prepend text fields of a Code, for example).
First of all install the AiiDA Code as usual, noting that, if you plan to use
the serial version of GPAW (applies to all other calculators) the remote absolute
path of the code has to point to the python executable (i.e. the output of
which python
on the remote machine, typically it might be /usr/bin/python
).
If the parallel version of GPAW is used, set instead the path to gpaw-python.
To understand the plugin, it is probably easier to try to run one test, to see
the python script which is produced and executed on the remote machine.
We describe in the following some example script, which can be called through
the verdi run
command (example: verdi run test_script.py
). You should
see a folder submit_test
created in the location from which you run
the command. Here there is the input script that is going to be executed in
the remote machine, with the syntax of the ASE software.
In this first example script
and execute it with
the verdi run
command.
This is a minimal script that uses GPAW and a plane-wave basis to compute the
total energy of a structure.
Note that for a serial calculation, it is necessary to run the
calculation.set_withmpi(False)
method.
Note also, that by default, only the total energy of the structure is computed
and retrieved.
This second example
instead shows a demo of all
possible options supported by the current plugin.
By specifying an optimizer key in the dictionary, the ASE optimizers are run.
In the example, the QuasiNewton algorithm is run to minimize the forces and find
the equilibrium structures.
By specifying the key “calculator_getters”, the code will get from the
calculator, the properties which are specified in the value, using the get
method of the calculator; similar applies for the atoms_getters
, which will
call the atoms.get
method.
extra_lines
and post_lines
are used to insert python commands that are
executed before or after the call to the calculators.
extra_imports
is used to specify the import of more modules.
Lastly, this script
is an example of how to
run GPAW parallel. Essentially, nothing has to be changed in input, except that
there is no need to call the method calculation.set_withmpi(False)
.
Wannier90¶
Note
The Wannier plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Wannier90 is a tool for obtaining maximally localized wannier functions from DFT calculations. The Wannier90 code is freely available under the GNU LGPL license (the Wannier90 installation guide and the source can be found here).
In AiiDA, this plugin will support input to wannier90, through any calculations done in QE, via the pw2wann code.
Note
The Wannier90 plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Wannier90 is a tool for obtaining maximally localized wannier functions from DFT calculations. The Wannier90 code is freely available under the GNU LGPL license (the Wannier90 installation guide and the source can be found here).
In AiiDA, this plugin will support input to wannier90, through any calculations done in QE, via the pw2wannier90.x code.
- tested on Wannier90 v2.0.1
parent_calculation, The parent calculation can either be a PW calculation or Wannier90. See the Files Copied for more details.
Note
There are no direct links between calculations. The use_parent_calculation will set a link to the RemoteFolder attached to that calculation. Alternatively, the method use_parent_folder can be used to set this link directly.
kpoints, class
KpointsData
Reciprocal space points on which to build the wannier functions. Note that this must be an evenly spaced grid and must be constructed using an mp_grid kpoint mesh, with {‘FORCE_KPOINTS_LIST’: True} setting in the PW nscf calculation. It is a requirement of Wannier90, though not of this plugin, that symmetry not be used in the parent calculation, that is the setting card['SYSTEM'].update({'nosym': True})
be applied in the parent calculation.kpoints_path, class
KpointsData
(optional) A set of kpoints which indicate the path to be plotted by wannier90 band plot feature.parameters, class
ParameterData
Input parameters that defines the calculations to be performed, and their parameters. Unlike the wannier90 code, which does not check capitilization, this plugin is case sensitive. All keys must be lowercase e.g.num_wann
is acceptable butNUM_WANN
is not. See the Wannier90 documentation for more details.precode_parameters, class
ParameterData
(optional) Input parameters for the precode. For this plugin the precode is expected to be pw2wannier. As with parameters, all keys must be capitalized. See the Wannier90 documentation for more details on the input parameters for pw2wannier.structure, class
StructureData
Input structure mandatory for execution of the code.projections, class
OrbitalData
An OrbitalData object containing it it a list of orbitals
Note
You should construct the projections using the convenience method gen_projections
. Which
will produce an OrbitalData
given a list of dictionaries.
Some examples, taken directly from the wannier90 user guide, would be:
CuO, SP, P, and D on all Cu; SP3 hyrbrids on O.
In Wannier90
Cu:l=0;l=1;l=2
for Cu andO:l=-3
orO:sp3
for OWould become
{'kind_name':'Cu','ang_mtm_name':['SP','P','D']}
for Cu and{'kind_name':'O','ang_mtm_l':-3}
or{..., 'ang_mtm_name':['SP3']}
for OA single projection onto a PZ orbital orientated in the (1,1,1) direction:
In Wannier90
c=0,0,0:l=1:z=1,1,1
orc=0,0,0:pz:z=1,1,1
Would become
{'position_cart':(0,0,0),'ang_mtm_l':1,'zaxis':(1,1,1)}
or{... , 'ang_mtm_name':'PZ',...}
Project onto S, P, and D (with no radial nodes), and S and P (with one radial node) in silicon:
In Wannier90
Si:l=0;l=1;l=2
,Si:l=0;l=1;r=2
Would become
[{'kind_name':'Si','ang_mtm_l':[0,1,2]}, {'kind_name':'Si','ang_mtm_l':[0,1],'radial_nodes':2}]
settings, class
ParameterData
An optional dictionary that activates non-default operations. Possible values are:- ‘INIT_ONLY’: If set to true, will only initialize the calculation, but will not run
the actual wannierization. That is,
wannier90.x -pp aiida.win
andprecode2wannier < aiida.in > aiida.out
will be run only. This is ideal in use as a start point for future restarts. - ‘ADDITIONAL_RETRIEVE_LIST’: A list of additional files to be retrieved at the end of the calculation.
- ‘ADDITIONAL_SYMLINK_LIST’: A list of additional files to be symlinked from the parent calculation.
- ‘ADDITIONAL_COPY_LIST’: A list of additional files to be copied from the parent calculation.
- ‘INIT_ONLY’: If set to true, will only initialize the calculation, but will not run
the actual wannierization. That is,
use_preprocessing_code a preprocessing code may be supplied, currently the code must be a pw2wannier code, with which the initial setup of the wannierization will be performed. If a pre_processing_code is supplied the following will be run.
wannier90.x -pp aiida.win
,precode2wannier < aiida.in > aiida.out
,wannier90.x aiida.win
. However, if no preprocessing code is supplied onlywannier90.x aiida.win
will be run.
Depending on the startup settings used, and what the parent calculation was will alter which files are copied, which are symlinked see the table below. The goal being to copy the minimum number of files, and to not symlink to files that will be rewritten. The calculation names used in the table are:
- NOT WANNIER The parent is not a wannier calculation
- HAS PRECODE A wannier90 calculation run with a precode, e.g. initializations
- NO PRECODE A wannier90 calculation run with no precode, e.g. restarts
The following operations will be performed on the files:
- copy: the file, if present, is copied from the parent
- sym: the file, if present, will be symlinked to the parent
- none: the file will neither be copied or symlinked
Parent Calculation | |||
---|---|---|---|
Child Calculation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note
For the case where the child has precode and the parent is a wannier calculation
the .MMN file will hard-set not to be written, regardless of what is
in the precode_parameters. (i.e. if the parent is not a wannier90 calc,
WRITE_MMN = .false.
is automatically set in precode.)
Note
The .MMN
file is only calculated for the case of the parent
being a NOT WANNIER. (See the table) If, for whatever reason, you wish to
recalculate these files please use NOT WANNIER as a parent.
- output_parameters
ParameterData
(accessed bycalculation.res
) Contains the scalar properties. Currently parsed parameters include:number_wannier_functions
: the number of wannier functionsOmega_D
,Omega_I
,Omega_OD
,Omega_total
wich are: the diagonal, invariant
, offdiagonal
, and total spread
. Units are always Ang^2
wannier_functions_output
a list of dictionaries containing:- coordinates: the center of the wannier function
- spread: the spread of the wannier function. Units are always Ang^2
- wannier_function: numerical index of the wannier function
- im_re_ratio: if available the Imaginary/Real ratio of the wannier function
Warnings
: parsed list of warningsoutput_verbosity
: the output verbosity, throws a warning if any value other than default is usedpreprocess_only
: whether the calc only did the preprocessing stepwannier90 -pp
r2_nm_writeout
: whether r^2 nm file was writtenwannierise_convergence_tolerence
: the tolerance for convergence, units of Ang^2xyz_wf_center_writeout
: whether xyz_wf_center file was explicitly and independently written- Other parameters, should match those described in the user guide
- interpolated_bands
BandsData
If available, will parse the interpolated bands and store them.
Errors of the parsing are reported in the log of the calculation (accessible
with the verdi calculation logshow
command).
Moreover, they are stored in the ParameterData under the key warnings
, and are
accessible with Calculation.res.warnings
.
NWChem¶
A very simple plugin for main NWChem’s nwchem
executable.
StructureData
A structure.
ParameterData
(optional)A dictionary with control variables. An example (default values):
{ "abbreviation": "aiida_calc", # Short name for the computation "title": "AiiDA NWChem calculation", # Long name for the computation "basis": # Basis per chemical type { "Ba": "library 6-31g", "Ti": "library 6-31g", "O": "library 6-31g", }, "task": "scf", # Computation task "add_cell": True, # Include cell parameters? }
ParameterData
A dictionary with energy values. For example:
{ "nuclear_repulsion_energy": "9.194980930276", "one_electron_energy": "-122.979939235872", "total_scf_energy": "-75.983997570474", "two_electron_energy": "37.800960735123" }
pymatgen-based input plugin for main NWChem‘s nwchem
executable.
StructureData
(optional)A structure.
ParameterData
A dictionary with control variables.
job_info
:ParameterData
A dictionary of general parameters of the computation, like details of compilation, used time and memory.
May also contain one or more of the following:
output
:ParameterData
A dictionary describing the job. An example:
{ "basis_set": {}, "corrections": {}, "energies": [], "errors": [], "frequencies": null, "has_error": false, "job_type": "NWChem Geometry Optimization" }
trajectory
:TrajectoryData
(optional)A trajectory, made of structures, produced in the steps of geometry optimization.
Note
Functionality to extract structures from NWChem‘s output is not present in pymatgen 3.0.13 or earlier.
Errors are reported in the errors
field of output
ParameterData
dictionary. Additionally, there’s a boolean flag has_error
in the same
dictionary.
Scripting with AiiDA¶
While many common functionalities are provided by either command-line tools
(via verdi
) or the web interface, for fine tuning (or automatization)
it is useful to directly access the python objects and call their methods.
This is possible in two ways, either via an interactive shell, or writing and running a script. Both methods are described below.
verdi shell
¶
By running verdi shell
on the terminal, a new interactive
IPython shell will be opened (this requires that
IPython is installed on your computer).
Note that simply opening IPython and loading the AiiDA modules will not work (unless you perform the operations described in the following section) because the database settings are not loaded by default and AiiDA does not know how to access the database.
Moreover, by calling verdi shell
, you have the additional advantage that
some classes and modules are automatically loaded. In particular the following
modules/classes are already loaded and available:
from aiida.orm import (Node, Calculation, JobCalculation, Code, Data,
Computer, Group, DataFactory, CalculationFactory)
from aiida.backends.djsite.db import models
Note
It is possible to customize the shell by adding modules to be loaded
automatically, thanks to the verdi devel setproperty verdishell.modules
command.
See here for more information.
A further advantage is that bash completion is enabled, allowing to press the
TAB
key to see available submethods of a given object (see for instance
the documentation of the ResultManager).
Writing python scripts for AiiDA¶
Alternatively, if you do not need an interactive shell but you prefer to write
a script and then launch it from the command line, you can just write a
standard python .py
file. The only modification that you need to do is
to add, at the beginning of the file and before loading any other AiiDA module,
the following two lines:
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
that will load the database settings and allow AiiDA to reach your database.
Then, you can load as usual python and AiiDA modules and classes, and use them.
If you want to have the same environment of the verdi shell
interactive
shell, you can also add (below the load_dbenv
call) the following lines:
from aiida.orm import Calculation, Code, Computer, Data, Node
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory, DataFactory
from aiida.backends.djsite.db import models
or simply import the only modules that you will need in the script.
While this method will work, we strongly suggest to use instead the
verdi run
command, described here below.
The verdi run
command and the runaiida
executable¶
In order to simplify the procedure described above, it is possible to
execute a python file using verdi run
: this command will accept
as parameter the name of a file, and will execute it after having
loaded the modules described above.
The command verdi run
has
the additional advantage of adding all stored nodes to suitable special
groups, of type autogroup.run
, for later usage.
You can get the list of all these groups with the command:
verdi group list -t autogroup.run
Some further command line options of verdi run
allow the user
to fine-tune the autogrouping behavior;
for more details, refer to the output of verdi run -h
.
Note also that further command line parameters to verdi run
are
passed to the script as sys.argv
.
Note
It is not possible to run multiple times the load_dbenv()
command. Since calling verdi run
will automatically call
the load_dbenv()
command, you cannot run a script that
contains this call (this is instead needed if you want to run
the script simply via python scriptname.py
).
If you want to allow for both options, use the following method
to discover if the db environment was already loaded:
from aiida import load_dbenv, is_dbenv_loaded
if not is_dbenv_loaded():
load_dbenv()
Finally, we also defined a runaiida
command, that simply will
pass all its parameters to verdi run
. The reason for this is that
one can define a new script to be run with verdi run
, add as the
first line the shebang command #!/usr/bin/env runaiida
, and give
to the file execution permissions, and the file will become an
executable that is run using AiiDA. A simple example could be:
#!/usr/bin/env runaiida
import sys
pk = int(sys.argv[1])
node = load_node(pk)
print "Node {} is: {}".format(pk, repr(node))
import aiida
print "AiiDA version is: {}".format(aiida.get_version())
StructureData tutorial¶
General comments¶
This section contains an example of how you can use the
StructureData
object
to create complex crystals.
With the StructureData
class we did not
try to have a full set of features to manipulate crystal structures.
Indeed, other libraries such as ASE exist,
and we simply provide easy
ways to convert between the ASE and the AiiDA formats. On the other hand,
we tried to define a “standard” format for structures in AiiDA, that can be
used across different codes.
Tutorial¶
Take a look at the following example:
alat = 4. # angstrom
cell = [[alat, 0., 0.,],
[0., alat, 0.,],
[0., 0., alat,],
]
s = StructureData(cell=cell)
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.), symbols='Fe')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,alat/2.), symbols='O')
With the commands above, we have created a crystal structure s
with
a cubic unit cell and lattice parameter of 4 angstrom, and two atoms in the
cell: one iron (Fe) atom in the origin, and one oxygen (O) at the center of
the cube (this cell has been just chosen as an example and most probably does
not exist).
Note
As you can see in the example above, both the cell coordinates and the atom coordinates are expressed in angstrom, and the position of the atoms are given in a global absolute reference frame.
In this way, any periodic structure can be defined. If you want to import from ASE in order to specify the coordinates, e.g., in terms of the crystal lattice vectors, see the guide on the conversion to/from ASE below.
When using the append_atom()
method, further parameters can be passed. In particular, one can specify
the mass of the atom, particularly important if you want e.g. to run a
phonon calculation. If no mass is specified, the mass provided by
NIST (retrieved in October 2014)
is going to be used. The list of
masses is stored in the module aiida.common.constants
, in the
elements
dictionary.
Moreover, in the StructureData
class
of AiiDA we also support the storage of crystal structures with alloys,
vacancies or partial occupancies.
In this case, the argument of the parameter symbols
should be a list of symbols, if you want to consider an alloy;
moreover, you must pass a weights
list, with the same length as symbols
,
and with values between 0. (no occupancy) and 1. (full occupancy), to specify
the fractional occupancy of that site for each of the symbols specified
in the symbols
list. The sum of
all occupancies must be lower or equal to one; if the sum is lower than one,
it means that there is a given probability of having a vacancy at that
specific site position.
As an example, you could use:
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.),symbols=['Ba','Ca'],weights=[0.9,0.1])
to add a site at the origin of a structure s
consisting of an alloy of
90% of Barium and 10% of Calcium (again, just an example).
The following line instead:
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.),symbols='Ca',weights=0.9)
would create a site with 90% probability of being occupied by Calcium, and 10% of being a vacancy.
Utility methods s.is_alloy()
and s.has_vacancies()
can be used to
verify, respectively, if more than one element if given in the symbols list,
and if the sum of all weights is smaller than one.
Note
if you pass more than one symbol, the method s.is_alloy()
will
always return True
, even if only one symbol has occupancy 1. and
all others have occupancy zero:
>>> s = StructureData(cell=[[4,0,0],[0,4,0],[0,0,4]])
>>> s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.), symbols=['Fe', 'O'], weights=[1.,0.])
>>> s.is_alloy()
True
Internals: Kinds and Sites¶
Internally, the append_atom()
method works by manipulating the kinds and sites of the current structure.
Kinds are instances of the Kind
class and
represent a chemical species, with given properties (composing element or
elements, occupancies, mass, ...) and identified
by a label (normally, simply the element chemical symbol).
Sites are instances of the Site
class
and represent instead each single site. Each site refers
to a Kind
to
identify its properties (which element it is, the mass, ...) and to its three
spatial coordinates.
The append_atom()
works in
the following way:
It creates a new
Kind
class with the properties passed as parameters (i.e., all parameters exceptposition
).It tries to identify if an identical Kind already exists in the list of kinds of the structure (e.g., in the same atom with the same mass was already previously added). Comparison of kinds is performed using
aiida.orm.data.structure.Kind.compare_with()
, and in particular it returnsTrue
if the mass and the list of symbols and of weights are identical (within a threshold). If an identical kindk
is found, it simply adds a new site referencing to kindk
and with the providedposition
. Otherwise, it appendsk
to the list of kinds of the current structure and then creates the site referencing tok
. The name of the kind is chosen, by default, equal to the name of the chemical symbol (e.g., “Fe” for iron).If you pass more than one species for the same chemical symbol, but e.g. with different masses, a new kind is created and the name is obtained postponing an integer to the chemical symbol name. For instance, the following lines:
s.append_atom(position = [0,0,0], symbols='Fe', mass = 55.8) s.append_atom(position = [1,1,1], symbols='Fe', mass = 57) s.append_atom(position = [1,1,1], symbols='Fe', mass = 59)
will automatically create three kinds, all for iron, with names
Fe
,Fe1
andFe2
, and masses 55.8, 57. and 59. respecively.In case of alloys, the kind name is obtained concatenating all chemical symbols names (and a X is the sum of weights is less than one). The same rules as above are used to append a digit to the kind name, if needed.
Finally, you can simply specify the kind_name to automatically generate a new kind with a specific name. This is the case if you want a name different from the automatically generated one, or for instance if you want to create two different species with the same properties (same mass, symbols, ...). This is for instance the case in Quantum ESPRESSO in order to describe an antiferromagnetic cyrstal, with different magnetizations on the different atoms in the unit cell.
In this case, you can for instance use:
s.append_atom(position = [0,0,0], symbols='Fe', mass = 55.845, name='Fe1') s.append_atom(position = [2,2,2], symbols='Fe', mass = 55.845, name='Fe2')
To create two species
Fe1
andFe2
for iron, with the same mass.Note
You do not need to specify explicitly the mass if the default one is ok for you. However, when you pass explicitly a name and it coincides with the name of an existing species, all properties that you specify must be identical to the ones of the existing species, or the method will raise an exception.
Note
If you prefer to work with the internal
Kind
andSite
classes, you can obtain the same result of the two lines above with:from aiida.orm.data.structure import Kind, Site s.append_kind(Kind(symbols='Fe', mass=55.845, name='Fe1')) s.append_kind(Kind(symbols='Fe', mass=55.845, name='Fe1')) s.append_site(Site(kind_name='Fe1', position=[0.,0.,0.])) s.append_site(Site(kind_name='Fe2', position=[2.,2.,2.]))
Conversion to/from ASE¶
If you have an AiiDA structure, you can get an ase.Atom
object by
just calling the get_ase
method:
ase_atoms = aiida_structure.get_ase()
Note
As we support alloys and vacancies in AiiDA, while ase.Atom
does not,
it is not possible to export to ASE a structure with vacancies or alloys.
If instead you have as ASE Atoms object and you want to load the structure from it, just pass it when initializing the class:
StructureData = DataFactory('structure')
# or:
# from aiida.orm.data.structure import StructureData
aiida_structure = StructureData(ase = ase_atoms)
Creating multiple species¶
We implemented the possibility of specifying different Kinds (species) in the ase.atoms and then importing them.
In particular, if you specify atoms with different mass in ASE, during the import phase different kinds will be created:
>>> import ase
>>> StructureData = DataFactory("structure")
>>> asecell = ase.Atoms('Fe2')
>>> asecell[0].mass = 55.
>>> asecell[1].mass = 56.
>>> s = StructureData(ase=asecell)
>>> for kind in s.kinds:
>>> print kind.name, kind.mass
Fe 55.0
Fe1 56.0
Moreover, even if the mass is the same, but you want to get different species,
you can use the ASE tags
to specify the number to append to the element
symbol in order to get the species name:
>>> import ase
>>> StructureData = DataFactory("structure")
>>> asecell = ase.Atoms('Fe2')
>>> asecell[0].tag = 1
>>> asecell[1].tag = 2
>>> s = StructureData(ase=asecell)
>>> for kind in s.kinds:
>>> print kind.name
Fe1
Fe2
Note
in complicated cases (multiple tags, masses, ...), it is possible that exporting a AiiDA structure to ASE and then importing it again will not perfectly preserve the kinds and kind names.
Conversion to/from pymatgen¶
AiiDA structure can be converted to pymatgen’s Molecule and
Structure objects by using, accordingly,
get_pymatgen_molecule
and
get_pymatgen_structure
methods:
pymatgen_molecule = aiida_structure.get_pymatgen_molecule()
pymatgen_structure = aiida_structure.get_pymatgen_structure()
A single method
get_pymatgen
can be
used for both tasks: converting periodic structures (periodic boundary
conditions are met in all three directions) to pymatgen’s Structure and
other structures to pymatgen’s Molecule:
pymatgen_object = aiida_structure.get_pymatgen()
It is also possible to convert pymatgen’s Molecule and Structure objects to AiiDA structures:
StructureData = DataFactory("structure")
from_mol = StructureData(pymatgen_molecule=mol)
from_struct = StructureData(pymatgen_structure=struct)
Also in this case, a generic converter is provided:
StructureData = DataFactory("structure")
from_mol = StructureData(pymatgen=mol)
from_struct = StructureData(pymatgen=struct)
Note
Converters work with version 3.0.13 or later of pymatgen. Earlier versions may cause errors.
Quantum Espresso PWscf user-tutorial¶
This chapter will show how to launch a single PWscf (pw.x
) calculation. It is assumed that you have already performed the installation, and that you already setup a computer (with verdi
), installed Quantum Espresso on the cluster and in AiiDA. Although the code could be quite readable, a basic knowledge of Python and object programming is useful.
Your classic pw.x input file¶
This is the input file of Quantum Espresso that we will try to execute. It consists in the total energy calculation of a 5 atom cubic cell of BaTiO3. Note also that AiiDA is a tool to use other codes: if the following input is not clear to you, please refer to the Quantum Espresso Documentation.
&CONTROL
calculation = 'scf'
outdir = './out/'
prefix = 'aiida'
pseudo_dir = './pseudo/'
restart_mode = 'from_scratch'
verbosity = 'high'
wf_collect = .true.
/
&SYSTEM
ecutrho = 2.4000000000d+02
ecutwfc = 3.0000000000d+01
ibrav = 0
nat = 5
ntyp = 3
/
&ELECTRONS
conv_thr = 1.0000000000d-06
/
ATOMIC_SPECIES
Ba 137.33 Ba.pbesol-spn-rrkjus_psl.0.2.3-tot-pslib030.UPF
Ti 47.88 Ti.pbesol-spn-rrkjus_psl.0.2.3-tot-pslib030.UPF
O 15.9994 O.pbesol-n-rrkjus_psl.0.1-tested-pslib030.UPF
ATOMIC_POSITIONS angstrom
Ba 0.0000000000 0.0000000000 0.0000000000
Ti 2.0000000000 2.0000000000 2.0000000000
O 2.0000000000 2.0000000000 0.0000000000
O 2.0000000000 0.0000000000 2.0000000000
O 0.0000000000 2.0000000000 2.0000000000
K_POINTS automatic
4 4 4 0 0 0
CELL_PARAMETERS angstrom
4.0000000000 0.0000000000 0.0000000000
0.0000000000 4.0000000000 0.0000000000
0.0000000000 0.0000000000 4.0000000000
In the old way, not only you had to prepare ‘manually’ this file, but also prepare the scheduler submission script, send everything on the cluster, etc. We are going instead to prepare everything in a more programmatic way.
Quantum Espresso Pw Walkthrough¶
We’ve got to prepare a script to submit a job to your local installation of AiiDA. This example will be a rather long script: in fact there is still nothing in your database, so that we will have to load everything, like the pseudopotential files and the structure. In a more practical situation, you might load data from the database and perform a small modification to re-use it.
Let’s say that through the verdi
command you have already installed
a cluster, say TheHive
, and that you also compiled Quantum Espresso
on the cluster, and installed the code pw.x with verdi
with label pw-5.1
for instance, so that in the rest of this tutorial we will reference to the
code as pw-5.1@TheHive
.
Let’s start writing the python script. First of all, we need to load the configuration concerning your particular installation, in particular, the details of your database installation:
#!/usr/bin/env python
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
Code¶
Now we have to select the code. Note that in AiiDA the object ‘code’ in the database is meant to represent a specific executable, i.e. a given compiled version of a code. This means that if you install Quantum Espresso (QE) on two computers A and B, you will need to have two different ‘codes’ in the database (although the source of the code is the same, the binary file is different).
If you setup the code pw-5.1
on machine TheHive
correctly, then it is
sufficient to write:
codename = 'pw-5.1@TheHive'
from aiida.orm import Code
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
Where in the last line we just load the database object representing the code.
Note
the .get_from_string()
method is just a helper method for user
convenience, but there are some weird cases that cannot be dealt in a
simple way (duplicated labels, code names
that are an integer number, code names containing the ‘@’ symbol, ...: try
to not do this! This is not an error, but does not allow to use the
.get_from_string()
method to get those calculations).
In this case, you can use directly the .get()
method, for instance:
code = Code.get(label='pw-5.1', machinename='TheHive',
useremail='user@domain.com')
or even more generally get the code from its (integer) PK:
code = load_node(PK)
Structure¶
We now proceed in setting up the structure.
Note
Here we discuss only the main features of structures in AiiDA, needed to run a Quantum ESPRESSO PW calculation.
For more detailed information, give a look to the StructureData tutorial.
There are two ways to do that in AiiDA, a first one is to use the AiiDA Structure, which we will explain in the following; the second choice is the Atomic Simulation Environment (ASE) which provides excellent tools to manipulate structures (the ASE Atoms object needs to be converted into an AiiDA Structure, see the note at the end of the section).
We first have to load the abstract object class that describes a structure. We do it in the following way: we load the DataFactory, which is a tool to load the classes by their name, and then call StructureData the abstract class that we loaded. (NB: it’s not yet a class instance!) (If you are not familiar with the terminology of object programming, we could take Wikipedia and see their short explanation: in common speech that one refers to a file as a class, while the file is the object or the class instance. In other words, the class is our definition of the object Structure, while its instance is what will be saved as an object in the database):
from aiida.orm import DataFactory
StructureData = DataFactory('structure')
We define the cell with a 3x3 matrix (we choose the convention where each ROW represents a lattice vector), which in this case is just a cube of size 4 Angstroms:
alat = 4. # angstrom
cell = [[alat, 0., 0.,],
[0., alat, 0.,],
[0., 0., alat,],
]
Now, we create the StructureData instance, assigning immediately the cell. Then, we append to the empty crystal cell the atoms, specifying their element name and their positions:
# BaTiO3 cubic structure
s = StructureData(cell=cell)
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.),symbols='Ba')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols='Ti')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,0.),symbols='O')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,0.,alat/2.),symbols='O')
s.append_atom(position=(0.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols='O')
To see more methods associated to the class StructureData, look at the Structure documentation.
Note
When you create a node (in this case a StructureData
node) as
described above, you are just creating it in the computer memory, and not
in the database. This is particularly useful to run tests without filling
the AiiDA database with garbage.
You will see how to store all the nodes in one shot toward the end of this
tutorial; if, however, you want to directly store the structure in the
database for later use, you can just call the store()
method of the Node:
s.store()
For an extended tutorial about the creation of Structure objects, check this tutorial.
Note
AiiDA supports also ASE structures. Once you created your structure
with ASE, in an object instance called say ase_s
, you can
straightforwardly use it to create the AiiDA StructureData, as:
s = StructureData(ase=ase_s)
and then save it s.store()
.
Parameters¶
Now we need to provide also the parameters of a Quantum Espresso calculation,
like the cutoff for the wavefunctions, some convergence threshold, etc...
The Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x plugin requires to pass this information within a
ParameterData object, that is a specific AiiDA data node that can store a
dictionary (even nested) of basic data types: integers, floats, strings, lists,
dates, ...
We first load the class through the DataFactory, just like we did for the Structure.
Then we create the instance of the object parameter
.
To represent closely the structure of the QE input file,
ParameterData is a nested dictionary, at the first level the namelists
(capitalized), and then the variables with their values (in lower case).
Note also that numbers and booleans are written in Python, i.e. False
and
not the Fortran string .false.
!
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'CONTROL': {
'calculation': 'scf',
'restart_mode': 'from_scratch',
'wf_collect': True,
},
'SYSTEM': {
'ecutwfc': 30.,
'ecutrho': 240.,
},
'ELECTRONS': {
'conv_thr': 1.e-6,
}})
Note
also in this case, we chose not to store the parameters
node.
If we wanted, we could even have done it in a single line:
parameters = ParameterData(dict={...}).store()
The experienced QE user will have noticed also that a couple of variables are missing: the prefix, the pseudo directory and the scratch directory are reserved to the plugin which will use default values, and there are specific AiiDA methods to restart from a previous calculation.
Input parameters validation¶
The dictionary provided above is the standard format for storing the inputs of Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x in the database. It is important to store the inputs of different calculations in a consistent way because otherwise later querying becomes impossible (e.g. if different units are used for the same flags, if the same input is provided in different formats, ...).
In the PW input plugin, we provide a function that will help you in both validating the input, and creating the input in the expected format without remembering in which namelists the keywords are located.
You can access this function as follows. First, you define the input dictionary:
test_dict = {
'CONTROL': {
'calculation': 'scf',
},
'SYSTEM': {
'ecutwfc': 30.,
},
'ELECTRONS': {
'conv_thr': 1.e-6,
}}
Then, you can verify if the input is correct by using the
pw_input_helper()
function,
conveniently exposes also as a input_helper
class method of the PwCalculation
class:
resdict = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pw').input_helper(test_dict, structure=s)
If the input is invalid, the function will raise a InputValidationError
exception, and the error message will have a verbose explanation of the possible
errors, and in many cases it will suggest how to fix them. Otherwise, in resdict
you will find the same dictionary you passed in input, potentially slightly modified
to fix some small mistakes (e.g., if you pass an integer value where a float is expected,
the type will be converted). You can then use the output for the input ParameterData node:
parameters = ParameterData(dict=resdict)
As an example, if you pass an incorrect input, e.g. the following where we have introduced a few errors:
test_dict = {
'CONTROL': {
'calculation': 'scf',
},
'SYSTEM': {
'ecutwfc': 30.,
'cosab': 10.,
'nosym': 1,
},
'ELECTRONS': {
'convthr': 1.e-6,
'ecutrho': 100.
}}
After running the input_helper
method, you will get an exception with a message
similar to the following:
QEInputValidationError: Errors! 4 issues found:
* You should not provide explicitly keyword 'cosab'.
* Problem parsing keyword convthr. Maybe you wanted to specify one of these: conv_thr, nconstr, forc_conv_thr?
* Expected a boolean for keyword nosym, found <type 'int'> instead
* Error, keyword 'ecutrho' specified in namelist 'ELECTRONS', but it should be instead in 'SYSTEM'
As you see, a quite large number of checks are done, and if a name is not provided, a list of similar valid names is provided (e.g. for the wrong keyword “convthr” above).
There are a few additional options that are useful:
If you don’t want to remember the namelists, you can pass a ‘flat’ dictionary, without namelists, and add the
flat_mode=True
option toinput_helper
. Beside the usual validation, the function will reconstruct the correct dictionary to pass as input for the AiiDA QE calculation. Example:test_dict_flat = { 'calculation': 'scf', 'ecutwfc': 30., 'conv_thr': 1.e-6, } resdict = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pw').input_helper( test_dict_flat, structure=s, flat_mode = True)and after running,
resdict
will contain:test_dict = { 'CONTROL': { 'calculation': 'scf', }, 'SYSTEM': { 'ecutwfc': 30., }, 'ELECTRONS': { 'conv_thr': 1.e-6, }}where the namelists have been automatically generated.
You can pass a string with a specific version number for a feature that was added only in a given version. For instance:
resdict = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pw').input_helper( test_dict, structure=s,version='5.3.0')If the specific version is not among those for which we have a list of valid parameters, the error message will tell you which versions are available.
Note
We will try to maintain the input_helper every time a new version of Quantum ESPRESSO
is released, but consider the input_helper
function as a utility, rather than the
official way to provide the input – the only officially supported way to provide
an input to pw.x is through a direct dictionary, as described earlier in the section “Parameters”.
This applies in particular if you are using very old versions of QE, or customized versions
that accept different parameters.
Other inputs¶
The k-points have to be saved in another kind of data, namely KpointsData:
KpointsData = DataFactory('array.kpoints')
kpoints = KpointsData()
kpoints.set_kpoints_mesh([4,4,4])
In this case it generates a 4*4*4 mesh without offset. To add an offset one can replace the last line by:
kpoints.set_kpoints_mesh([4,4,4],offset=(0.5,0.5,0.5))
Note
Only offsets of 0 or 0.5 are possible (this is imposed by PWscf).
You can also specify kpoints manually, by inputing a list of points in crystal coordinates (here they all have equal weights):
import numpy
kpoints.set_kpoints([[i,i,0] for i in numpy.linspace(0,1,10)],
weights = [1. for i in range(10)])
Note
It is also possible to generate a gamma-only computation. To do so one has to specify additional settings, of type ParameterData, putting gamma-only to True:
settings = ParameterData(dict={'gamma_only':True})
then set the kpoints mesh to a single point (gamma):
kpoints.set_kpoints_mesh([1,1,1])
and in the end add (after calc = code.new_calc()
, see below) a line to use
these settings:
calc.use_settings(settings)
As a further comment, this is specific to the way the plugin for Quantum Espresso works. Other codes may need more than two ParameterData, or even none of them. And also how this parameters have to be written depends on the plugin: what is discussed here is just the format that we decided for the Quantum Espresso plugins.
Calculation¶
Now we proceed to set up the calculation.
Since during the setup of the code we already set the code to be a
quantumespresso.pw
code, there is a simple method to create a new
calculation:
calc = code.new_calc()
We have to specify the details required by the scheduler.
For example, on a SLURM or PBS scheduler, we have to specify the number
of nodes (num_machines
), possibly the number of MPI processes per node
(num_mpiprocs_per_machine
) if we want to run with a different number
of MPI processes with respect to the default value configured when setting up
the computer in AiiDA, the job walltime, the queue name (if desired), ...:
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
## OPTIONAL, use only if you need to explicitly specify a queue name
# calc.set_queue_name("the_queue_name")
(For the complete scheduler documentation, see Supported schedulers)
Note
an alternative way of calling a method starting with the string
set_
, is to pass directly the value to the .new_calc()
method. This
is to say that the following lines:
calc = code.new_calc()
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(3600)
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
is equivalent to:
calc = code.new_calc(max_wallclock_seconds=3600,
resources={"num_machines": 1})
At this point, we just created a “lone” calculation, that still does not know
anything about the inputs that we created before. We need therefore to
tell the calculation to use the parameters that we prepared before, by
properly linking them using the use_
methods:
calc.use_structure(s)
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
calc.use_kpoints(kpoints)
In practice, when you say calc.use_structure(s)
, you are setting a link
between the two nodes (s
and calc
), that means that
s
is the input structure for calculation calc
. Also these links
are cached and do not require to store anything in the database yet.
In the case of the gamma-only computation (see above), you also need to add:
calc.use_settings(settings)
Pseudopotentials¶
There is still one missing piece of information, that is the pseudopotential files, one for each element of the structure.
In AiiDA, it is possible to specify manually which pseudopotential files to use for each atomic species. However, for any practical use, it is convenient to use the pseudopotential families. Its use is documented in Pseudopotential families tutorial. If you got one installed, you can simply tell the calculation to use the pseudopotential family with a given name, and AiiDA will take care of linking the proper pseudopotentials to the calculation, one for each atomic species present in the input structure. This can be done using:
calc.use_pseudos_from_family('my_pseudo_family')
Labels and comments¶
Sometimes it is useful to attach some notes to the calculation, that may help you later understand why you did such a calculation, or note down what you understood out of it. Comments are a special set of properties of the calculation, in the sense that it is one of the few properties that can be changed, even after the calculation has run.
Comments come in various flavours. The most basic one is the label property, a string of max 255 characters, which is meant to be the title of the calculation. To create it, simply write:
calc.label = "A generic title"
The label can be later accessed as a class property, i.e. the command:
calc.label
will return the string you previously set (empty by default). Another important property to set is the description, which instead does not have a limitation on the maximum number of characters:
calc.description = "A much longer description"
And finally, there is the possibility to add comments to any calculation (actually, to any node). The peculiarity of comments is that they are user dependent (like the comments that you can post on facebook pages), so it is best suited to calculation exposed on a website, where you want to remember the comments of each user. To set a comment, you need first to import the django user, and then write it with a dedicated method:
from aiida.backends.djsite.utils import get_automatic_user
calc.add_comment("Some comment", user=get_automatic_user())
The comments can be accessed with this function:
calc.get_comments_tuple()
Execute¶
If we are satisfied with what you created, it is time to store everything in the database. Note that after storing it, it will not be possible to modify it (nor you should: you risk of compromising the integrity of the database)!
Unless you already stored all the inputs beforehand, you will need to store
the inputs before being able to store the calculation itself.
Since this is a very common operation, there is an utility method that will
automatically store both all the input nodes of calc
and then calc
itself:
calc.store_all()
Once we store the calculation, it is useful to print its PK (principal key, that is its identifier) that is useful in the following to interact with it:
print "created calculation; with uuid='{}' and PK={}".format(calc.uuid,calc.pk)
Note
the PK will change if you give the calculation to someone else, while the UUID (the Universally Unique IDentifier) is a string that is assured to be always the same also if you share your data with collaborators.
Summarizing, we created all the inputs needed by a PW calculation,
that are: parameters, kpoints, pseudopotential files and the structure.
We then created the calculation, where we specified that it is a PW calculation
and we specified the details of the remote cluster.
We set the links between the inputs and the calculation (calc.use_***
)
and finally we stored all this objects in the database (.store_all()
).
That’s all that the calculation needs. Now we just need to submit it:
calc.submit()
Everything else will be managed by AiiDA: the inputs will be checked to verify that it is consistent with a PW input. If the input is complete, the pw input file will be prepared in a folder together with all the other files required for the execution (pseudopotentials, etc.). It will be then sent on cluster, submitted, and after execution automatically retrieved and parsed.
To know how to monitor and check the state of submitted calculations, go to Calculations.
To continue the tutorial with the ph.x
phonon code of Quantum ESPRESSO,
continue here: Quantum Espresso Phonon user-tutorial.
Script: source code¶
In this section you’ll find two scripts that do what explained in the tutorial.
The compact is a script with a minimal configuration required.
You can copy and paste it (or download it), modify the two strings codename
and pseudo_family
with the correct values, and execute it with:
python pw_short_example.py
(It requires to have one family of pseudopotentials configured).
You will also find a longer version, with more exception checks, error management and user interaction. Note that the configuration of the computer resources (like number of nodes and machines) is hardware and scheduler dependent. The configuration used below should work for a pbspro or slurm cluster, asking to run on 1 node only.
Compact script¶
Download: this example script
#!/usr/bin/env python
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
from aiida.orm import Code, DataFactory
StructureData = DataFactory('structure')
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
KpointsData = DataFactory('array.kpoints')
###############################
# Set your values here
codename = 'pw-5.1@TheHive'
pseudo_family = 'lda_pslibrary'
###############################
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
# BaTiO3 cubic structure
alat = 4. # angstrom
cell = [[alat, 0., 0.,],
[0., alat, 0.,],
[0., 0., alat,],
]
s = StructureData(cell=cell)
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.),symbols='Ba')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols='Ti')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,0.),symbols='O')
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,0.,alat/2.),symbols='O')
s.append_atom(position=(0.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols='O')
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'CONTROL': {
'calculation': 'scf',
'restart_mode': 'from_scratch',
'wf_collect': True,
},
'SYSTEM': {
'ecutwfc': 30.,
'ecutrho': 240.,
},
'ELECTRONS': {
'conv_thr': 1.e-6,
}})
kpoints = KpointsData()
kpoints.set_kpoints_mesh([4,4,4])
calc = code.new_calc(max_wallclock_seconds=3600,
resources={"num_machines": 1})
calc.label = "A generic title"
calc.description = "A much longer description"
calc.use_structure(s)
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
calc.use_kpoints(kpoints)
calc.use_pseudos_from_family(pseudo_family)
calc.store_all()
print "created calculation with PK={}".format(calc.pk)
calc.submit()
Exception tolerant code¶
You can find a more sophisticated example, that checks the possible exceptions
and prints nice error messages inside your AiiDA folder, under
examples/submission/test_pw.py
.
Advanced features¶
For a list of advanced features that can be activated (change of the command line parameters, blocking some coordinates, ...) you can refer to this section in the pw.x input plugin documentation.
Importing previously run Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x calculations: PwImmigrant¶
Once you start using AiiDA to run simulations, we believe that you will find it so convenient that you will use it for all your calculations.
At the beginning, however, you may have some calculations that you already have run and are sitting in some folders, and that you want to import inside AiiDA.
This can be achieved with the PwImmigrant class described below.
Quantum Espresso PWscf immigration user-tutorial¶
If you are a new AiiDA user, it’s likely you already have a large number of calculations that you ran before installing AiiDA. This tutorial will show you how to immigrate any of these PWscf (pw.x
) calculations into your AiiDA database. They will then exist there as if you had actually run them using AiiDA (with the exception of the times and dates the calculations were run).
It is assumed that you have already performed the installation, that you already setup a computer (with verdi
), and that you have installed Quantum Espresso on the cluster and pw.x
as a code in AiiDA. You should also be familiar with using AiiDA to run a PWscf calculation and the various input and output nodes of a PwCalculation. Please go through Quantum Espresso PWscf user-tutorial before proceeding.
Example details
The rest of the tutorial will detail the steps of immigrating two example pw.x
calculations that were run in /scratch/
, using the code named 'pw_on_TheHive'
, on 1 node with 1 mpi process. The input/output file names of these calculations are
pw_job1.in
/pw_job1.out
pw_job2.in
/pw_job2.out
Imports and database environement¶
As usual, we load the database environment and load the PwimmigrantCalculation
class using the CalculationFactory
.
from aiida import load_dbenv
from aiida.orm.code import Code
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory
# Load the database environment.
load_dbenv()
# Load the PwimmigrantCalculation class.
PwimmigrantCalculation = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pwimmigrant')
Code, computer, and resources¶
Important
It is up to the user to setup and link the following calculation inputs manually:
- the code
- the computer
- the resources
These input nodes should be created to be representative of those that were used for the calculation that is to be immigrated. (Eg. If the job was run using version 5.1 of Quantum-Espresso, the user should have already run verdi code setup
to create the code’s node and should load and pass this code when initializing the calculation node.) If any of these input nodes are not representative of the actual properties the calculation was run with, there may be errors when performing a calculation restart of an immigrated calculation, for example.
Next, we load the code and computer that have already been configured to be representative of those used to perform the calculation. We also define the resources representive of those that were used to run the calculation.
# Load the Code node representative of the one used to perform the calculations.
code = Code.get('pw_on_TheHive')
# Get the Computer node representative of the one the calculations were run on.
computer = code.get_remote_computer()
# Define the computation resources used for the calculations.
resources = {'num_machines': 1, 'num_mpiprocs_per_machine': 1}
Initialization of the calculation¶
Now, we are ready to initialize the immigrated calculation objects from the PwimmigrantCalculation
class. We will pass the necessary parameters as keywords during the initialization calls. Then, we link the code from above as an input node.
# Initialize the pw_job1 calculation node.
calc1 = PwimmigrantCalculation(computer=computer,
resources=resources,
remote_workdir='/scratch/',
input_file_name='pw_job1.in',
output_file_name='pw_job1.out')
# Initialize the pw_job2 calculation node.
calc2 = PwimmigrantCalculation(computer=computer,
resources=resources,
remote_workdir='/scratch/',
input_file_name='pw_job2.in',
output_file_name='pw_job2.out')
# Link the code that was used to run the calculations.
calc1.use_code(code)
calc2.use_code(code)
The user may have noticed the additional initialization keywords/parameters–remote_wordir
, input_file_name
, and output_file_name
–passed here. These are necessary in order to tell AiiDA which files to use to automatically generate the calculation`s input nodes in the next step.
The immigration¶
Now that AiiDA knows where to look for the input files of the calculations we are immigrating, all we need to do in order to generate all the input nodes is call the create_input_nodes
method. This method is the most helpful method of the PwimmigrantCalculation
class. It parses the job’s input file and creates and links the follow types of input nodes:
- ParameterData – based on the namelists and their variable-value pairs
- KpointsData – based on the
K_POINTS
card - SturctureData – based on the
ATOMIC_POSITIONS
andCELL_PARAMETERS
cards (and thea
orcelldm(1)
of the&SYSTEM
namelist, ifalat
is specified through these variables) - UpfData – one for each of the atomic species, based on the pseudopotential files specified in the
ATOMIC_SPECIES
card - settings ParameterData – if there are any fixed coordinates, or if the gamma kpoint is used
All units conversion and/or coordinate transformations are handled automatically, and the input nodes are generated in the correct units and coordinates required by AiiDA.
Note
Any existing UpfData nodes are simply linked without recreation; no duplicates are generated during this method call.
Note
After this method call, the calculation and the generated input nodes are still in the cached state and are not yet stored in the database. Therefore, the user may examine the input nodes that were generated (by examining the attributes of the NodeInputManager
, calc.inp
) and edit or replace any of them. The immigration can also be canceled at this point, in which case the calculation and the input nodes would not be stored in the database.
Finally, the last step of the immigration is to call the prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing
method. This method stores the calculation and it’s input nodes in the database, copies the original input file to the calculation’s repository folder, and then tells the daemon to retrieve and parse the calculation’s output files.
Note
If the daemon is not currently running, the retrieval and parsing process will not begin until it is started.
Because the input and pseudopotential files need to be retrieved from the computer, the computer’s transport plugin needs to be open. Rather than opening and closing the transport for each calculation, we instead require the user to pass an open transport instance as a parameter to the create_input_nodes
and prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing
methods. This minimizes the number of transport opening and closings, which is highly beneficial when immigrating a large number of calculations.
Calling these methods with an open transport is performed as follows:
# Get the computer's transport and create an instance.
Transport = computer.get_transport_class()
transport = Transport()
# Open the transport for the duration of the immigrations, so it's not
# reopened for each one. This is best performed using the transport's
# context guard through the ``with`` statement.
with transport as open_transport:
# Parse the calculations' input files to automatically generate and link the
# calculations' input nodes.
calc1.create_input_nodes(open_transport)
calc2.create_input_nodes(open_transport)
# Store the calculations and their input nodes and tell the daeomon the output
# is ready to be retrieved and parsed.
calc1.prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing(open_transport)
calc2.prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing(open_transport)
The process above is easily expanded to large-scale immigrations of multiple jobs.
Compact script¶
Download: this example script
#!/usr/bin/env python
from aiida import load_dbenv
from aiida.orm.code import Code
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory
# Load the database environment.
load_dbenv()
# Load the PwimmigrantCalculation class.
PwimmigrantCalculation = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pwimmigrant')
# Load the Code node representative of the one used to perform the calculations.
code = Code.get('pw_on_TheHive')
# Get the Computer node representative of the one the calculations were run on.
computer = code.get_remote_computer()
# Define the computation resources used for the calculations.
resources = {'num_machines': 1, 'num_mpiprocs_per_machine': 1}
# Initialize the pw_job1 calculation node.
calc1 = PwimmigrantCalculation(computer=computer,
resources=resources,
remote_workdir='/scratch/',
input_file_name='pw_job1.in',
output_file_name='pw_job1.out')
# Initialize the pw_job2 calculation node.
calc2 = PwimmigrantCalculation(computer=computer,
resources=resources,
remote_workdir='/scratch/',
input_file_name='pw_job2.in',
output_file_name='pw_job2.out')
# Link the code that was used to run the calculations.
calc1.use_code(code)
calc2.use_code(code)
# Get the computer's transport and create an instance.
Transport = computer.get_transport_class()
transport = Transport()
# Open the transport for the duration of the immigrations, so it's not
# reopened for each one. This is best performed using the transport's
# context guard through the ``with`` statement.
with transport as open_transport:
# Parse the calculations' input files to automatically generate and link the
# calculations' input nodes.
calc1.create_input_nodes(open_transport)
calc2.create_input_nodes(open_transport)
# Store the calculations and their input nodes and tell the daeomon the output
# is ready to be retrieved and parsed.
calc1.prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing(open_transport)
calc2.prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing(open_transport)
Quantum Espresso Phonon user-tutorial¶
Note
The Phonon plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
In this chapter will get you through the launching of a phonon calculation with Quantum Espresso, with ph.x
, a density functional perturbation theory code.
For this tutorial, it is required that you managed to launch the pw.x
calculation, which is at the base of the phonon code; and of course it is assumed that you already know how to use the QE code.
The input of a phonon calculation can be actually simple, the only care that has to be taken, is to point to the same scratch of the previous pw calculation. Here we will try to compute the dynamical matrix on a mesh of points (actually consisting of a 1x1x1 mesh for brevity). The input file that we should create is more or less this one:
AiiDA calculation
&INPUTPH
epsil = .true.
fildyn = 'DYN_MAT/dynamical-matrix-'
iverbosity = 1
ldisp = .true.
nq1 = 1
nq2 = 1
nq3 = 1
outdir = './out/'
prefix = 'aiida'
tr2_ph = 1.0000000000d-08
/
Walkthrough¶
This input is much simpler than the previous PWscf work, here the only novel thing you will have to learn is how to set a parent calculation.
As before, we write a script step-by-step.
We first load a couple of useful modules that you already met in the previous tutorial, and load the database settings:
#!/usr/bin/env python
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
from aiida.orm import Code
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory, DataFactory
So, you were able to launch previously a pw.x
calculation.
Code¶
Again, you need to have compiled the code on the cluster and configured a new code ph.x
in AiiDA in the very same way you installed pw.x
(see ....).
Then we load the Code
class-instance from the database:
codename = 'my-ph.x'
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
Parameter¶
Just like the PWscf calculation, here we load the class ParameterData and we instanciate it in parameters.
Again, ParameterData
will simply represent a nested dictionary in the database, namelists at the first level, and then variables and values.
But this time of course, we need to use the variables of PHonon!
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'INPUTPH': {
'tr2_ph' : 1.0e-8,
'epsil' : True,
'ldisp' : True,
'nq1' : 1,
'nq2' : 1,
'nq3' : 1,
}})
Calculation¶
Now we create the object PH-calculation.
As for pw.x
, we simply do:
calc = code.new_calc()
and we set the parameters of the scheduler (and just like the PWscf, this is a configuration valid for the PBSpro and slurm schedulers only, see Supported schedulers).
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
We then tell the calculation to use the code and the parameters that we prepared above:
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
Parent calculation¶
The phonon calculation needs to know on which PWscf do the perturbation theory calculation.
From the database point of view, it means that the PHonon
calculation
is always a child of a PWscf
.
In practice, this means that when you want to impose this relationship,
you decided to take the input parameters of the parent PWscf calculation,
take its charge density and use them in the phonon run.
That’s way we need to set the parent calculation.
You first need to remember the ID of the parent calculation that you launched before (let’s say it’s #6): so that you can load the class of a QE-PWscf calculation (with the CalculationFactory), and load the object that represent the QE-PWscf calculation with ID #6:
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory
PwCalculation = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pw')
parent_id = 6
parentcalc = load_node(parent_id)
Now that we loaded the parent calculation, we can set the phonon calc to inherit the right information from it:
calc.use_parent_calculation( parentcalc )
Note that in our database schema relations between two calculation objects are prohibited. The link between the two is indirect and is mediated by a third Data object, which represent the scratch folder on the remote cluster. Therefore the relation between the parent Pw and the child Ph appears like: Pw -> remotescratch -> Ph.
Execution¶
Now, everything is ready, and just like PWscf, you just need to store all the nodes and submit this input to AiiDA, and the calculation will launch!
calc.store_all()
calc.submit()
Script to execute¶
This is the script described in the tutorial above. You can use it, just remember to customize it using the right parent_id, the code, and the proper scheduler info.
#!/usr/bin/env python
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
from aiida.orm import Code
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory, DataFactory
#####################
# ADAPT TO YOUR NEEDS
parent_id = 6
codename = 'my-ph.x'
#####################
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'INPUTPH': {
'tr2_ph' : 1.0e-8,
'epsil' : True,
'ldisp' : True,
'nq1' : 1,
'nq2' : 1,
'nq3' : 1,
}})
QEPwCalc = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pw')
parentcalc = load_node(parent_id)
calc = code.new_calc()
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_parent_calculation(parentcalc)
calc.store_all()
print "created calculation with PK={}".format(calc.pk)
calc.submit()
Exception tolerant code¶
You can find a more sophisticated example, that checks the possible exceptions
and prints nice error messages inside your AiiDA folder, under
examples/submission/test_ph.py
.
Quantum Espresso Car-Parrinello user-tutorial¶
This chapter will teach you how to set up a Car-Parrinello (CP) calculation as implemented in the Quantum Espresso distribution. Again, AiiDA is not meant to teach you how to use a Quantum-Espresso code, it is assumed that you already know CP.
It is recommended that you first learn how to launch a PWscf calculation before proceeding in this tutorial (see Quantum Espresso PWscf user-tutorial), since here we will only emphasize the differences with respect to launching a PW calculation.
We want to setup a CP run of a 5 atom cell of BaTiO3. The input file that we should create is more or less this one:
&CONTROL
calculation = 'cp'
dt = 3.0000000000d+00
iprint = 1
isave = 100
max_seconds = 1500
ndr = 50
ndw = 50
nstep = 10
outdir = './out/'
prefix = 'aiida'
pseudo_dir = './pseudo/'
restart_mode = 'from_scratch'
verbosity = 'high'
wf_collect = .false.
/
&SYSTEM
ecutrho = 2.4000000000d+02
ecutwfc = 3.0000000000d+01
ibrav = 0
nat = 5
nr1b = 24
nr2b = 24
nr3b = 24
ntyp = 3
/
&ELECTRONS
electron_damping = 1.0000000000d-01
electron_dynamics = 'damp'
emass = 4.0000000000d+02
emass_cutoff = 3.0000000000d+00
/
&IONS
ion_dynamics = 'none'
/
ATOMIC_SPECIES
Ba 137.33 Ba.pbesol-spn-rrkjus_psl.0.2.3-tot-pslib030.UPF
Ti 47.88 Ti.pbesol-spn-rrkjus_psl.0.2.3-tot-pslib030.UPF
O 15.9994 O.pbesol-n-rrkjus_psl.0.1-tested-pslib030.UPF
ATOMIC_POSITIONS angstrom
Ba 0.0000000000 0.0000000000 0.0000000000
Ti 2.0000000000 2.0000000000 2.0000000000
O 2.0000000000 2.0000000000 0.0000000000
O 2.0000000000 0.0000000000 2.0000000000
O 0.0000000000 2.0000000000 2.0000000000
CELL_PARAMETERS angstrom
4.0000000000 0.0000000000 0.0000000000
0.0000000000 4.0000000000 0.0000000000
0.0000000000 0.0000000000 4.0000000000
You can immediately see that the structure of this input file closely resembles that of the PWscf: only some variables are different.
Walkthrough¶
Everything works like the PW calculation: you need to get the code from the database:
codename = 'my_cp'
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
Then create the StructureData with the structure, and a ParameterData
node for the inputs. This time, of course, you have to specify the correct
variables for a cp.x
calculation:
StructureData = DataFactory('structure')
alat = 4. # angstrom
cell = [[alat, 0., 0.,],
[0., alat, 0.,],
[0., 0., alat,],
]
s = StructureData(cell=cell)
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.),symbols=['Ba'])
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols=['Ti'])
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,0.),symbols=['O'])
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,0.,alat/2.),symbols=['O'])
s.append_atom(position=(0.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols=['O'])
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'CONTROL': {
'calculation': 'cp',
'restart_mode': 'from_scratch',
'wf_collect': False,
'iprint': 1,
'isave': 100,
'dt': 3.,
'max_seconds': 25*60,
'nstep': 10,
},
'SYSTEM': {
'ecutwfc': 30.,
'ecutrho': 240.,
'nr1b': 24,
'nr2b': 24,
'nr3b': 24,
},
'ELECTRONS': {
'electron_damping': 1.e-1,
'electron_dynamics': 'damp',
'emass': 400.,
'emass_cutoff': 3.,
},
'IONS': {
'ion_dynamics': 'none',
}}).store()
We then create a new calculation with the proper settings:
calc = code.new_calc()
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1, "num_mpiprocs_per_machine": 16})
And we link the input data to the calculation (and therefore set the links in the database). The main difference here is that CP does not support k-points, so you should not (and cannot) link any kpoint as input:
calc.use_structure(s)
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
Finally, load the proper pseudopotentials using e.g. a pseudopotential family (see Pseudopotential families tutorial):
pseudo_family = 'lda_pslib'
calc.use_pseudos_from_family(pseudo_family)
and store everything and submit:
calc.store_all()
calc.submit()
And now, the calculation will be executed and saved in the database automatically.
Exception tolerant code¶
You can find a more sophisticated example, that checks the possible exceptions
and prints nice error messages inside your AiiDA folder, under
examples/submission/test_cp.py
.
Wannier90 user-tutorial¶
Note
The Wannier90 plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
Here we will review an example application of the wannier90 input plugin. In this example we will attempt to make MLWF for the oxygen 2p states in BaTiO3. This tutorial assumes that you are already familiar with the wannier90 code). You should also finish the Quantum Espresso PWscf user-tutorial. This tutorial will make use of parent_calculations and therefore it would be helpful, though not necessary, to do Quantum Espresso Phonon user-tutorial. For more details on the wannier90 plugin consult Wannier90.
Calculation Setup¶
Prior to running this tutorial first you must prepare the SCF and NSCF calculations. First run an SCF calculation for BaTiO3,
you can use the settings in examples/submission/test_pw.py
which should properly setup the SCF calculation. After the SCF
calculation you will need to compute an NSCF calculation, with the kpoint grid explicitly written. You may use
examples/submission/wannier/test_nscf4wann.py
to help here. Before continuing, note inside the nscf script. You should see the following lines:
settings_dict.update({ 'FORCE_KPOINTS_LIST':True})
kpoints = KpointsData()
kpoints_mesh = 4
kpoints.set_kpoints_mesh([kpoints_mesh, kpoints_mesh, kpoints_mesh])
This is very similar to using a kpoint mesh for a PW calculation, but note that we must use the FORCE_KPOINTS_LIST
in the settings dict. The
following settings should be used as cards in the PW calculation setup:
new_input_dict['CONTROL'].update({'calculation': 'nscf'})
new_input_dict['SYSTEM'].update({'nosym': True})
# new_input_dict['SYSTEM'].update({'nbnd':20}) # Tune if you need more bands
where the nosym is a requirement of wannier90.x but not of this plugin specifically. It is often useful to change the number of bands in the calculation
as shown in the ``{'nbnd':20}`` dictionary.
Input Script¶
Here we will go through a sample input script. First import the wannier90 code name and setup a new calculation:
# Basic Code setup
from aiida.orm import Code
codename = "MY_Wannier90_CODENAME"
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
calc = code.new_calc()
Then set up the precode, e.g. pw2wannier90.x
:
# Basic Precode setup
pre_codename = "MY_PRECODE_NAME"
pre_code = Code.get_from_string(pre_codename)
calc.use_preprocessing_code(pre_code)
Note
Whether a pre_code is supplied or not will change the way the calculation is run. After finishing
this tutorial try running the same calculation again without a precode by commenting out calc.use_preprocessing_code(pre_code)
. You
should also change the parent_id to the wannier90 calculation produced by running this script the first time.
Then use a parent calculation, in this case the parent should be an nscf calculation the first time through this tutorial. (You can then try playing with using wannier90 calculations as parent):
parent_id = "MY_PARENT_NSCF_CALC_PK"
parent_calc = Calculation.get_subclass_from_pk(parent_id)
calc.use_parent_calculation(parent_calc)
We can then setup the parameters using ParameterData, this syntax is very similar to that used in PW. You can then input the parameters to be used in the calculation like how it is shown below:
from aiida.orm import DataFactory
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
parameter = ParameterData(dict={'bands_plot':True,
'num_iter': 100,
'dis_num_iter': 200,
'num_print_cycles': 10,
'guiding_centres': True,
'num_wann': 9,
'exclude_bands': [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11]
})
calc.use_parameters(parameter)
Specific parameters can then be passed to preprocessing code using precode_parameters (in this case we are not using an precode_paramters):
precode_parameter = {}
precode_parameter = ParameterData(dict=precode_parameter)
calc.use_precode_parameters(precode_parameter)
Note
One example of a useful precode_parameter would be to tell the preprocessing code to write UNK files. Try this out by adding
precode_parameter.update({'write_unk':True})
after precode_parameter = {}
.
For both the structure and the kpoints, you should always just copy those used by the parent like how it is done below:
structure = parent_calc.get_inputs_dict()['structure']
calc.use_structure(structure)
kpoints = parent_calc.get_inputs_dict()['kpoints']
calc.use_kpoints(kpoints)
If you wish to supply a kpoint path for band plotting in the following way
kpoints_path = DataFactory('array.kpoints')()
kpoints_path.set_cell_from_structure(structure)
kpoints_path.set_kpoints_path()
calc.use_kpoints_path(kpoints_path)
In this example we would like to have our intitial projections be ‘P’ like on every Oxygen, ‘O’ site. In wannier90 syntax this would
be equivalent to writing O:P
in the projections section. See projections in Inputs for more details
on how to use projections in the wannier90 plugin. For this plugin we would use the following:
orbitaldata = calc.gen_projections([{'kind_name':"O",'ang_mtm_name':"P"}])
calc.use_projections(orbitaldata)
After set remainging computer settings, as well as an input settings:
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
settings_dict = {}
settings = ParameterData(dict=settings_dict)
calc.use_settings(settings)
Note
one useful setting to try would be to tell the code to only do the preprocessing steps but not the actual wannierization. This
could be done by using settings_dict.update({'INIT_ONLY':True})
after settings_dict = {}
.
See settings in Inputs for information on this and other settings and how the impact code
running.
Finally store and launch the calculation:
calc.store_all()
print "created calculation; ID={}".format(calc.dbnode.pk)
calc.submit()
print "submitted calculation; ID={}".format(calc.dbnode.pk)
Additional Exercises¶
After this try looking at the output. Particularly the centers and spread of the wannier functions, and the gauge-invarient spread Omega_I. After this try doing the following:
- Try plotting the band structure, add {‘RESTART’:’plot’} to parameter and comment out
calc.use_precode_parameters
using the wannier90 calculation as parent - Do a new initialization calculation that writes UNK files, using INIT_ONLY in the settings_dict and WRITE_UNK in precode_parameters
- Use this calculation to run another wannier90 calculation, change
WANNIER_PLOT
in parameters run again without any precode and see the im_re_ratio in the resulting wannier functions.
Exception tolerant code¶
You can find a more sophisticated example, that checks the possible exceptions
and prints nice error messages inside your AiiDA folder, under
examples/submission/wannier/test_wannier_BaTiO3.py
.
Quantum Espresso Projwfc user-tutorial¶
Note
The Quantum Espresso Projwfc plugin referenced below is available in the EPFL version.
This chapter will show how to launch a single Projwfc (projwfc.x
) calculation. It assumes you already familiar with the underlying code as well
as how to use basic features of AiiDA. This tutorial assumes you are at least familiar with the concepts introduced during the Quantum Espresso Phonon user-tutorial, specifically you should be familiar with using a parent calculation.
This section is intentially left short, as there is really nothing new in using projwfc calculations relative to ph calculations. Simply adapt the script below to suit your needs, refer to the quantum espresso documentation.
Script to execute¶
This is the script described in the tutorial above. You can use it, just remember to customize it using the right parent_id, the code, and the proper scheduler info.
#!/usr/bin/env python
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
from aiida.orm import Code
from aiida.orm import CalculationFactory, DataFactory
#####################
# ADAPT TO YOUR NEEDS
parent_id = 6
codename = 'my-projwfc.x'
#####################
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'PROJWFC': {
'DeltaE' : 0.2,
'ngauss' : 1,
'degauss' : 0.02
}})
QEPwCalc = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.projwfc')
parentcalc = load_node(parent_id)
calc = code.new_calc()
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_parent_calculation(parentcalc)
calc.store_all()
print "created calculation with PK={}".format(calc.pk)
calc.submit()
Getting parsed calculation results¶
In this section, we describe how to get the results of a calculation, after AiiDA parsed the output of the calculation.
When a calculation is done on the remote computer, AiiDA will retrieve the
results and try to parse the results with the default parser, if one is
available for the given calculation.
These results are stored in new nodes, and connected as output of the
calculation. Of course, it is possible for a given calculation to check
output nodes and get their content. However, AiiDA provides a way to directly
access the results, using the
aiida.orm.calculation.job.CalculationResultManager
class,
described in the next section.
The CalculationResultManager¶
Note
In the following, we assume that calc
is a correctly finished
and parsed Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x calculation. You can load such a calculation
for instance with the command:
calc = load_node(YOURPK)
either in verdi shell
, or in a python script
(see here for more information
on how to use verdi shell
or how to run python scripts for AiiDA),
and where YOURPK
is substituted by a valid calculation PK in your database.
Each JobCalculation has a res
attribute that is a
CalculationResultManager
object and
gives direct access to parsed data.
To use it, you can just use then:
calc.res
that will however just return the class. You can however convert it to a list, to get all the possible keys that were parsed. For instance, if you type:
print list(calc.res)
you will get something like this:
[u'rho_cutoff', u'energy', u'energy_units', ...]
(the list of keys has been cut for clarity: you will get many more keys).
Once you know which keys have been parsed, you can access the parsed
value simply as an attribute of the res
ResultManager. For
instance, to get the final total energy, you can use:
print calc.res.energy
that will print the total energy in units of eV, as also stated in the
energy_units
key:
print calc.res.energy_units
Similarly, you can get any other parsed value, for any code that provides a parser.
Note
the CalculationResultManager
is also integrated with
iPython/verdi shell completion mechanism: if calc
is a valid
JobCalculation, you can type:
calc.res.
and then press the TAB key of the keyboard to get/complete the list of valid
parsed properties for the calculation calc
.
Pseudopotential families tutorial¶
What is a pseudopotential family¶
As you might have seen in the previous PWscf
tutorial, the procedure of
attaching a pseudopotential file to each atomic species could be a bit tedious.
In many situations, you will not produce a different pseudopotential file
for every calculation you do.
More likely, when you start a project you will stick to a pseudopotential file
for as long as possible.
Moreover, in a high-throughput calculation, you will like to do calculation
over several elements keeping the same functional.
That’s also part of the reason why there are several projects
(like PSLibrary
or GBRV to name a few),
that intend to develop a set of pseudopotentials
that covers most of the periodic table for different functionals.
That’s why we introduced the pseudopotential families. They are basically a set of pseudopotentials that are grouped together in a special type of AiiDA Group of nodes, with the requirement that at most one pseudopotential can be present for a given chemical element.
Of course, no requirements are enforced on the complete coverage of the periodic table (also because really complete pseudopotential sets for the whole periodic table do not exist). In other words, this means that you can create a pseudopotential family containing the pseudopotentials only for a few elements that you are interested in.
Note
it is your responsibility to group together pseudopotentials of the same type, or obtained using the same functionals, approximations and/or levels of theory.
How to create a pseudopotential family¶
Let’s say for example that we want to create a family of LDA ultrasoft pseudopotentials. As the first step, you need to get all the pseudopotential files in a single folder. For your convenience, it is useful to use a common name for your files, for example with a structure like ‘Element.a-short-description.UPF’.
The utility to upload a family of pseudopotentials is accessed via verdi
:
verdi data upf uploadfamily path/to/folder name_of_the_family "some description for your convenience"
where path/to/folder
is the path to the folder where you collected all the
UPF files that you want to add to the AiiDA database and to the family with
name name_of_the_family
, and the final parameter is a string that is
set in the description
field of the group.
Note
This command will first check the MD5 checksum of each file, and
it will not create a new UPFData node if the pseudopotential is already
present in the DB. In this case, it will simply add that UpfData node
to the group with name name_of_the_family
.
Note
if you add the optional flag --stop-if-existing
,
the code will stop (without creating any new UPFData node, nor creating a group)
if at least one of the files in the folder is already found in the AiiDA DB.
After the upload (which may take some seconds, so please be patient) the upffamily will be ready to be used.
Note that if you pass as name_of_the_family
a name that already exists,
the pseudopotentials in the folder will be added to the existing group. The
code will raise an error if you try to add two (different) pseudopotentials for
the same element.
Get the list of existing families¶
If you want to know what are the pseudopotential families already existing in the DB, type:
verdi data upf listfamilies
Add a -d
(or --with-description
) flag if you want to read also the
description of the family.
You can also filter the groups to get only a list of those containing
a set of given elements using the -e
option. For instance, if you want
to get only the families containing the elements Ba
, Ti
and O
, use:
verdi data upf listfamilies -e Ba Ti O
For more help on the command line options, type:
verdi data upf listfamilies -h
Manually loading pseudopotentials¶
If you do not want to use pseudopotentials from a family, it is also possible to load them manually (even if this is, in general, discouraged by us).
A possible way of doing it is the following: we start by creating a list of pseudopotential filenames that we need to use:
raw_pseudos = [
"Ba.pbesol-spn-rrkjus_psl.0.2.3-tot-pslib030.UPF",
"Ti.pbesol-spn-rrkjus_psl.0.2.3-tot-pslib030.UPF",
"O.pbesol-n-rrkjus_psl.0.1-tested-pslib030.UPF"]
(in this simple example, we expect the pseudopotentials to be in the same
folder of the script).
Then, we loop over the filenames and add them to the AiiDA database. The
get_or_create
method checks if the pseudopotential is already in the
database (by checking its MD5 checksum) and either stores it, or just returns
the node already present in the database (the second value returned is a
boolean and tells us if the pseudo was already present or not).
We also store the returned nodes in a list (pseudos_to_use
).
UpfData = DataFactory('upf')
pseudos_to_use = []
for filename in raw_pseudos:
absname = os.path.abspath(filename)
pseudo, created = UpfData.get_or_create(absname,use_first=True)
pseudos_to_use.append(pseudo)
As the last step, we make a loop over the pseudopotentials, and attach its pseudopotential object to the calculation:
for pseudo in pseudos_to_use:
calc.use_pseudo(pseudo, kind=pseudo.element)
Note
when the pseudopotential is created, it is parsed and the elements
to which it refers is stored in the database and can be accessed using the
pseudo.element
property, as shown above.
The verdi
commands¶
For some the most common operations on the AiiDA software, you can work directly
on the command line using the set of verdi
commands.
You already used the verdi install
when installing the software.
There are quite some more functionalities attached to this command, here’s a
list:
- calculation: query and interact with calculations
- code: setup and manage codes to be used
- comment: manage general properties of nodes in the database
- completioncommand: return the bash completion function to put in ~/.bashrc
- computer: setup and manage computers to be used
- daemon: manage the AiiDA daemon
- data: setup and manage data specific types
- devel: AiiDA commands for developers
- export: export nodes and group of nodes
- group: setup and manage groups
- import: export nodes and group of nodes
- install: install/setup aiida for the current user/create a new profile
- node: manage operations on AiiDA nodes
- profile: list and manage AiiDA profiles
- run: execute an AiiDA script
- runserver: run the AiiDA webserver on localhost
- shell: run the interactive shell with the Django environment
- user: list and configure new AiiDA users.
- workflow: manage the AiiDA worflow manager
Each command above can be preceded by the -p <profile>
or --profile=<profile>
option, as in:
verdi -p <profile> calculation list
This allows to select a specific AiiDA profile, and therefore a specific database, on which the command is executed. Thus several databases can be handled and accessed simultaneously by AiiDA. To install a new profile, use the install command.
Note
This profile selection has no effect on the verdi daemon
commands.
Following below, a list with the subcommands available.
verdi calculation
¶
- kill: stop the execution on the cluster of a calculation.
- logshow: shows the logs/errors produced by a calculation
- plugins: lists the supported calculation plugins
- inputcat: shows an input file of a calculation node.
- inputls: shows the list of the input files of a calculation node.
- list: list the AiiDA calculations. By default, lists only the running calculations.
- outputcat: shows an ouput file of a calculation node.
- outputls: shows the list of the output files of a calculation node.
- show: shows the database information related to the calculation: used code, all the input nodes and all the output nodes.
- gotocomputer: open a shell to the calc folder on the cluster
- label: view / set the label of a calculation
- description: view / set the description of a calculation
Note
When using gotocomputer, be careful not to change any file that AiiDA created, nor to modify the output files or resubmit the calculation, unless you really know what you are doing, otherwise AiiDA may get very confused!
verdi code
¶
- show: shows the information of the installed code.
- list: lists the installed codes
- hide: hide codes from verdi code list
- reveal: un-hide codes for verdi code list
- setup: setup a new code
- rename: change the label (name) of a code. If you like to load codes based on their labels and not on their UUID’s or PK’s, take care of using unique labels!
- update: change (some of) the installation description of the code given at the moment of the setup.
- delete: delete a code from the database. Only possible for disconnected codes (i.e. a code that has not been used yet)
verdi comment
¶
Manages the comments attached to a database node.
- add: add a new comment
- update: change an existing comment
- remove: remove a comment
- show: show the comments attached to a node.
verdi completioncommand
¶
Prints the string to be copied and pasted to the bashrc in order to allow for autocompletion of the verdi commands.
verdi computer
¶
- setup: creates a new computer object
- configure: set up some extra info that can be used in the connection with that computer.
- enable: to enable a computer. If the computer is disabled, the daemon will not try to connect to the computer, so it will not retrieve or launch calculations. Useful if a computer is under mantainance.
- rename: changes the name of a computer.
- disable: disable a computer (see enable for a larger description)
- show: shows the details of an installed computer
- list: list all installed computers
- delete: deletes a computer node. Works only if the computer node is a disconnected node in the database (has not been used yet)
- test: tests if the current user (or a given user) can connect to the computer and if basic operations perform as expected (file copy, getting the list of jobs in the scheduler queue, ...)
verdi daemon
¶
Manages the daemon, i.e. the process that runs in background and that manages submission/retrieval of calculations.
- status: see the status of the daemon. Typically, it will either show
Daemon not running
or you will see two processes with stateRUNNING
.- stop: stops the daemon
- configureuser: sets the user which is running the daemon. See the installation guide for more details.
- start: starts the daemon.
- logshow: show the last lines of the daemon log (use for debugging)
- restart: restarts the daemon.
verdi data
¶
Manages database data objects.
- upf: handles the Pseudopotential Datas
- listfamilies: list presently stored families of pseudopotentials
- uploadfamily: install a new family (group) of pseudopotentials
- import: create or return (if already present) a database node, having the contents of a supplied file
- exportfamily: export a family of pseudopotential files into a folder
- structure: handles the StructureData
- list: list currently saved nodes of StructureData kind
- show: use a third-party visualizer (like vmd or xcrysden) to graphically show the StructureData
- export: export the node as a string of a specified format
- deposit: deposit the node to a remote database
- parameter: handles the ParameterData objects
- show: output the content of the python dictionary in different formats.
- cif: handles the CifData objects
- list: list currently saved nodes of CifData kind
- show: use third-party visualizer (like jmol) to graphically show the CifData
- import: create or return (if already present) a database node, having the contents of a supplied file
- export: export the node as a string of a specified format
- deposit: deposit the node to a remote database
- trajectory: handles the TrajectoryData objects
- list: list currently saved nodes of TrajectoryData kind
- show: use third-party visualizer (like jmol) to graphically show the TrajectoryData
- export: export the node as a string of a specified format
- deposit: deposit the node to a remote database
- label: view / set the label of a data
- description: view / set the description of a data
verdi devel
¶
Here there are some functions that are in the development stage, and that might eventually find their way outside of this placeholder. As such, they are buggy, possibly difficult to use, not necessarily documented, and they might be subject to non back-compatible changes.
- delproperty, describeproperties, getproperty, listproperties, setproperty: handle the properties, see here for more information.
verdi export
¶
Export data from the AiiDA database to a file.
See also verdi import
to import this data on another database.
verdi group
¶
- list: list all the groups in the database.
- description: show or change the description of a group
- show: show the content of a group.
- create: create a new empty group.
- delete: delete an existing group (but not the nodes belonging to it).
- addnodes: add nodes to a group.
- removenodes: remove nodes from a group.
verdi import
¶
Imports data (coming from other AiiDA databases) in the current database
verdi install
¶
Used in the installation to configure the database. If it finds an already installed database, it updates the tables migrating them to the new schema.
Note
One can also create a new profile with this command:
verdi -p <new_profile_name> install
The install procedure then works as usual, and one can select there a new database. See also the profile command.
verdi node
¶
- repo: Show files and their contents in the local repository
- show: Show basic node information (PK, UUID, class, inputs and outputs)
verdi profile
¶
- list: Show the list of currently available profiles, indicating which one is the default one, and showing the current one with a
>
symbol- setdefault: Set the default profile, i.e. the one to be used when no
-p
option is specified before the verdi command
verdi run
¶
Run a python script for AiiDA. This is the command line equivalent of the verdi shell. Has also features of autogroupin: by default, every node created in one a call of verdi run will be grouped together.
verdi runserver
¶
Starts a lightweight Web server for development and also serves static files. Currently in ongoing development.
verdi shell
¶
Runs a Python interactive interpreter. Tries to use IPython or bpython, if one of them is available. Loads on start a good part of the AiiDA infrastructure (see here for information on how to customize it).
verdi user
¶
Manages the AiiDA users. Two valid subcommands.
- list: list existing users configured for your AiiDA installation.
- configure: configure a new AiiDA user.
verdi workflow
¶
Manages the workflow. Valid subcommands:
- report: display the information on how the workflow is evolving.
- kill: kills a workflow.
- list: lists the workflows present in the database. By default, shows only the running ones.
AiiDA schedulers¶
Supported schedulers¶
The list below describes the supported schedulers, i.e. the batch job schedulers that manage the job queues and execution on any given computer.
PBSPro¶
The PBSPro scheduler is supported (and it has been tested with version 12.1).
All the main features are supported with this scheduler.
The JobResource class to be used when setting the job resources is the NodeNumberJobResource (PBS-like)
SLURM¶
The SLURM scheduler is supported (and it has been tested with version 2.5.4).
All the main features are supported with this scheduler.
The JobResource class to be used when setting the job resources is the NodeNumberJobResource (PBS-like)
SGE¶
The SGE scheduler (Sun Grid Engine, now called Oracle Grid Engine) is supported (and it has been tested with version GE 6.2u3), together with some of the main variants/forks.
All the main features are supported with this scheduler.
The JobResource class to be used when setting the job resources is the ParEnvJobResource (SGE-like)
PBS/Torque & Loadleveler¶
PBS/Torque and Loadleveler are not fully supported yet, even if their support is one of our top priorities. For the moment, you can try the PBSPro plugin instead of PBS/Torque, that may also work for PBS/Torque (even if there will probably be some small issues).
Direct execution (bypassing schedulers)¶
The direct scheduler, to be used mainly for debugging, is an implementation of a scheduler plugin that does not require a real scheduler installed, but instead directly executes a command, puts it in the background, and checks for its process ID (PID) to discover if the execution is completed.
Warning
The direct execution mode is very fragile. Currently, it spawns a separate Bash shell to execute a job and track each shell by process ID (PID). This poses following problems:
- PID numeration is reset during reboots;
- PID numeration is different from machine to machine, thus direct execution is not possible in multi-machine clusters, redirecting each SSH login to a different node in round-robin fashion;
- there is no real queueing, hence, all calculation started will be run in parallel.
Warning
Direct execution bypasses schedulers, so it should be used with care in order not to disturb the functioning of machines.
All the main features are supported with this scheduler.
The JobResource class to be used when setting the job resources is the NodeNumberJobResource (PBS-like)
Job resources¶
When asking a scheduler to allocate some nodes/machines for a given job, we have to specify some job resources (that typically include information as, for instance, the number of required nodes or the numbers of MPI processes per node).
Unfortunately, the way of specifying this piece of information is different on different clusters. Instead of having one only abstract class, we chose to adopt different subclasses, keeping in this way the specification of the resources as similar as possible to what the user would do when writing a scheduler script. Note that only one subclass can be used, given a specific scheduler.
The base class, from which all job resource subclasses inherit, is
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.JobResource
. All classes define
at least one method, get_tot_num_mpiprocs()
,
that returns the total number of MPI processes requested.
Note
to load a specific job resource subclass, you can load it manually by directly loading the correct class, e..g.:
from aiida.scheduler.datastructures import NodeNumberJobResource
However, in general, you will pass the fields to set directly to the
set_resources()
method
of a JobCalculation
object. For instance:
calc = JobCalculation(computer=...) # select here a given computer configured
# in AiiDA
# This assumes that the computer is configured to use a scheduler with
# job resources of type NodeNumberJobResource
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 4, "num_mpiprocs_per_machine": 16})
NodeNumberJobResource (PBS-like)¶
This is the way of specifying the job resources in PBS and SLURM. The class is
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.NodeNumberJobResource
.
Once an instance of the class is obtained, you have the following fields that you can set:
res.num_machines
: specify the number of machines (also called nodes) on which the code should runres.num_mpiprocs_per_machine
: number of MPI processes to use on each machineres.tot_num_mpiprocs
: the total number of MPI processes that this job is requestingres.num_cores_per_machine
: specify the number of cores to use on each machineres.num_cores_per_mpiproc
: specify the number of cores to run each MPI process
Note that you need to specify only two among the first three fields above, for instance:
res = NodeNumberJobResource()
res.num_machines = 4
res.num_mpiprocs_per_machine = 16
asks the scheduler to allocate 4 machines, with 16 MPI processes on
each machine.
This will automatically ask for a total of 4*16=64
total number of
MPI processes.
The same can be achieved passing the fields directly to the constructor:
res = NodeNumberJobResource(num_machines=4, num_mpiprocs_per_machine=16)
or, even better, directly calling the set_resources()
method of the JobCalculation
class
(assuming here that calc
is your calculation object):
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 4, "num_mpiprocs_per_machine": 16})
Note
- If you specify res.num_machines, res.num_mpiprocs_per_machine,
and res.tot_num_mpiprocs fields (not recommended), make sure that they satisfy:
res.num_machines * res.num_mpiprocs_per_machine = res.tot_num_mpiprocs
Moreover, if you specify res.tot_num_mpiprocs
, make sure that this is a multiple
of res.num_machines
and/or res.num_mpiprocs_per_machine
.
Note
When creating a new computer, you will be asked for a
default_mpiprocs_per_machine
. If you specify it, then you can
avoid to specify num_mpiprocs_per_machine
when creating the
resources for that computer, and the default number will be used.
Of course, all the requirements between num_machines
,
num_mpiprocs_per_machine
and tot_num_mpiprocs
still apply.
Moreover, you can explicitly specify num_mpiprocs_per_machine
if
you want to use a value different from the default one.
The num_cores_per_machine and num_cores_per_mpiproc fields are optional. If you specify num_mpiprocs_per_machine and num_cores_per_machine fields, make sure that:
res.num_cores_per_mpiproc * res.num_mpiprocs_per_machine = res.num_cores_per_machine
If you want to specifiy single value in num_mpiprocs_per_machine and num_cores_per_machine, please make sure that res.num_cores_per_machine is multiple of res.num_cores_per_mpiproc and/or res.num_mpiprocs_per_machine.
Note
In PBSPro, the num_mpiprocs_per_machine and num_cores_per_machine fields are used for mpiprocs and ppn respectively.
Note
In Torque, the num_mpiprocs_per_machine field is used for ppn unless the num_mpiprocs_per_machine is specified.
ParEnvJobResource (SGE-like)¶
In SGE and similar schedulers, one has to specify a parallel environment and
the total number of CPUs requested. The class is
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.ParEnvJobResource
.
Once an instance of the class is obtained, you have the following fields that you can set:
res.parallel_env
: specify the parallel environment in which you want to run your job (a string)res.tot_num_mpiprocs
: the total number of MPI processes that this job is requesting
Remember to always specify both fields. No checks are done on the consistency between the specified parallel environment and the total number of MPI processes requested (for instance, some parallel environments may have been configured by your cluster administrator to run on a single machine). It is your responsibility to make sure that the information is valid, otherwise the submission will fail.
Some examples:
setting the fields one by one:
res = ParEnvJobResource() res.parallel_env = 'mpi' res.tot_num_mpiprocs = 64
setting the fields directly in the class constructor:
res = ParEnvJobResource(parallel_env='mpi', tot_num_mpiprocs=64)
even better, directly calling the
set_resources()
method of theJobCalculation
class (assuming here thatcalc
is your calculation object):calc.set_resources({"parallel_env": 'mpi', "tot_num_mpiprocs": 64})
Calculations¶
AiiDA calculations can be of two kinds:
JobCalculation
: those who need to be run on a schedulerInlineCalculation
: rapid executions that are executed by the daemon itself, on your local machine.
In the following, we will refer to the JobCalculations as a Calculation for the sake of
simplicity, unless we explicitly say otherwise. In the same way, also the command
verdi calculation
refers to JobCalculation’s.
Check the state of calculations¶
Once a calculation has been submitted to AiiDA, everything else will be managed by AiiDA: the inputs will be checked to verify that they are consistent. If the inputs are complete, the input files will be prepared, sent on cluster, and a job will be submitted. The AiiDA daemon will then monitor the scheduler, and after execution the outputs automatically retrieved and parsed.
During these phases, it is useful to be able to check and verify the state of a calculation. There are different ways to perform such an operation, described below.
The verdi calculation
command¶
The simplest way to check the state of submitted calculations is to use
the verdi calculation list
command from the command line.
To get help on its use and command line options, run it with the -h
or --help
option:
verdi calculation list --help
Possible calculation states¶
The calculation could be in several states. The most common you should see:
NEW
: the calculation node has been created, but has not been submitted yet.WITHSCHEDULER
: the job is in some queue on the remote computer. Note that this does not mean that the job is waiting in a queue, but it may be running or finishing, but it did not finish yet. AiiDA has to wait.FINISHED
: the job on the cluster was finished, AiiDA already retrieved it and stored the results in the database. In most cases, this also means that the parser managed to parse the output file.FAILED
: something went wrong, and AiiDA rose an exception. The error could be of various nature: the inputs were not enough or were not correct, the execution on the cluster failed, or (depending on the output plugin) the code ended without completing successfully or producing a valid output file. Other possible more specific “failed” states includeSUBMISSIONFAILED
,RETRIEVALFAILED
andPARSINGFAILED
.- For very short times, when the job completes on the remote computer and AiiDA
retrieves and parses it, you may happen to see a calculation in the
COMPUTED
,RETRIEVING
andPARSING
states.
Eventually, when the calculation has finished, you will find the computed quantities in the database, and you will be able to query the database for the results that were parsed!
Directly in python¶
If you prefer to have more flexibility or to check the state of a calculation programmatically, you can execute a script like the following, where you just need to specify the ID of the calculation you are interested in:
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
from aiida.orm import JobCalculation
## pk must be a valid integer pk
calc = load_node(pk)
## Alternatively, with the UUID (uuid must be a valid UUID string)
# calc = load_node(uuid)
print "AiiDA state:", calc.get_state()
print "Last scheduler state seen by the AiiDA deamon:", calc.get_scheduler_state()
Note that, as specified in the comments, you can also get a code by knowing its UUID; the advantage is that, while the numeric ID will typically change after a sync of two databases, the UUID is a unique identifier and will be preserved across different AiiDA instances.
Note
calc.get_scheduler_state()
returns the state on the scheduler
(queued, held, running, ...) as seen the last time that the daemon connected
to the remote computer. The time at which the last check was performed is
returned by the calc.get_scheduler_lastchecktime()
method (that returns
None
if no check has been performed yet).
The verdi calculation gotocomputer
command¶
Sometimes, it may be useful to directly go to the folder on which the calculation is running, for instance to check if the output file has been created.
In this case, it is possible to run:
verdi calculation gotocomputer CALCULATIONPK
where CALCULATIONPK
is the PK of the calculation. This will
open a new connection to the computer (either simply a bash shell
or a ssh connection, depending on the transport) and directly
change directory to the appropriate folder where the code is
running.
Note
Be careful not to change any file that AiiDA created, nor to modify the output files or resubmit the calculation, unless you really know what you are doing, otherwise AiiDA may get very confused!
Set calculation properties¶
There are various methods which specify the calculation properties. Here follows a brief documentation of their action.
c.set_max_memory_kb
: require explicitely the memory to be allocated to the scheduler job.c.set_append_text
: write a set of bash commands to be executed after the call to the executable. These commands are executed only for this instance of calculations. Look also at the computer and code append_text to write bash commands for any job run on that computer or with that code.c.set_max_wallclock_seconds
: set (as integer) the scheduler-job wall-time in seconds.c.set_computer
: set the computer on which the calculation is run. Unnecessary if the calculation has been created from a code.c.set_mpirun_extra_params
: set as a list of strings the parameters to be passed to the mpirun command. Example:mpirun -np 8 extra_params[0] extra_params[1] ... exec.x
Note: the process number is set by the resources.c.set_custom_scheduler_commands
: set a string (even multiline) which contains personalized job-scheduling commands. These commands are set at the beginning of the job-scheduling script, before any non-scheduler command. (prepend_texts instead are set after all job-scheduling commands).c.set_parser_name
: set the name of the parser to be used on the output. Typically, a plugin will have already a default plugin set, use this command to change it.c.set_environment_variables
: set a dictionary, whose key and values will be used to set new environment variables in the job-scheduling script before the execution of the calculation. The dictionary is translated to:export 'keys'='values'
.c.set_prepend_text
: set a string that contains bash commands, to be written in the job-scheduling script for this calculation, right before the call to the executable. (it is used for example to load modules). Note that there are also prepend text for the computer (that are used for any job-scheduling script on the given computer) and for the code (that are used for any scheduling script using the given code), the prepend_text here is used only for this instance of the calculation: be careful in avoiding duplication of bash commands.c.set_extra
: pass a key and a value, to be stored in theExtra
attribute table in the database.c.set_extras
: like set extra, but you can pass a dictionary with multiple keys and values.c.set_priority
: set the job-scheduler priority of the calculation (AiiDA does not have internal priorities). The function accepts a value that depends on the scheduler. plugin (but typically is an integer).c.set_queue_name
: pass in a string the name of the queue to use on the job-scheduler.c.set_import_sys_environment
: default=True. If True, the job-scheduling script will load the environment variables.c.set_resources
: set the resources to be used by the calculation like the number of nodes, wall-time, ..., by passing a dictionary to this method. The keys of this dictionary, i.e. the resources, depend on the specific scheduler plugin that has to run them. Look at the documentation of the scheduler (type is given by:calc.get_computer().get_scheduler_type()
).c.set_withmpi
: True or False, if True (the default) it will call the executable as a parallel run.
Comments¶
There are various ways of attaching notes/comments to a node within AiiDA.
In the first examples of scripting, you should already have notices the
possibility of storing a label
or a description
to any AiiDA Node.
However, these properties are defined at the creation of the Node, and it is not
possible to modify them after the Node has been stored.
The Node comment
provides a simple way to have a more dynamic management
of comments, in which any user can write a comment on the Node, or modify it or
delete it.
The verdi comment
provides a set of methods that are used to manipulate the
comments:
- add: add a new comment to a Node.
- update: modify a comment.
- show: show the existing comments attached to the Node.
- remove: remove a comment.
Extracting data from the Database¶
In this section we will overview some of the tools provided by AiiDA by means of you can navigate through the data inside the AiiDA database.
Finding input and output nodes¶
Let’s start with a reference node that you loaded from the database, for example the node with PK 17:
n = load_node(17)
Now, we want to find the nodes which have a direct link to this node.
There are several methods to extract this information (for developers see all
the methods and their docstring: get_outputs
, get_outputs_dict
,
c.get_inputs
and c.get_inputs_dict
).
The most practical way to access this information, especially when working on
the verdi shell
, is by means of the inp
and out
methods.
The inp
method is used to list and access the nodes with a direct link to
n
in input.
The names of the input links can be printed by list(n.inp)
or interactively
by n.inp. + TAB
.
As an example, suppose that n
has an input KpointsData
object under the linkname
kpoints
. The command:
n.inp.kpoints
returns the KpointsData
object.
Similar methods exists for the out
method, which will display the names of
links in output from n
and can be used to access such output nodes.
Suppose that n
has an output FolderData
with linkname retrieved
, than
the command:
n.out.retrieved
returns the FolderData object.
Note
At variance with input, there can be more than one output
objects with the same linkname (for example: a code object can be used by several
calculations always with the same linkname code
).
As such, for every output linkname, we append the string _pk
, with the pk of
the output node. There is also a linkname without pk appended, which is
assigned to the oldest link. As an example, imagine that n
is a code, which
is used by calculation #18 and #19, the linknames shown by n.out
are:
n.out. >>
* code
* code_18
* code_19
The method n.out.code_18
and n.out.code_19
will return two different
calculation objects, and n.out.code
will return the oldest (the reference
is the creation time) between calculation
18 and 19. If one calculation (say 18) exist only in output, there is then less
ambiguity, and you are sure that the output of n.out.code
coincides with
n.out.code_18
.
Querying in AiiDA¶
The advantage of storing information in a database is that questions can be asked on the data, and an answer can be rapidly provided.
Here we describe different approaches to query the data in AiiDA.
Note
This section is still only a stub and will be significantly improved in the next versions.
Directly querying in Django¶
If you know how AiiDA stores the data internally in the database, you can
directly use Django to query the database (or even use directly SQL commands,
if you really feel the urge to do so). Documentation on how queries work
in Django can be found on the official Django documentation. The models can be found in
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models
and is directly accessible as models
in the verdi shell
via verdi run
.
Directly querying in SQLAlchemy¶
Check out the documentation on <http://www.sqlalchemy.org/>.
Models are in aiida.backends.sqlalchemy.models
Using the querytool
¶
We provide a Python class (aiida.orm.querytool.QueryTool
) to perform the most common types of queries
(mainly on nodes, links and their attributes) through an easy Python
class interface, without the need to know anything about the SQL query language.
Note
We are working a lot on the interface for querying through the QueryTool, so the interface could change significantly in the future to allow for more advanced querying capabilities.
To use it, in your script (or within the verdi shell)
you need first to load the QueryTool
class:
from aiida.orm.querytool import QueryTool
Then, create an instance of this class, which will represent your query (you need to create a new instance for each different query you want to execute):
q = QueryTool()
Now, you can call a set of methods on the q
object to decide the filters
you want to apply. The first type of filter one may want to apply is on the
type of nodes you want to obtain (the QueryTool, in the current version,
always queries only nodes in the DB). You can do so passing the correct
Node subclass to the set_class()
method, for instance:
q.set_class(Calculation)
Then, if you want to query only calculations within a given group:
q.set_group(group_name, exclude=False)
where group_name
is the name of the group you want to select.
The exclude
parameter, if True
,
negates the query (i.e., considers all objects not included in the
give group). You can call the
set_group()
method
multiple times to add more filters.
The most important query specification, though, is on the attributes of a given node.
If you want to query for attributes in the DbAttribute
table,
use the
add_attr_filter()
method:
q.add_attr_filter("energy", "<=", 0., relnode="res")
At this point, the query q
describes a query you still have to run, which
will return each calculation calc
for which the result node calc.res.energy
is less or equal to 0.
The relnode
parameter allows the user to perform queries not only
on the nodes you want to get out of the query (in this case, do not specify
any relnode
parameter) but also on the value of the attributes of
nodes linked to the result nodes. For instance, specifying "res"
as relnode
, one gets as result of the query nodes whose output result
has a negative energy.
Also in this case, you can add multiple filters on attributes, or you can
use the same syntax also on data you stored in the DbExtra
table
using add_extra_filter()
.
Note
We remind here that while attributes are properties that describe
a node, are used internally by AiiDA and cannot be changed
after the node is stored –
for instance, the coordinates of atoms in a crystal structure, the input
parameters for a calculation, ... – extras (stored in DbExtra
) have
the same format and are at full disposal of the user for adding metadata
to each node, tagging, and later quick querying.
Finally, to run the query and get the results, you can use the
run_query()
method, that will
return an iterator over the results of the query. For instance, if you
stored A
and B
as extra data of a given node, you can get a list
of the energy of each calculation, and the value of A
and B
, using
the following command:
res = [(node.res.energy,
node.get_extra("A"),
node.get_extra("B") )
for node in q.run_query()]
Note
After having run a query, if you want to run a new one, even if
it is a simple modification of the current one, please discard the q
object and create a new one with the new filters.
The transitive closure table¶
Another type of query that is very common is the discovery of whether two nodes are linked through a path in the AiiDA graph database, regardless of how many nodes are in between.
This is particularly important because, for instance, you may be interested in discovering which crystal structures have, say, all phonon frequencies that are positive; but the information on the phonon frequencies is in a node that is typically not directly linked to the crystal structure (you typically have in between at least a SCF calculation, a phonon calculation on a coarse grid, and an interpolation of the phonon bands on a denser grid; moreover, each calculation may include multiple restarts).
In order to make these queries very efficient (and since we expect that typical workflows, especially in Physics and Materials Science, involve a lot of relatively small, disconnected graphs), we have implemented triggers at the database SQL level to automatically generate a transitive closure table, i.e., a table that for each node contains all his parents (at any depth level) and all the children (at any depth level). This means that, every time two nodes are joined by a link, this table is automatically updated to contain all the new available paths.
With the aid of such a table, discovering if two nodes are connected or not
becomes a matter of a single query.
This table is accessible using Django commands, and is called
DbPath
.
Transitive closure paths contain a parent and a child.
Moreover, they also contain a depth
, giving how many nodes have to
be traversed to connect the two parent
and child
nodes (to make
this possible, an entry in the DbPath table is stored for each possible
path in the graph). The depth does not include the first and last node
(so, a depth of zero means that two nodes are directly connected through
a link).
Three further columns are stored, and they are mainly used to quickly (and recursively) discover which are the nodes that have been traversed.
Todo
The description of the exact meaning of the three additional
columns (entry_edge_id
, direct_edge_id
, and exit_edge_id
,
will be added soon; in the meatime, you can give a look to the
implementation of the expand()
method).
Finally, given a DbPath
object, we provide a
expand()
method to get a list
of all the nodes (in the correct order) that are traversed by
the specific path. List elements are AiiDA nodes.
Here we present a simple example of how you can use the transitive closure
table, imagining that you want to get the path between two nodes n1
and n2
.
We will assume that only a single path exists between the two nodes. If no
path exists, an exception will be raised in the line marked below.
If more than one path exists, only the first one will be returned.
The extension to manage the exception and to manage multiple paths
is straightforward:
n1 = load_node(NODEPK1)
n2 = load_node(NODEPK2)
# In the following line, we are choosing only the first
# path returned by the query (with [0]).
# Change here to manage zero or multiple paths!
dbpath = models.DbPath.objects.filter(parent=n1, child=n2)[0]
# Print all nodes in the path
print dbpath.expand()
Using the QueryBuilder¶
Introduction¶
This section describes the use of the QueryBuilder, which is meant to help you querying the database with a Python interface and regardless of backend and schema employed in the background. Before jumping into the specifics, let’s discuss what you should be clear about before writing a query:
- You should know what you want to query for. In database-speek, you need to tell the backend what to project. For example, you might be interested in the label of a calculation and the pks of all its outputs.
- In many use-cases, you will query for relationships between entities that are connected in a graph-like fashion, with links as edges and nodes as vertices. You have to know the relationships between these entities. A Node can be either input or output of another Node, but also an ancestor or a descendant.
- In almost all cases, you will be interested in a subset of all possible entities that could be returned based on the joins between the entities of your graph. In other ways, you need to have an idea of how to filter the results.
If you are clear about what you want and how you can get it, you will have to provide this information to QueryBuilder, who will build an SQL-query for you. There is more than one possible API that you can use:
- The appender-method
- Using the queryhelp
What you will use depends on the specific use case. The functionalities are the same, so it’s up to you what to use.
The appender method¶
Let’s first discuss the appender-method using some concrete examples. We will start from simple examples and get to more complex ones later. The first thing to know is how to chose entities that you want to query:
from aiida.orm.querybuilder import QueryBuilder
qb = QueryBuilder() # Instantiating instance
qb.append(JobCalculation) # Setting first vertice of path
So, let’s suppose that’s what we want to query for (all job calculations in the database). The question is how to get the results from the query:
from aiida.orm.querybuilder import QueryBuilder
qb = QueryBuilder() # Instantiating instance
qb.append(JobCalculation) # Setting first vertice of path
first_row = qb.first() # Returns a list (!)
# of the results of the first row
all_results = qb.dict() # Returns all results as
# a list of dictionaries
all_r_generator = qb.iterdict() # Return a generator of dictionaries
# of all results
# Some more (for completeness)
all_rows = qb.all() # Returns a list of lists
all_rows_generator = qb.iterall() # Returns a generator of lists
Since we now know how to set an entity, we can start to filter by properties of that entity. Suppose we do not want to all JobCalculations, but only the ones in state ‘FINISHED’:
qb = QueryBuilder() # An empty QueryBuilder instances
qb.append(
JobCalculation, # I am appending a JobCalculation
filters={ # Specifying the filters:
'state':{'==':'FINISHED'}, # the calculation has to have finished
},
)
How, can we have multiple filters? Suppose you are interested in all calculations in your database that are in state ‘FINISHED’ and were created in the last n days:
from datetime import timedelta
from aiida.utils import timezone
now = timezone.now()
time_n_days_ago = now - timedelta(days=n)
qb = QueryBuilder() # An empty QueryBuilder instances
qb.append(
JobCalculation, # I am appending a JobCalculation
filters={ # Specifying the filters:
'state':{'==':'FINISHED'}, # the calculation has to have finished AND
'ctime':{'>':time_n_days_ago} # created in the last n days
},
)
resultgen = qb.dict() # Give me all results
Let’s go through the above example. We have instantiated QueryBuilder instance. We appended to its path a JobCalculation (a remote calculation), and specified that we are only interested in calculations that have finished and that were created in the last n days.
What if we want calculations that have finished or were created in the last n days:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
JobCalculation,
filters={
'or':[
{'state':{'==':'FINISHED'}},
{'ctime':{'>': now - timedelta(days=n)}}
]
},
)
res =qb.dict()
If we’d have written and instead of or, we would have created the exact same query as in the first query, because and is the default behavior if you attach several filters. What if you want calculation in state ‘FINISHED’ or ‘RETRIEVING’? This will be the next example:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
JobCalculation,
filters={
'state':{'in':['FINISHED', 'RETRIEVING']}
},
)
res = qb.all()
In order to negate a filter, that is to apply the not operator, precede the filter keyword with an exclamation mark. So, to ask for all calculations that are not in ‘FINISHED’ or ‘RETRIEVING’:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
JobCalculation,
filters={
'state':{'!in':['FINISHED', 'RETRIEVING']}
},
)
res = qb.all()
This showed you how to ‘filter’ by properties of a node (and implicitly by type) So far we can do that for a single a single node in the database. But we sometimes need to query relationships in graph-like database. There are several relationships that entities in Aiida can have:
Entity from | Entity to | Relationship | Explanation |
---|---|---|---|
Node | Node | input_of | One node as input of another node |
Node | Node | output_of | One node as output of another node |
Node | Node | ancestor_of | One node as the ancestor of another node (Path) |
Node | Node | descendant_of | One node as descendant of another node (Path) |
Node | Group | group_of | The group of a node |
Group | Node | member_of | The node is a member of a group |
Node | Computer | computer_of | The computer of a node |
Computer | Node | has_computer | The node of a computer |
Node | User | creator_of | The creator of a node is a user |
User | Node | created_by | The node was created by a user |
Let’s join a node to its output, e.g. StructureData and JobCalculation (as output):
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(StructureData, tag='structure')
qb.append(JobCalculation, output_of='structure')
In the above example, we have first appended StructureData to the path. So that we can refer to that vertice later, we tag it with a unique keyword of our choice, which can be used only once. When we append another vertice to the path, we specify the relationship to a previous entity by using one of the keywords in the above table and as a value the tag of the vertice that it has a relationship with. Some more examples:
# StructureData as an input of a job calculation
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(JobCalculation, tag='calc')
qb.append(StructureData, input_of='calc')
# StructureData and ParameterData as inputs to a calculation
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(JobCalculation, tag='calc')
qb.append(StructureData, input_of='calc')
qb.append(ParameterDataData, input_of='calc')
# Filtering the remote data instance by the computer it ran on (name)
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(RemoteData, tag='remote')
qb.append(Computer, computer_of='remote', filters={'name':{'==':'mycomputer'}})
# Find all descendants of a structure with a certain uuid
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(StructureData, tag='structure', filters={'uuid':{'==':myuuid}})
qb.append(Node, descendant_of='structure')
The above QueryBuilder will join a structure to all its descendants via the transitive closure table. But what will the query return exactly. We do not want everything returned because it might lead to a big overhead. You need to specify what you want to return using the keyword project.
Let’s stick to the previous example:
# Find all descendants of a structure with a certain uuid
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
StructureData,
tag='structure',
filters={'uuid':{'==':myuuid}},
)
qb.append(
Node,
descendant_of='structure',
project=['type', 'uuid'], # returns type (string) and uuid (string)
)
In the above example, executing the query returns the type and the id of all Node that are descendants of the structure:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
StructureData,
tag='structure',
filters={'uuid':{'==':myuuid}},
)
qb.append(
Node,
descendant_of='structure',
project=['type', 'id'], # returns type (string) and id (string)
tag='descendant'
)
# Return the dictionaries:
print "\n\nqb.iterdict()"
for d in qb.iterdict():
print '>>>', d
# Return the lists:
print "\n\nqb.iterall()"
for l in qb.iterall():
print '>>>', l
# Return the first result:
print "\n\nqb.first()"
print '>>>', qb.first()
results in the following output:
qb.iterdict()
>>> {'descendant': {'type': u'calculation.job.quantumespresso.pw.PwCalculation.', 'id': 7716}}
>>> {'descendant': {'type': u'data.remote.RemoteData.', 'id': 8510}}
>>> {'descendant': {'type': u'data.folder.FolderData.', 'id': 9090}}
>>> {'descendant': {'type': u'data.array.ArrayData.', 'id': 9091}}
>>> {'descendant': {'type': u'data.array.trajectory.TrajectoryData.', 'id': 9092}}
>>> {'descendant': {'type': u'data.parameter.ParameterData.', 'id': 9093}}
qb.iterall()
>>> [u'calculation.job.quantumespresso.pw.PwCalculation.', 7716]
>>> [u'data.remote.RemoteData.', 8510]
>>> [u'data.folder.FolderData.', 9090]
>>> [u'data.array.ArrayData.', 9091]
>>> [u'data.array.trajectory.TrajectoryData.', 9092]
>>> [u'data.parameter.ParameterData.', 9093]
qb.first()
>>> [u'calculation.job.quantumespresso.pw.PwCalculation.', 7716]
Asking only for the properties that you are interested in can result in much faster queries. If you want the Aiida-ORM instance, add ‘*’ to your list of projections:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
StructureData,
tag='structure',
filters={'uuid':{'==':myuuid}},
)
qb.append(
Node,
descendant_of='structure',
project=['*'], # returns the Aiida ORM instance
tag='desc'
)
# Return the dictionaries:
print "\n\nqb.iterdict()"
for d in qb.iterdict():
print '>>>', d
# Return the lists:
print "\n\nqb.iterall()"
for l in qb.iterall():
print '>>>', l
# Return the first result:
print "\n\nqb.first()"
print '>>>', qb.first()
Output:
qb.iterdict()
>>> {'desc': {'*': <PwCalculation: uuid: da720712-3ca3-490b-abf4-b0fb3174322e (pk: 7716)>}}
>>> {'desc': {'*': <RemoteData: uuid: 13a378f8-91fa-42c7-8d7a-e469bbf02e2d (pk: 8510)>}}
>>> {'desc': {'*': <FolderData: uuid: 91d5a5e8-6b88-4e43-9652-9efda4adb4ce (pk: 9090)>}}
>>> {'desc': {'*': <ArrayData: uuid: 7c34c219-f400-42aa-8bf2-ee36c7c1dd40 (pk: 9091)>}}
>>> {'desc': {'*': <TrajectoryData: uuid: 09288a5f-dba5-4558-b115-1209013b6b32 (pk: 9092)>}}
>>> {'desc': {'*': <ParameterData: uuid: 371677e1-d7d4-4f2e-8a41-594aace02759 (pk: 9093)>}}
qb.iterall()
>>> [<PwCalculation: uuid: da720712-3ca3-490b-abf4-b0fb3174322e (pk: 7716)>]
>>> [<RemoteData: uuid: 13a378f8-91fa-42c7-8d7a-e469bbf02e2d (pk: 8510)>]
>>> [<FolderData: uuid: 91d5a5e8-6b88-4e43-9652-9efda4adb4ce (pk: 9090)>]
>>> [<ArrayData: uuid: 7c34c219-f400-42aa-8bf2-ee36c7c1dd40 (pk: 9091)>]
>>> [<TrajectoryData: uuid: 09288a5f-dba5-4558-b115-1209013b6b32 (pk: 9092)>]
>>> [<ParameterData: uuid: 371677e1-d7d4-4f2e-8a41-594aace02759 (pk: 9093)>]
qb.first()
>>> [<PwCalculation: uuid: da720712-3ca3-490b-abf4-b0fb3174322e (pk: 7716)>]
Note
Be aware that, for consistency, QueryBuilder.all / iterall always returns a list of lists, and first always a list, even if you project on one entity!
If you are not sure which keys to ask for, you can project with ‘**’, and the QueryBuilder instance will return all column properties:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
StructureData,
project=['**']
)
Output:
qb.limit(1).dict()
>>> {'StructureData': {
u'user_id': 2,
u'description': u'',
u'ctime': datetime.datetime(2016, 2, 3, 18, 20, 17, 88239),
u'label': u'',
u'mtime': datetime.datetime(2016, 2, 3, 18, 20, 17, 116627),
u'id': 3028,
u'dbcomputer_id': None,
u'nodeversion': 1,
u'type': u'data.structure.StructureData.',
u'public': False,
u'uuid': u'93c0db51-8a39-4a0d-b14d-5a50e40a2cc4'
}}
You should know by now that you can define additional properties of nodes in the attributes and the extras of a node. There will be many cases where you will either want to filter or project on those entities. The following example gives us a PwCalculation where the cutoff for the wavefunctions has a value above 30.0 Ry:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(PwCalculation, project=['*'], tag='calc')
qb.append(
ParameterData,
input_of='calc',
filters={'attributes.SYSTEM.ecutwfc':{'>':30.0}},
project=[
'attributes.SYSTEM.ecutwfc',
'attributes.SYSTEM.ecutrho',
]
)
The above examples filters by a certain attribute. Notice how you expand into the dictionary using the dot (.). That works the same for the extras.
Note
Comparisons in the attributes (extras) are also implicitly done by type.
Let’s do a last example. You are familiar with the Quantum Espresso tutorial? Great, because this will be our use case here. We will query for calculations that were done on a certain structure (mystructure), that fulfill certain requirements, such as a cutoff above 30.0. In our case, we have a structure (an instance of StructureData) and an instance of ParameterData that are both inputs to a PwCalculation. You need to tell the QueryBuilder that:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
StructureData,
filters={'uuid':{'==':mystructure.uuid}},
tag='strucure'
)
qb.append(
PwCalculation,
output_of='strucure',
project=['*'],
tag='calc'
)
qb.append(
ParameterData,
filters={'attributes.SYSTEM.ecutwfc':{'>':30.0}},
input_of='calc',
tag='params'
)
A few cheats to save some typing:
- The default edge specification, if no keyword is provided, is always output_of the previous vertice.
- Equality filters (‘==’) can be shortened, as will be shown below.
- Tags are not necessary, you can simply use the class as a label. This works as long as the same Aiida-class is not used again
A shorter version of the previous example:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
StructureData,
filters={'uuid':mystructure.uuid},
)
qb.append(
PwCalculation,
project='*',
)
qb.append(
ParameterData,
filters={'attributes.SYSTEM.ecutwfc':{'>':30.0}},
input_of=PwCalculation
)
Let’s proceed to some more advanced stuff. If you’ve understood everything so far you’re in good shape to query the database, so you can skip the rest if you want.
Another feature that had to be added are projections, filters and labels on the edges of the graphs, that is to say links or paths between nodes. It works the same way, just that the keyword is preceeded by ‘link‘. Let’s take the above example, but put a filter on the label of the link, project the label and label:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
JobCalculation,
filters={'ctime':{'>': now - timedelta(days=3)}},
project={'id':{'func':'count'}}
)
qb.append(
ParameterData,
filters={'attributes.energy':{'>':-5.0}},
edge_filters={'label':{'like':'output_%'}},
edge_project='label'
)
You can also order by properties of the node, although ordering by attributes or extras is not implemented yet. Assuming you want to order the above example by the time of the calculations:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
JobCalculation,
project=['*']
)
qb.append(
ParameterData,
filters={'attributes.energy':{'>':-5.0}},
)
qb.order_by({JobCalculation:{'ctime':'asc'}}) # 'asc' or 'desc' (ascending/descending)
You can also limit the number of rows returned with the method limit:
qb = QueryBuilder()
qb.append(
JobCalculation,
filters={'ctime':{'>': now - timedelta(days=3)}},
project=['*']
)
qb.append(
ParameterData,
filters={'attributes.energy':{'>':-5.0}},
)
# order by time descending
qb.order_by({JobCalculation:{'ctime':'desc'}})
# Limit to results to the first 10 results:
qb.limit(10)
The above query returns the latest 10 calculation that produced a final energy above -5.0.
The queryhelp¶
As mentioned above, there are two possibilities to tell the QueryBuilder what to do. The second uses one big dictionary that we can call the queryhelp in the following. It has the same functionalities as the appender method. But you could save this dictionary in a JSON or in the database and use it over and over. Using the queryhelp, you have to specify the path, the filter and projections beforehand and instantiate the QueryBuilder with that dictionary:
qb = Querybuilder(**queryhelp)
What do you have to specify:
Specifying the path: Here, the user specifies the path along which to join tables as a list, each list item being a vertice in your path. You can define the vertice in two ways: The first is to give the Aiida-class:
queryhelp = { 'path':[Data] } # or (better) queryhelp = { 'path':[ {'cls': Data} ] }
Another way is to give the polymorphic identity of this class, in our case stored in type:
queryhelp = { 'path':[ {'type':"data."} ] }
Note
In Aiida, polymorphism is not strictly enforced, but done with type specification. Type-discrimination when querying is achieved by attaching a filter on the type every time a subclass of Node is given.
Each node has to have a unique tag. If not given, the tag is chosen to be equal to the name of the class. This will not work if the user chooses the same class twice. In this case he has to provide the tag:
queryhelp = { 'path':[ { 'cls':Node, 'tag':'node_1' }, { 'cls':Node, 'tag':'node_2' } ] }
There also has to be some information on the edges, in order to join correctly. There are several redundant ways this can be done:
You can specify that this node is an input or output of another node preceding the current one in the list. That other node can be specified by an integer or the class or type. The following examples are all valid joining instructions, assuming there is a structure defined at index 2 of the path with tag “struc1”:
edge_specification = queryhelp['path'][3] edge_specification['output_of'] = 2 edge_specification['output_of'] = StructureData edge_specification['output_of'] = 'struc1' edge_specification['input_of'] = 2 edge_specification['input_of'] = StructureData edge_specification['input_of'] = 'struc1'
queryhelp_item[‘direction’] = integer
If any of the above specs (“input_of”, “output_of”) were not specified, the key “direction” is looked for. Directions are defined as distances in the tree. 1 is defined as one step down the tree along a link. This means that 1 joins the node specified in this dictionary to the node specified on list-item before as an output. Direction defaults to 1, which is why, if nothing is specified, this node is joined to the previous one as an output by default. A minus sign reverse the direction of the link. The absolute value of the direction defines the table to join to with respect to your own position in the list. An absolute value of 1 joins one table above, a value of 2 to the table defined 2 indices above. The two following queryhelps yield the same query:
qh1 = { 'path':[ { 'cls':PwCalculation }, { 'cls':Trajectory }, { 'cls':ParameterData, 'direction':-2 } ] } # returns same query as: qh2 = { 'path':[ { 'cls':PwCalculation }, { 'cls':Trajectory }, { 'cls':ParameterData, 'input_of':PwCalculation } ] } # Shorter version: qh3 = { 'path':[ ParameterData, PwCalculation, Trajectory, ] }
Project: Determing which columns the query will return:
queryhelp = { 'path':[Relax], 'project':{ Relax:['state', 'id'], } }
If you are using JSONB columns, you can also project a value stored inside the json:
queryhelp = { 'path':[ Relax, StructureData, ], 'project':{ Relax:['state', 'id'], } }
Returns the state and the id of all instances of Relax where a structures is linked as output of a relax-calculation. The strings that you pass have to be name of the columns. If you pass a star (‘*’), the query will return the instance of the AiidaClass.
Filters: What if you want not every structure, but only the ones that were added after a certain time t and have an id higher than 50:
queryhelp = { 'path':[ {'cls':Relax}, # Relaxation with structure as output {'cls':StructureData} ], 'filters':{ StructureData:{ 'time':{'>': t}, 'id':{'>': 50} } } }
If you want to include filters and projections on links between nodes, you will have to add these to filters and projections in the queryhelp. Let’s take an example that we had and add a few filters on the link:
queryhelp = {
'path':[
{'cls':Relax, 'tag':'relax'}, # Relaxation with structure as output
{'cls':StructureData, 'tag':'structure'}
],
'filters':{
'structure':{
'time':{'>': t},
'id':{'>': 50}
},
'relax--structure':{
'time':{'>': t},
'label':{'like':'output_%'},
}
},
'project':{
'relax--structure':['label'],
'structure':['label'],
'relax':['label', 'state'],
}
}
Notice that the label for the link, by default, is the labels of the two connecting nodes delimited by two dashes ‘–’. The order does not matter, the following queryhelp would results in the same query:
queryhelp = {
'path':[
{'cls':Relax, 'label':'relax'}, # Relaxation with structure as output
{'cls':StructureData, 'label':'structure'}
],
'filters':{
'structure':{
'time':{'>': t},
'id':{'>': 50}
},
'relax--structure':{
'time':{'>': t},
'label':{'like':'output_%'},
}
},
'project':{
'relax--structure':['label'],
'structure':['label'],
'relax':['label', 'state'],
}
}
If you dislike that way to label the link, you can choose the linklabel in the path when definining the entity to join:
queryhelp = {
'path':[
{'cls':Relax, 'label':'relax'}, # Relaxation with structure as output
{
'cls':StructureData,
'label':'structure',
'edge_tag':'ThisIsMyLinkLabel' # Definining the linklabel
}
],
'filters':{
'structure':{
'time':{'>': t},
'id':{'>': 50}
},
'ThisIsMyLinkLabel':{ # Using this linklabel
'time':{'>': t},
'label':{'like':'output_%'},
}
},
'project':{
'ThisIsMyLinkLabel':['label'],
'structure':['label'],
'relax':['label', 'state'],
}
}
You can set a limit and an offset in the queryhelp:
queryhelp = {
'path':[Node],
'limit':10,
'offset':20
}
That queryhelp would tell the QueryBuilder to return 10 rows after the first 20 have been skipped.
AiiDA workflows¶
Workflows are one of the most important components for real high-throughput calculations, allowing the user to scale well defined chains of calculations on any number of input structures, both generated or acquired from an external source.
Instead of offering a limited number of automatization schemes, crafted for some specific functions (equation of states, phonons, etc...) in AiiDA a complete workflow engine is present, where the user can script in principle any possible interaction with all the AiiDA components, from the submission engine to the materials databases connections. In AiiDA a workflow is a python script executed by a daemon, containing several user defined functions called steps. In each step all the AiiDA functions are available and calculations and launched and retrieved, as well as other sub-workflows.
In this document we’ll introduce the main workflow infrastructure from the user perspective, discussing and presenting some examples that will cover all the features implemented in the code. A more detailed description of each function can be found in the developer documentation.
How it works¶
The rationale of the entire workflow infrastructure is to make efficient, reproducible and scriptable anything a user can do in the AiiDA shell. A workflow in this sense is nothing more than a list of AiiDA commands, split in different steps that depend one on each other and that are executed in a specific order. A workflow step is written with the same python language, using the same commands and libraries you use in the shell, stored in a file as a python class and managed by a daemon process.
Before starting to analyze our first workflow we should summarize very shortly the main working logic of a typical workflow execution, starting with the definition of the management daemon. The AiiDA daemon handles all the operations of a workflow, script loading, error handling and reporting, state monitoring and user interaction with the execution queue.
The daemon works essentially as an infinite loop, iterating several simple operations:
- It checks the running step in all the active workflows, if there are new calculations attached to a step it submits them.
- It retrieves all the finished calculations. If one step of one workflow exists where all the calculations are correctly finished it reloads the workflow and executes the next step as indicated in the script.
- If a workflow’s next step is the exit one, the workflow is terminated and the report is closed.
This simplified process is the very heart of the workflow engine, and while the process loops a user can submit a new workflow to be managed from the Verdi shell (or through a script loading the necessary Verdi environment). In the next chapter we’ll initialize the daemon and analyze a simple workflow, submitting it and retrieving the results.
Note
The workflow engine of AiiDA is now fully operational but will undergo major improvements in a near future. Therefore, some of the methods or functionalities described in the following might change.
The AiiDA daemon¶
As explained the daemon must be running to allow the execution of workflows, so the first thing needed to start it to launch the daemon. We can use the verdi script facility from your computer’s shell:
>> verdi daemon start
This command will launch a background job (a daemon in fact) that will continuously check for new or running workflow to manage. Thanks
to the asynchronous structure of AiiDA if the daemon gets interrupted (or the computer running the daemon restarted for example),
once it will be restarted all the workflow will proceed automatically without any problem. The only thing you need to do to restart the
workflow it’s exactly the same command above. To stop the daemon instead we use the same command with the stop
directive, and to
have a very fast check about the execution we can use the state
directive to obtain more information.
A workflow demo¶
Now that the daemon is running we can focus on how to write our first workflow. As explained a workflow is essentially a python
class, stored in a file accessible by AiiDA (in the same AiiDA path). By convention workflows are stored in .py
files inside the aiida/workflows
directory; in the distribution you’ll find some examples (some of them analyzed here) and
a user directory where user defined workflows can be stored. Since the daemon is aware only of the classes present at the time of its
launch, remember to restart the daemon (verdi daemon restart
) every time you add a new workflow to let AiiDA see it.
We can now study a very first example workflow, contained in the wf_demo.py
file inside the distribution’s workflows
directory.
Even if this is just a toy model, it helps us to introduce all the features and details on how a workflow works, helping
us to understand the more sophisticated examples reported later.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | import aiida.common
from aiida.common import aiidalogger
from aiida.orm.workflow import Workflow
from aiida.orm import Code, Computer
logger = aiidalogger.getChild('WorkflowDemo')
class WorkflowDemo(Workflow):
def __init__(self,**kwargs):
super(WorkflowDemo, self).__init__(**kwargs)
def generate_calc(self):
from aiida.orm import Code, Computer, CalculationFactory
from aiida.common.datastructures import calc_states
CustomCalc = CalculationFactory('simpleplugins.templatereplacer')
computer = Computer.get("localhost")
calc = CustomCalc(computer=computer,withmpi=True)
calc.set_resources(num_machines=1, num_mpiprocs_per_machine=1)
calc._set_state(calc_states.FINISHED)
calc.store()
return calc
@Workflow.step
def start(self):
from aiida.orm.node import Node
# Testing parameters
p = self.get_parameters()
# Testing calculations
self.attach_calculation(self.generate_calc())
self.attach_calculation(self.generate_calc())
# Testing report
self.append_to_report("Starting workflow with params: {0}".format(p))
# Testing attachments
n = Node()
attrs = {"a": [1,2,3], "n": n}
self.add_attributes(attrs)
# Test process
self.next(self.second_step)
@Workflow.step
def second_step(self):
# Test retrieval
calcs = self.get_step_calculations(self.start)
self.append_to_report("Retrieved calculation 0 (uuid): {0}".format(calcs[0].uuid))
# Testing report
a = self.get_attributes()
self.append_to_report("Execution second_step with attachments: {0}".format(a))
# Test results
self.add_result("scf_converged", calcs[0])
self.next(self.exit)
|
As discussed before this is native python code, meaning that a user can load any library or script accessible from their PYTHONPATH
and interacting with any database or service of preference inside the workflow. We’ll now go through all the details of the first workflow,
line by line, discussing the most important methods and discovering along the way all the features available.
lines 1-7 Module imports. Some are necessary for the Workflow objects but many more can be added for user defined functions and libraries.
lines 8-12 Superclass definition, a workflow MUST extend the Workflow
class from the aiida.orm.workflow
. This is a fundamental
requirement, since the subclassing is the way AiiDA understand if a class inside the file is an AiiDA workflow or a simple utility class. Note that
for back-compatibility with python 2.7 also the explicit initialization of line 12 is necessary to make things work correctly.
lines 14-28 Once the class is defined a user can add as many methods as he wishes, to generate calculations or to download structures
or to compute new ones starting form a query in previous AiiDA calculations present in the DB. In the script above the method generate_calc
will simply prepare a dummy calculation, setting it’s state to finished and returning the object after having it stored in the repository.
This utility function will allow the dummy workflow run without the need of any code or machine except for localhost configured. In real
cases, as we’ll see, a calculation will be set up with parameters and structures defined in more sophisticated ways, but the logic underneath
is identical as far as the workflow inner working is concerned.
lines 30-51 This is the first step, one of the main components in the workflow logic. As you can see the start
method is decorated as a Workflow.step
making it a very unique kind of method, automatically stored in the database as a container of
calculations and sub-workflows. Several functions are available to the user when coding a workflow step, and in this method we can see most
of the basic ones:
line 36
self.get_parameters()
. With this method we can retrieve the parameters passed to the workflow when it was initialized. Parameters cannot be modified during an execution, while attributes can be added and removed.lines 39-40
self.attach_calculation(JobCalculation)
. This is a key point in the workflow, and something possible only inside a step method. JobCalculations, generated in the methods or retrieved from other utility methods, are attached to the workflow’s step, launched and executed completely by the daemon, without the need of user interaction. Failures, re-launching and queue management are all handled by the daemon, and thousands of calculations can be attached. The daemon will poll the servers until all the step calculations will be finished, and only after that it will pass to the next step.line 43
self.append_to_report(string)
. Once the workflow will be launched, the user interactions are limited to some events (stop, relaunch, list of the calculations) and most of the times is very useful to have custom messages during the execution. For this each workflow is equipped with a reporting facility, where the user can fill with any text and can retrieve both live and at the end of the execution.lines 45-48
self.add_attributes(dict)
. Since the workflow is instantiated every step from scratch, if a user wants to pass arguments between steps he must use the attributes facility, where a dictionary of values (accepted values are basic types and AiiDA nodes) can be saved and retrieved from other steps during future executions.line 52
self.next(Workflow.step)
. This is the final part of a step, where the user points the engine about what to do after all the calculations in the steps (on possible sub-workflows, as we’ll see later) are terminated. The argument of this function has to be aWorkflow.step
decorated method of the same workflow class, or in case this is the last step to be executed you can use the common methodself.exit
, always present in each Workflow subclass.Note
make sure to
store()
all input nodes for the attached calculations, as unstored nodes will be lost during the transition from one step to another.
lines 53-67 When the workflow will be launched through the start
method, the AiiDA daemon will load the workflow, execute the step,
launch all the calculations and monitor their state. Once all the calculations in start
will be finished the daemon will then load and
execute the next step, in this case the one called second_step
. In this step new features are shown:
- line 57
self.get_step_calculations(Workflow.step)
. Anywhere after the first step we may need to retrieve and analyze calculations executed in a previous steps. With this method we can have access to the list of calculations of a specific workflows step, passed as an argument. - line 61
self.get_attributes()
. With this call we can retrieve the attributes stored in previous steps. Remember that this is the only way to pass arguments between different steps, adding them as we did in line 48. - line 65
self.add_result()
. When all the calculations are done it’s useful to tag some of them as results, using custom string to be later searched and retrieved. Similarly to theget_step_calculations
, this method works on the entire workflow and not on a single step. - line 67
self.next(self.exit)
. This is the final part of each workflow, setting the exit. Every workflow inheritate a fictitious step called exit that can be set as a next to any step. As the names suggest, this implies the workflow execution to finish correctly.
Running a workflow¶
After saving the workflow inside a python file located in the aiida/workflows
directory, we can launch the workflow simply invoking the
specific workflow class and executing the start()
method inside the Verdi shell. It’s important to remember that all the AiiDA framework
needs to be accessible for the workflow to be launched, and this can be achieved either with the verdi shell or by any other python environment
that has previously loaded the AiiDA framework (see the developer manual for this).
To launch the verdi shell execute verdi shell
from the command line; once inside the shell we have to import the workflow class we
want to launch (this command depends on the file location and the class name we decided). In this case we expect we’ll launch the
WorkflowDemo presented before, located in the wf_demo.py
file in the clean AiiDA distribution. In the shell we execute:
>> from aiida.workflows.wf_demo import WorkflowDemo
>> params = {"a":[1,2,3]}
>> wf = WorkflowDemo(params=params)
>> wf.start()
Note
If you want to write the above script in a file, remember to run it
with verdi run
and not simply with python, or otherwise to use the other
techniques described here.
In these four lines we loaded the class, we created some fictitious parameter and
we initialized the workflow. Finally we launched it with the
start()
method, a lazy command that in the backgroud adds the workflow to
the execution queue monitored by the verdi daemon. In the backgroud
the daemon will handle all the workflow processes, stepping each method, launching
and retrieving calculations and monitoring possible errors and problems.
Since the workflow is now managed by the daemon, to interact with it we need
special methods. There are basically two ways to see how the workflows
are running: by printing the workflow list
or its report
.
Workflow list
From the command line we run:
>> verdi workflow list
This will list all the running workflows, showing the state of each step and each calculation (and, when present, each sub-workflow - see below). It is the fastest way to have a snapshot of what your AiiDA workflow daemon is working on. An example output right after the WorkflowDemo submission should be
+ Workflow WorkflowDemo (pk: 1) is RUNNING [0h:05m:04s] |-* Step: start [->second_step] is RUNNING | | Calculation (pk: 1) is FINISHED | | Calculation (pk: 2) is FINISHED
For each workflow is reported the
pk
number, a unique id identifying that specific execution of the workflow, something necessary to retrieve it at any other time in the future (as explained in the next point).Note
You can also print the
list
of any individual workflow from the verdi shell (here in the shell where you defined your workflow aswf
, see above):>> import aiida.orm.workflow as wfs >> print "\n".join(wfs.get_workflow_info(wf._dbworkflowinstance))
Workflow report
As explained, each workflow is equipped with a reporting facility the user can use to log any important intermediate information, useful to debug the state or show some details. Moreover the report is also used by AiiDA as an error reporting tool: in case of errors encountered during the execution, the AiiDA daemon will copy the entire stack trace in the workflow report before halting it’s execution. To access the report we need the specific
pk
of the workflow. From the command line we would run:>> verdi workflow report PK_NUMBER
while from the verdi shell the same operation requires to use the
get_report()
method:>> load_workflow(PK_NUMBER).get_report()
In both variants, PK_NUMBER is the
pk
number of the workflow we want the report of. Theload_workflow
function loads a Workflow instance from itspk
number, or from itsuuid
(given as a string).Note
It’s always recommended to get the workflow instance from
load_workflow
(or from theWorkflow.get_subclass_from_pk
method) without saving this object in a variable. The information generated in the report may change and the user calling aget_report
method of a class instantiated in the past will probably lose the most recent additions to the report.
Once launched, the workflows will be handled by the daemon until the final step or until some error occurs. In the last case, the workflow gets halted and the report can be checked to understand what happened.
- Killing a workflow
A user can also kill a workflow while it’s running. This can be done with the following verdi command:
>> verdi workflow kill PK_NUMBER_1 PK_NUMBER_2 PK_NUMBER_N
where several pk
numbers can be given. A prompt will ask for a confirmation;
this can be avoided by using the -f
option.
An alternative way to kill an individual workflow is to use the kill
method.
In the verdi shell type:
>> load_workflow(PK_NUMBER).kill()
or, equivalently:
>> Workflow.get_subclass_from_pk(PK_NUMBER).kill()
Note
Sometimes the kill
operation might fail because one calculation cannot be
killed (e.g. if it’s running but not in the WITHSCHEDULER
, TOSUBMIT
or
NEW
state), or because one workflow step is in the CREATED
state. In that case the
workflow is put to the SLEEP
state, such that no more workflow steps will be launched
by the daemon. One can then simply wait until the calculation or step changes state,
and try to kill it again.
A more sophisticated workflow¶
In the previous chapter we’ve been able to see almost all the workflow features, and we’re now ready to work on some more sophisticated examples, where real calculations are performed and common real-life issues are solved. As a real case example we’ll compute the equation of state of a simple class of materials, XTiO3; the workflow will accept as an input the X material, it will build several structures with different crystal parameters, run and retrieve all the simulations, fit the curve and run an optimized final structure saving it as the workflow results, aside to the final optimal cell parameter value.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 | ## ===============================================
## WorkflowXTiO3_EOS
## ===============================================
class WorkflowXTiO3_EOS(Workflow):
def __init__(self,**kwargs):
super(WorkflowXTiO3_EOS, self).__init__(**kwargs)
## ===============================================
## Object generators
## ===============================================
def get_structure(self, alat = 4, x_material = 'Ba'):
cell = [[alat, 0., 0.,],
[0., alat, 0.,],
[0., 0., alat,],
]
# BaTiO3 cubic structure
s = StructureData(cell=cell)
s.append_atom(position=(0.,0.,0.),symbols=x_material)
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols=['Ti'])
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,alat/2.,0.),symbols=['O'])
s.append_atom(position=(alat/2.,0.,alat/2.),symbols=['O'])
s.append_atom(position=(0.,alat/2.,alat/2.),symbols=['O'])
s.store()
return s
def get_pw_parameters(self):
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'CONTROL': {
'calculation': 'scf',
'restart_mode': 'from_scratch',
'wf_collect': True,
},
'SYSTEM': {
'ecutwfc': 30.,
'ecutrho': 240.,
},
'ELECTRONS': {
'conv_thr': 1.e-6,
}}).store()
return parameters
def get_kpoints(self):
kpoints = KpointsData()
kpoints.set_kpoints_mesh([4,4,4])
kpoints.store()
return kpoints
def get_pw_calculation(self, pw_structure, pw_parameters, pw_kpoint):
params = self.get_parameters()
pw_codename = params['pw_codename']
num_machines = params['num_machines']
num_mpiprocs_per_machine = params['num_mpiprocs_per_machine']
max_wallclock_seconds = params['max_wallclock_seconds']
pseudo_family = params['pseudo_family']
code = Code.get_from_string(pw_codename)
computer = code.get_remote_computer()
QECalc = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.pw')
calc = QECalc(computer=computer)
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(max_wallclock_seconds)
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": num_machines, "num_mpiprocs_per_machine": num_mpiprocs_per_machine})
calc.store()
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_structure(pw_structure)
calc.use_pseudos_from_family(pseudo_family)
calc.use_parameters(pw_parameters)
calc.use_kpoints(pw_kpoint)
return calc
## ===============================================
## Workflow steps
## ===============================================
@Workflow.step
def start(self):
params = self.get_parameters()
x_material = params['x_material']
self.append_to_report(x_material+"Ti03 EOS started")
self.next(self.eos)
@Workflow.step
def eos(self):
from aiida.orm import Code, Computer, CalculationFactory
import numpy as np
params = self.get_parameters()
x_material = params['x_material']
starting_alat = params['starting_alat']
alat_steps = params['alat_steps']
a_sweep = np.linspace(starting_alat*0.85,starting_alat*1.15,alat_steps).tolist()
aiidalogger.info("Storing a_sweep as "+str(a_sweep))
self.add_attribute('a_sweep',a_sweep)
for a in a_sweep:
self.append_to_report("Preparing structure {0} with alat {1}".format(x_material+"TiO3",a))
calc = self.get_pw_calculation(self.get_structure(alat=a, x_material=x_material),
self.get_pw_parameters(),
self.get_kpoints())
self.attach_calculation(calc)
self.next(self.optimize)
@Workflow.step
def optimize(self):
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
x_material = self.get_parameter("x_material")
a_sweep = self.get_attribute("a_sweep")
aiidalogger.info("Retrieving a_sweep as {0}".format(a_sweep))
# Get calculations
start_calcs = self.get_step_calculations(self.eos) #.get_calculations()
# Calculate results
#-----------------------------------------
e_calcs = [c.res.energy for c in start_calcs]
v_calcs = [c.res.volume for c in start_calcs]
e_calcs = zip(*sorted(zip(a_sweep, e_calcs)))[1]
v_calcs = zip(*sorted(zip(a_sweep, v_calcs)))[1]
# Add to report
#-----------------------------------------
for i in range (len(a_sweep)):
self.append_to_report(x_material+"Ti03 simulated with a="+str(a_sweep[i])+", e="+str(e_calcs[i]))
# Find optimal alat
#-----------------------------------------
murnpars, ier = Murnaghan_fit(e_calcs, v_calcs)
# New optimal alat
optimal_alat = murnpars[3]** (1 / 3.0)
self.add_attribute('optimal_alat',optimal_alat)
# Build last calculation
#-----------------------------------------
calc = self.get_pw_calculation(self.get_structure(alat=optimal_alat, x_material=x_material),
self.get_pw_parameters(),
self.get_kpoints())
self.attach_calculation(calc)
self.next(self.final_step)
@Workflow.step
def final_step(self):
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
x_material = self.get_parameter("x_material")
optimal_alat = self.get_attribute("optimal_alat")
opt_calc = self.get_step_calculations(self.optimize)[0] #.get_calculations()[0]
opt_e = opt_calc.get_outputs(type=ParameterData)[0].get_dict()['energy']
self.append_to_report(x_material+"Ti03 optimal with a="+str(optimal_alat)+", e="+str(opt_e))
self.add_result("scf_converged", opt_calc)
self.next(self.exit)
|
Before getting into details, you’ll notice that this workflow is devided into sections by comments in the script. This is not necessary, but helps
the user to differentiate the main parts of the code. In general it’s useful to be able to recognize immediately which functions are steps and
which are instead utility or support functions that either generate structure, modify them, add special parameters for the calculations, etc. In
this case the support functions are reported first, under the Object generators
part, while Workflow steps are reported later in the soundy
Workflow steps
section. Lets now get in deeper details for each function.
__init__ Usual initialization function, notice again the necessary super class initialization for back compatibility.
start The workflow tries to get the X material from the parameters, called in this case
x_material
. If the entry is not present in the dictionary an error will be thrown and the workflow will hang, reporting the error in the report. After that a simple line in the report is added to notify the correct start and the eos step will be chained to the execution.eos This step is the heart of this workflow. At the beginning parameters needed to investigate the equation of states are retrieved. In this case we chose a very simple structure with only one interesting cell parameter, called
starting_alat
. The code will take this alat as the central point of a linear mesh going from 0.85 alat to 1.15 alat where only a total ofalat_steps
will be generated. This decision is very much problem dependent, and your workflows will certanly need more parameters or more sophisticated meshes to run a satisfactory equation of state analysis, but again this is only a tutorial and the scope is to learn the basic concepts.After retrieving the parameters, a linear interpolation is generated between the values of interest and for each of these values a calculation is generated by the support function (see later). Each calculation is then attached to the step and finally the step chains
optimize
as the step. As told, the manager will handle all the job execution and retrieval for all the step’s calculation before calling the next step, and this ensures that no optimization will be done before all the alat steps are computed with success.optimize In the first lines the step will retrieve the initial parameters, the
a_sweep
attribute computed in the previous step and all the calculations launched and succesfully retrieved. Energy and volume in each calculation is retrieved thanks to the output parser functions mentioned in the other chapters, and a simple message is added to the report for each calculation.Having the volume and the energy for each simulation we can run a Murnaghan fit to obtain the optimal cell parameter and expected energy, to do this we use a simple fitting function
Murnaghan_fit
defined at the bottom of the workflow filewf_XTiO3.py
. The optimal alat is then saved in the attributes and a new calculation is generated for it. The calculation is attached to the step and thefinal_step
is attached to the execution.final_step In this step the main result is collected and stored. Parameters and attributes are retrieved, a new entry in the report is stored pointing to the optimal alat and to the final energy of the structure. Finally the calculation is added to the workflow results and the
exit
step is chained for execution.get_pw_calculation (get_kpoints, get_pw_parameters, get_structure) As you noticed to let the code clean all the functions needed to generate AiiDA Calculation objects have been factored in the utility functions. These functions are highly specific for the task needed, and unrelated to the workflow functions. Nevertheless they’re a good example of best practise on how to write clean and reusable workflows, and we’ll comment the most important feature.
get_pw_calculation
is called in the workflow’s steps, and it handles the entire Calculation object creation. First it extracts the parameters from the workflow initialization necessary for the execution (the machine, the code, and the number of core, pseudos, etc..) and then it generates and stores the JobCalculation objects, returning it for later use.get_kpoints
genetates a k-point mesh suitable for the calculation, in this case a fixed MP mesh4x4x4
. In a real case scenario this needs much more sophisticated calculations to ensure a correct convergence, not necessary for the tutorial.get_pw_parameters
builds the minimum set of parameters necessary to run the Quantum Espresso simulations. In this case as well parameters are not for production.get_structure
generates the real atomic arrangement for the specific calculation. In this case the configuration is extremely simple, but in principle this can be substituted with an external funtion, implementing even very sophisticated approaches such as genetic algorithm evolution or semi-randomic modifications, or any other structure evolution function the user wants to test.
As you noticed this workflow needs several parameters to be correctly executed, something natural for real case scenarios. Nevertheless the launching procedure is identical as for the simple example before, with just a little longer dictionary of parameters:
>> from aiida.workflows.wf_XTiO3 import WorkflowXTiO3_EOS
>> params = {'pw_codename':'PWcode', 'num_machines':1, 'num_mpiprocs_per_machine':8, 'max_wallclock_seconds':30*60, 'pseudo_family':'PBE', 'alat_steps':5, 'x_material':'Ba','starting_alat':4.0}
>> wf = WorkflowXTiO3_EOS(params=params)
>> wf.start()
To run this workflow remember to update the params
dictionary with the correct values for your AiiDA installation (namely pw_codename
and
pseudo_family
).
Chaining workflows¶
After the previous chapter we’re now able to write a real case workflow that runs in a fully automatic way EOS analysis for simple structures. This covers almost all the workflow engine’s features implemented in AiiDA, except for workflow chaining.
Thanks to their modular structure a user can write task-specific workflows very easly. An example is the EOS before, or an energy convergence procedure to find optimal cutoffs, or any other necessity the user can code. These self contained workflows can easily become a library of result-oriented scripts that a user would be happy to reuse in several ways. This is exactly where sub-workflows come in handy.
Workflows, in an abstract sense, are in fact calculations, that accept as input some parameters and that produce results as output. The way this calculations are handled is competely transparent for the user and the engine, and if a workflow could launch other workflows it would just be a natural extension of the step’s calculation concept. This is in fact how workflow chaining has been implemented in AiiDA. Just as with calculations, in each step a workflow can attach another workflow for executions, and the AiiDA daemon will handle its execution waiting for its successful end (in case of errors in any subworkflow, such errors will be reported and the entire workflow tree will be halted, exactly as when a calculation fails).
To introduce this function we analyze our last example, where the WorkflowXTiO3_EOS is used as a sub workflow. The general idea of this new workflow is simple: if we’re now able to compute the EOS of any XTiO3 structure we can build a workflow to loop among several X materials, obtain the relaxed structure for each material and run some more sophisticated calculation. In this case we’ll compute phonon vibrational frequncies for some XTiO3 materials, namely Ba, Sr and Pb.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | ## ===============================================
## WorkflowXTiO3
## ===============================================
class WorkflowXTiO3(Workflow):
def __init__(self,**kwargs):
super(WorkflowXTiO3, self).__init__(**kwargs)
## ===============================================
## Calculations generators
## ===============================================
def get_ph_parameters(self):
parameters = ParameterData(dict={
'INPUTPH': {
'tr2_ph' : 1.0e-8,
'epsil' : True,
'ldisp' : True,
'nq1' : 1,
'nq2' : 1,
'nq3' : 1,
}}).store()
return parameters
def get_ph_calculation(self, pw_calc, ph_parameters):
params = self.get_parameters()
ph_codename = params['ph_codename']
num_machines = params['num_machines']
num_mpiprocs_per_machine = params['num_mpiprocs_per_machine']
max_wallclock_seconds = params['max_wallclock_seconds']
code = Code.get_from_string(ph_codename)
computer = code.get_remote_computer()
QEPhCalc = CalculationFactory('quantumespresso.ph')
calc = QEPhCalc(computer=computer)
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(max_wallclock_seconds) # 30 min
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": num_machines, "num_mpiprocs_per_machine": num_mpiprocs_per_machine})
calc.store()
calc.use_parameters(ph_parameters)
calc.use_code(code)
calc.use_parent_calculation(pw_calc)
return calc
## ===============================================
## Workflow steps
## ===============================================
@Workflow.step
def start(self):
params = self.get_parameters()
elements_alat = [('Ba',4.0),('Sr', 3.89), ('Pb', 3.9)]
for x in elements_alat:
params.update({'x_material':x[0]})
params.update({'starting_alat':x[1]})
aiidalogger.info("Launching workflow WorkflowXTiO3_EOS for {0} with alat {1}".format(x[0],x[1]))
w = WorkflowXTiO3_EOS(params=params)
w.start()
self.attach_workflow(w)
self.next(self.run_ph)
@Workflow.step
def run_ph(self):
# Get calculations
sub_wfs = self.get_step(self.start).get_sub_workflows()
for sub_wf in sub_wfs:
# Retrieve the pw optimized calculation
pw_calc = sub_wf.get_step("optimize").get_calculations()[0]
aiidalogger.info("Launching PH for PW {0}".format(pw_calc.get_job_id()))
ph_calc = self.get_ph_calculation(pw_calc, self.get_ph_parameters())
self.attach_calculation(ph_calc)
self.next(self.final_step)
@Workflow.step
def final_step(self):
#self.append_to_report(x_material+"Ti03 EOS started")
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
import aiida.tools.physics as ps
params = self.get_parameters()
# Get calculations
run_ph_calcs = self.get_step_calculations(self.run_ph) #.get_calculations()
for c in run_ph_calcs:
dm = c.get_outputs(type=ParameterData)[0].get_dict()['dynamical_matrix_1']
self.append_to_report("Point q: {0} Frequencies: {1}".format(dm['q_point'],dm['frequencies']))
self.next(self.exit)
|
Most of the code is now simple adaptation of previous examples, so we’re going to comment only the most relevant differences where workflow chaining plays an important role.
- start This workflow accepts the same input as the WorkflowXTiO3_EOS, but right at the beginning the workflow a list of X materials
is defined, with their respective initial alat. This list is iterated and for each material a new Workflow is both generated, started and
attached to the step. At the end
run_ph
is chained as the following step. - run_ph Only after all the subworkflows in
start
are succesfully completed this step will be executed, and it will immediately retrieve all the subworkflow, and from each of them it will get the result calculations. As you noticed the result can be stored with any user defined key, and this is necessary when someone wants to retrieve it from a completed workflow. For each result a phonon calculation is launched and then thefinal_step
step is chained.
To launch this new workflow we have only to add a simple entry in the previous parameter dictionary, specifing the phonon code, as reported here:
>> from aiida.workflows.wf_XTiO3 import WorkflowXTiO3
>> params = {'pw_codename':'PWcode', 'ph_codename':'PHcode', 'num_machines':1, 'num_mpiprocs_per_machine':8, 'max_wallclock_seconds':30*60, 'pseudo_family':'PBE', 'alat_steps':5 }
>> wf = WorkflowXTiO3(params=params)
>> wf.start()
Import structures from external databases¶
We support the import of structures from external databases.
The base class that defines the API for the importers can
be found here: DbImporter
.
Below, you can find a list of existing plugins that have already been
implemented.
Available plugins¶
ICSD database importer¶
In this section we explain how to import CIF files from the ICSD
database using the
IcsdDbImporter
class.
Before being able to query ICSD, provided by FIZ Karlsruhe, you should have the intranet database installed on a server (http://www.fiz-karlsruhe.de/icsd_intranet.html). Follow the installation as decsribed in the manual.
It is necessary to know the webpage of the icsd web interface and have access to the full database from the local machine.
You can either query the mysql database or the web page, the latter is restricted to a maximum of 1000 search results, which makes it unsuitable for data mining. So better set up the mysql connection.
An instance of the IcsdDbImporter
can be created as follows:
importer = aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.IcsdDbImporter(server="http://ICSDSERVER.com/", host= "127.0.0.1")
Here is a list of the most important input parameters with an explanation.
For both connection types (web and SQL):
server: address of web interface of the icsd database; it should contain both the protocol and the domain name and end with a slash; example:
server = "http://ICSDSERVER.com/"
The following parameters are required only for the mysql query:
host: database host name address.
Tip
If the database is not hosted on your local machine, it can be useful to create an ssh tunnel to the 3306 port of the database host:
ssh -L 3306:localhost:3306 username@icsddbhostname.com
If you get an URLError with Errno 111 (Connection refused) when you query the database, try to use instead:
ssh -L 3306:localhost:3306 -L 8010:localhost:80 username@icsddbhostname.com
The database can then be accessed using “127.0.0.1” as host:
host = "127.0.0.1"
- user / pass_wd / db / port: Login username, password, name of database and port of your mysql database.
If the standard installation of ICSD intranet version has been followed, the default values should work. Otherwise contact your system administrator to get the required information:
user = "dba", pass_wd = "sql", db = "icsd", port = 3306
Other settings:
- querydb: If True (default) the mysql database is queried, otherwise the web page is queried.
A more detailed documentation and additional settings are found under
IcsdDbImporter
.
If the setup worked, you can do your first query:
cif_nr_list = ["50542","617290","35538"]
queryresults = importer.query(id= cif_nr_list)
All supported keywords can be obtained using:
importer.get_supported_keywords()
More information on the keywords are found under http://www.fiz-karlsruhe.de/fileadmin/be_user/ICSD/PDF/sci_man_ICSD_v1.pdf
A query returns an instance of IcsdSearchResults
The IcsdEntry
at position i
can be accessed using:
queryresults.at(i)
You can also iterate through all query results:
for entry in query_results:
do something
Instances of IcsdEntry
have following methods:
- get_cif_node(): Return an instance of
CifData
, which can be used in an AiiDA workflow. - get_aiida_structure(): Return an AiiDA structure
- get_ase_structure(): Return an ASE structure
The most convenient format can be chosen for further processing.
Here is a full example how the icsd importer can be used:
import aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd
cif_nr_list = [
"50542",
"617290",
"35538 ",
"165226",
"158366"
]
importer = aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.IcsdDbImporter(server="http://ICSDSERVER.com/",
host= "127.0.0.1")
query_results = importer.query(id=cif_nr_list)
for result in query_results:
print result.source['db_id']
aiida_structure = result.get_aiida_structure()
#do something with the structure
To test your mysql connection, first make sure that you can connect to the 3306 port of the machine hosting the database. If the database is not hosted by your local machine, use the local port tunneling provided by ssh, as follows:
ssh -L 3306:localhost:3306 username@icsddbhostname.com
Note
If you get an URLError with Errno 111 (Connection refused) when you query the database, try to use instead:
ssh -L 3306:localhost:3306 -L 8010:localhost:80 username@icsddbhostname.com
Note
You need an account on the host machine.
Note
There are plenty of explanations online explaining
how to setup an tunnel over a SSH connection using the -L
option, just google for it in case you need more information.
Then open a new verdi shell
and type:
import MySQLdb
db = MySQLdb.connect(host = "127.0.0.1", user ="dba", passwd = "sql", db = "icsd", port=3306)
If you do not get an error and it does not hang, you have successfully established your connection to the mysql database.
COD database importer¶
COD database importer is used to import crystal structures from the Crystallography Open Database (COD) to AiiDA.
An instance of
CodDbImporter
is created as follows:
from aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.cod import CodDbImporter
importer = CodDbImporter()
No additional parameters are required for standard queries on the main COD server.
A search is initiated by supplying query statements using keyword=value
syntax:
results = importer.query(chemical_name="caffeine")
List of possible keywords can be listed using:
importer.get_supported_keywords()
Values for the most of the keywords can be list. In that case the query will return entries, that match any of the values (binary OR) from the list. Moreover, in the case of multiple keywords, entries, that match all the conditions imposed by the keywords, will be returned (binary AND).
Example:
results = importer.query(chemical_name=["caffeine","serotonin"],
year=[2000,2001])
is equivalent to the following SQL statement:
results = SELECT * FROM data WHERE
( chemical_name == "caffeine" OR chemical_name == "serotonin" ) AND
( year = 2000 OR year = 2001 )
A query returns an instance of
CodSearchResults
,
which can be used in a same way as a list of
CodEntry
instances:
print len(results)
for entry in results:
print entry
Export data to external databases¶
We support the export of data to external databases. In the most general way, the export to external databases can be viewed as a subworkflow, taking data as input and resulting in the deposition of it to external database(s). Below is a list of supported databases with deposition routines described in comments-type style.
Supported databases¶
TCOD database exporter¶
TCOD database exporter is used to export computation results of
StructureData
,
CifData
and
TrajectoryData
(or any other data type, which can be converted to them) to the
Theoretical Crystallography Open Database (TCOD).
To be able to export data to TCOD, one has to
install dependencies for CIF manipulation
as well as cod-tools package, and set up an
AiiDA Code
for cif_cod_deposit
script
from cod-tools.
Best way to deposit data is to use the command line interface:
verdi DATATYPE structure deposit tcod [--type {published,prepublication,personal}]
[--username USERNAME] [--password]
[--user-email USER_EMAIL] [--title TITLE]
[--author-name AUTHOR_NAME]
[--author-email AUTHOR_EMAIL] [--url URL]
[--code CODE_LABEL]
[--computer COMPUTER_NAME]
[--replace REPLACE] [-m MESSAGE]
[--reduce-symmetry] [--no-reduce-symmetry]
[--parameter-data PARAMETER_DATA]
[--dump-aiida-database]
[--no-dump-aiida-database]
[--exclude-external-contents]
[--no-exclude-external-contents] [--gzip]
[--no-gzip]
[--gzip-threshold GZIP_THRESHOLD]
PK
Where:
DATATYPE
– one of AiiDA structural data types (at the moment of writing, they wereStructureData
,CifData
andTrajectoryData
);TITLE
– the title of the publication, where the exported data is/will be published; in case of personal communication, the title should be chosen so as to reflect the exported dataset the best;CODE_LABEL
– label of AiiDACode
, associated with cif_cod_deposit;COMPUTER_NAME
– name of AiiDAComputer
, where cif_cod_deposit script is to be launched;REPLACE
– TCOD ID of the replaced entry in the event of redeposition;MESSAGE
– string to describe changes for redeposited structures;--reduce-symmetry
,--no-reduce-symmetry
– turn on/off symmetry reduction of the exported structure (on by default);--parameter-data
– specify the PK ofParameterData
object, describing the result of the final (or single) calculation step of the workflow;--dump-aiida-database
,--no-dump-aiida-database
– turn on/off addition of relevant AiiDA database dump (on by default).Warning
be aware that TCOD is an open database, thus no copyright-protected data should be deposited unless permission is given by the owner of the rights.
Note
data, which is deposited as pre-publication material, will be kept private on TCOD server and will not be disclosed to anyone without depositor’s permission.
--exclude-external-contents
,--no-exclude-external-contents
– exclude contents of initial input files, that containsource
property with definitions on how to obtain the contents from external resources (on by default);--gzip
, –no-gzip` – turn on/off gzip compression for large files (off by default);--gzip-threshold
sets the minimum file size to be compressed.
Other command line options correspond to the options of cif_cod_deposit of the same name. To ease the use of TCOD exporter, one can define persistent parameters in AiiDA properties. Corresponding command line parameters and AiiDA properties are presented in the table:
Command line parameter | AiiDA property |
---|---|
--author-email |
tcod.depositor_author_email |
--author-name |
tcod.depositor_author_name |
--user-email |
tcod.depositor_email |
--username |
tcod.depositor_password |
--password |
tcod.depositor_username |
Note
--password
does not accept any value; instead, the option
will prompt the user to enter one’s password in the terminal.
Note
command line parameters can be used to override AiiDA properties even if properties are set.
The deposition process, which is of
JobCalculation
type, returns the output of cif_cod_deposit
, wrapped in
ParameterData
.
Run scripts and open an interactive shell with AiiDA¶
How to run a script¶
In order to run a script that interacts with the database, you need to select the proper settings for the database.
To simplify the procedure, we provide an utility command, load_dbenv
.
As the first two lines of your script, write:
from aiida import load_dbenv
load_dbenv()
From there on, you can import without problems any module and interact with the database (submit calculations, perform queries, ...).
verdi shell¶
If you want to work in interactive mode (rather than writing a script and
then execute it), we strongly suggest that you use the verdi shell
command.
This command will run an IPython shell, if ipython is installed in the system (it also supports bpython), which has many nice features, including TAB completion and much more.
Moreover, it will automatically execute the load_dbenv
command, and
automatically several modules/classes.
Note
It is possible to customize the shell by adding modules to be loaded
automatically, thanks to the verdi devel setproperty verdishell.modules
command.
See here for more information.
Other guide resources¶
Other guide resources¶
AiiDA cookbook (useful code snippets)¶
This cookbook is intended to be a collection of useful short scripts and code snippets that may be useful in the everyday usage of AiiDA. Please read carefully the nodes (if any) before running the scripts!
Deletion of nodes¶
At the moment, we do not support natively the deletion of nodes. This is mainly because it is very dangerous to delete data, as this is cannot be undone.
If you really feel the need to delete some code, you can use the function below.
Note
WARNING! In order to preserve the provenance, this function will delete not only the list of specified nodes, but also all the children nodes! So please be sure to double check what is going to be deleted before running this function.
Here is the function, pass a list of PKs as parameter to delete those nodes and all the children nodes:
def delete_nodes(pks_to_delete):
"""
Delete a set of nodes.
:note: The script will also delete
all children calculations generated from the specified nodes.
:param pks_to_delete: a list of the PKs of the nodes to delete
"""
from django.db import transaction
from django.db.models import Q
from aiida.backends.djsite.db import models
from aiida.orm import load_node
# Delete also all children of the given calculations
# Here I get a set of all pks to actually delete, including
# all children nodes.
all_pks_to_delete = set(pks_to_delete)
for pk in pks_to_delete:
all_pks_to_delete.update(models.DbNode.objects.filter(
parents__in=pks_to_delete).values_list('pk', flat=True))
print "I am going to delete {} nodes, including ALL THE CHILDREN".format(
len(all_pks_to_delete))
print "of the nodes you specified. Do you want to continue? [y/N]"
answer = raw_input()
if answer.strip().lower() == 'y':
# Recover the list of folders to delete before actually deleting
# the nodes. I will delete the folders only later, so that if
# there is a problem during the deletion of the nodes in
# the DB, I don't delete the folders
folders = [load_node(pk).folder for pk in all_pks_to_delete]
with transaction.atomic():
# Delete all links pointing to or from a given node
models.DbLink.objects.filter(
Q(input__in=all_pks_to_delete) |
Q(output__in=all_pks_to_delete)).delete()
# now delete nodes
models.DbNode.objects.filter(pk__in=all_pks_to_delete).delete()
# If we are here, we managed to delete the entries from the DB.
# I can now delete the folders
for f in folders:
f.erase()
Troubleshooting and tricks¶
Some tricks¶
Using the proxy_command option with ssh¶
This page explains how to use the proxy_command
feature of ssh
. This feature
is needed when you want to connect to a computer B
, but you are not allowed to
connect directly to it; instead, you have to connect to computer A
first, and then
perform a further connection from A
to B
.
The idea is that you ask ssh
to connect to computer B
by using
a proxy to create a sort of tunnel. One way to perform such an
operation is to use netcat
, a tool that simply takes the standard input and
redirects it to a given TCP port.
Therefore, a requirement is to install netcat
on computer A.
You can already check if the netcat
or nc
command is available
on you computer, since some distributions include it (if it is already
installed, the output of the command:
which netcat
or:
which nc
will return the absolute path to the executable).
If this is not the case, you will need to install it on your own.
Typically, it will be sufficient to look for a netcat distribution on
the web, unzip the downloaded package, cd
into the folder and
execute something like:
./configure --prefix=.
make
make install
This usually creates a subfolder bin
, containing the netcat
and nc
executables.
Write down the full path to nc
that we will need later.
You can now test the proxy command with ssh
. Edit the
~/.ssh/config
file on the computer on which you installed AiiDA
(or create it if missing) and add the following lines:
Host FULLHOSTNAME_B
Hostname FULLHOSTNAME_B
User USER_B
ProxyCommand ssh USER_A@FULLHOSTNAME_A ABSPATH_NETCAT %h %p
where you have to replace:
FULLHOSTNAMEA
andFULLHOSTNAMEB
with the fully-qualified hostnames of computerA
andB
(remembering thatB
is the computer you want to actually connect to, andA
is the intermediate computer to which you have direct access)USER_A
andUSER_B
are the usernames on the two machines (that can possibly be the same).ABSPATH_NETCAT
is the absolute path to thenc
executable that you obtained in the previous step.
Remember also to configure passwordless ssh connections using ssh keys
both from your computer to A
, and from A
to B
.
Once you add this lines and save the file, try to execute:
ssh FULLHOSTNAME_B
which should allow you to directly connect to B
.
There are several versions of netcat available on the web.
We found at least one case in which the executable wasn’t working
properly.
At the end of the connection, the netcat
executable might still be
running: as a result, you may rapidly
leave the cluster with hundreds of opened ssh
connections, one for
every time you connect to the cluster B
.
Therefore, check on both computers A
and B
that the number of
processes netcat
and ssh
are disappearing if you close the
connection.
To check if such processes are running, you can execute:
ps -aux | grep <username>
Remember that a cluster might have more than one login node, and the ssh
connection will randomly connect to any of them.
If the above steps work, setup and configure now the computer as explained here.
If you properly set up the ~/.ssh/config
file in the previous
step, AiiDA should properly parse the information in the file and
provide the correct default value for the proxy_command
during the
verdi computer configure
step.
proxy_command
option¶- In the
~/.ssh/config
file, you can leave the%h
and%p
placeholders, that are then automatically replaced by ssh with the hostname and the port of the machineB
when creating the proxy. However, in the AiiDAproxy_command
option, you need to put the actual hostname and port. If you start from a properly configured~/.ssh/config
file, AiiDA will already replace these placeholders with the correct values. However, if you input theproxy_command
value manually, remember to write the hostname and the port and not%h
and%p
. - In the
~/.ssh/config
file, you can also insert stdout and stderr redirection, e.g.2> /dev/null
to hide any error that may occur during the proxying/tunneling. However, you should only give AiiDA the actual command to be executed, without any redirection. Again, AiiDA will remove the redirection when it automatically reads the~/.ssh/config
file, but be careful if entering manually the content in this field.
Connection problems¶
When AiiDA tries to connect to the remote computer, it says
paramiko.SSHException: Server u'FULLHOSTNAME' not found in known_hosts
AiiDA uses the
paramiko
library to establish SSH connections.paramiko
is able to read the remote host keys from the~/.ssh/known_hosts
of the user under which the AiiDA daemon is running. You therefore have to make sure that the key of the remote host is stored in the file.As a first check, login as the user under which the AiiDA daemon is running and run a:
ssh FULLHOSTNAME
command, where
FULLHOSTNAME
is the complete host name of the remote computer configured in AiiDA. If the key of the remote host is not in theknown_hosts
file, SSH will ask confirmation and then add it to the file.If the above point is not sufficient, check the format of the remote host key. On some machines (we know that this issue happens at least on recent Ubuntu distributions) the default format is not RSA but ECDSA. However,
paramiko
is still not able to read keys written in this format.To discover the format, run the following command:
ssh-keygen -F FULLHOSTNAME
that will print the remote host key. If the output contains the string
ecdsa-sha2-nistp256
, thenparamiko
will not be able to use this key (see below for a solution). If insteadssh-rsa
, the key should be OK and paramiko will be able to use it.In case your key is in ecdsa format, you have to first delete the key by using the command:
ssh-keygen -R FULLHOSTNAME
Then, in your
~/.ssh/config
file (create it if it does not exist) add the following lines:Host * HostKeyAlgorithms ssh-rsa
(use the same indentation, and leave an empty line before and one after). This will set the RSA algorithm as the default one for all remote hosts. In case, you can set the
HostKeyAlgorithms
attribute only to the relevant computers (useman ssh_config
for more information).Then, run a:
ssh FULLHOSTNAME
command. SSH will ask confirmation and then add it to the file, but this time it should use the
ssh-rsa
format (it will say so in the prompt messsage). You can also double-check that the host key was correctly inserted using thessh-keygen -F FULLHOSTNAME
command as described above. Now, the error messsage should not appear anymore.
Increasing the debug level¶
By default, the logging level of AiiDA is minimal to avoid filling logfiles.
Only warnings and errors are logged (to the
~/.aiida/daemon/log/aiida_daemon.log
file), while info and debug
messages are discarded.
If you are experiencing a problem, you can change the default minimum logging level of AiiDA messages (and celery messages – celery is the library that we use to manage the daemon process) using, on the command line, the two following commands:
verdi devel setproperty logging.celery_loglevel DEBUG
verdi devel setproperty logging.aiida_loglevel DEBUG
After rebooting the daemon (verdi daemon restart
), the number of messages
logged will increase significantly and may help in understanding
the source of the problem.
Note
In the command above, you can use a different level than DEBUG
.
The list of the levels and their order is the same of the standard python
logging module.
Note
When the problem is solved, we suggest to bring back the default logging level, using the two commands:
verdi devel delproperty logging.celery_loglevel
verdi devel delproperty logging.aiida_loglevel
to avoid to fill the logfiles.
Tips to ease the life of the hard drive (for large databases)¶
Those tips are useful when your database is very large, i.e. several hundreds of thousands of nodes and workflows or more. With such large databases the hard drive may be constantly working and the computer slowed down a lot. Below are some solutions to take care of the most typical reasons.
Repository backup¶
The backup of the repository takes an extensively long time if it is done through a standard rsync or backup software, since it contains as many folders as the number of nodes plus the number of workflows (and each folder can contain many files!). A solution is to use instead the incremental backup described in the repository backup section.
mlocate cron job¶
Under typical Linux distributions, there is a cron job (called
updatedb.mlocate
) running every day to update a database of files and
folders – this is to be used by the locate
command. This might become
problematic since the repository contains many folders and
will be scanned everyday. The net effect is a hard drive almost constantly
working.
To avoid this issue, edit as root the file /etc/updatedb.conf
and put in PRUNEPATHS
the name of the repository folder.
Using AiiDA in multi-user mode¶
Note
multi-user mode is still not fully supported, and the way it works will change significantly soon. Do not use unless you know what you are doing.
Todo
To be documented.
Discuss:
Security issues
Under which linux user (aiida) to run, and remove the pwd with
passwd -d aiida
.How to setup each user (aiida@localhost for the daemon user, correct email for the others using
verdi install --only-config
)How to configure a given user (verdi user configure)
How to list users (also the –color option, and the meaning of colors)
How to setup the daemon user (verdi daemon configureuser)
How to start the daemon
How to configure the permissions! (all AiiDA in the same group, and set the ‘chmod -R g+s’ flag to all folders and subfolders of the AiiDA repository) (comment that by default now we have a flag (harcoded to True) in aiida.common.folders to give write permissions to the group both to files and folders created using the Folder class.
Some configuration example:
{u'compress': True, u'key_filename': u'/home/aiida/.aiida/sshkeys/KEYFILE', u'key_policy': u'RejectPolicy', u'load_system_host_keys': True, u'port': 22, u'proxy_command': u'ssh -i /home/aiida/.aiida/sshkeys/KEYFILE USERNAME@MIDDLECOMPUTER /bin/nc FINALCOMPUTER 22', u'timeout': 60, u'username': u'xxx'}Moreover, on the remote computer do:
ssh-keyscan FINALCOMPUTERand append the output to the
known_hosts
of the aiida daemon account. Do the same also for the MIDDLECOMPUTER if a proxy_command is user.
Deploying AiiDA using Apache¶
Note
At this stage, this section is meant for developers only.
Todo
To be documented.
Some notes:
Configure your default site of Apache (check in
/etc/apache2/sites-enabled
, probably it is called000-default
).Add the full ServerName outside of any
<VirtualHost>
section:ServerName FULLSERVERNAMEHERE
and inside the VirtualHost that provide access, specifiy the email of the server administrator (note that the email will be accessible, e.g. it is shown if a
INTERNAL ERROR 500
page is shown):<VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin administratoremail@xxx.xx # [...] </VirtualHost>
Login as the user running apache, e.g.
www-data
in Ubuntu; use something like:sudo su www-data -s /bin/bash and run ``verdi install`` to configure where the DB and the files stay, etc. Be also sure to check that this apache user belongs to the group that has read/write permissions to the AiiDA repository.
If you home directory is set to
/var/www
, and this is published by Apache, double check that nobody can access the .aiida subfolder! By default, duringverdi install
AiiDA puts inside the folder a .htaccess file to disallow access, but this file is not read by some default Apache configurations.To have Apache honor the
.htaccess
file, in the default Apache site (probably the same file as above) you need to set theAllowOverride all
flag in the proper VirtualHost and Directory (note that there can be more than one, e.g. if you have both HTTP and HTTPS).You should have something like:
<VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin xxx@xxx.xx DocumentRoot /var/www <Directory /var/www/> AllowOverride all </Directory> </VirtualHost>
Note
Of course, you will typically have other configurations as well, the snippet above just shows where the
AllowOverride all
line should appear.Double check if you cannot list/read the files (e.g. connecting to
http://YOURSERVER/.aiida
).Todo
Allow to have a trick to have only one file in .aiida, containing the url where the actual configuration stuff resides (or some other trick to physically move the configuration files out of /var/www).
Create a
/etc/apache2/sites-available/wsgi-aiida
file, with content:Alias /static/awi /PATH_TO_AIIDA/aiida.backends.djsite/awi/static/awi/ Alias /favicon.ico /PATH_TO_AIIDA/aiida.backends.djsite/awi/static/favicon.ico WSGIScriptAlias / /PATH_TO_AIIDA/aiida.backends.djsite/settings/wsgi.py WSGIPassAuthorization On WSGIPythonPath /PATH_TO_AIIDA/ <Directory /PATH_TO_AIIDA/aiida.backends.djsite/settings> <Files wsgi.py> Order deny,allow Allow from all ## For Apache >= 2.4, replace the two lines above with the one below: # Require all granted </Files> </Directory>
Note
Replace everywhere
PATH_TO_AIIDA
with the full path to the AiiDA source code. Check that the user running the Apache daemon can read/access all files in that folder and subfolders.Note
in the
WSGIPythonPath
you can also add other folders that should be in the Python path (e.g. if you use other libraries that should be accessible). The different paths must be separated with:
.Note
For Apache >= 2.4, replace the two lines:
Order deny,allow Allow from allwith:
Require all grantedNote
The
WSGIScriptAlias
exposes AiiDA under main address of your website (http://SERVER/
).If you want to serve AiiDA under a subfolder, e.g.
http://SERVER/aiida
, then change the line containingWSGIScriptAlias
with:WSGIScriptAlias /aiida /PATH_TO_AIIDA/aiida.backends.djsite/settings/wsgi.pywithout any trailing slashes after ‘/aiida’.
Enable the given site:
sudo a2ensite wsgi-aiida
and reload the Apache configuration to load the new site:
sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 reload
A comment on permissions (to be improved): the default Django Authorization (used e.g. in the API) does not allow a “standard” user to modify data in the DB, but only to read it, therefore if you are accessing with a user that is not a superuser, all API calls trying to modify the DB will return an HTTP UNAUTHORIZED message.
Temporarily, you can fix this by going in a
verdi shell
, loading your user with something like:u = models.DbUser.objects.get(email='xxx')
and then upgrading the user to a superuser:
u.is_superuser = True u.save()
AiiDA Website¶
To run the server:
verdi runserver
For more info:
verdi runserver --help
Anyway the options are those of Django at https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/1.5/ref/django-admin/#runserver-port-or-address-port
Developer’s guide¶
Developer’s guide¶
Developer’s Guide For AiiDA¶
Python style¶
When writing python code, a more than reasonable guideline is given by the Google python styleguide http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/pyguide.html. The documentation should be written consistently in the style of sphinx.
And more generally, write verbose! Will you remember after a month why you had to write that check on that line? (Hint: no) Write comments!
Pylint¶
You can check your code style and other important code errors by using Pylint. Once installed you can run Pylint from the root source directory on the code using the command:
pylint aiida
The most important part is the summary under the Messages
table near the
end.
Version number¶
The AiiDA version number is stored in aiida/__init__.py
. Make sure to
update this when changing version number.
Inline calculations¶
If an operation is extremely fast to be run, this can be done directly in
Python, without being submitted to a cluster.
However, this operation takes one (or more) input data nodes, and creates new
data nodes, the operation itself is not recorded in the database, and provenance
is lost. In order to put a Calculation object inbetween, we define the
InlineCalculation
class, that is used as the class for these calculations that are run “in-line”.
We also provide a wrapper (that also works as a decorator of a function),
make_inline()
. This can be used
to wrap suitably defined function, so that after their execution,
a node representing their execution is stored in the DB, and suitable input
and output nodes are also stored.
Note
See the documentation of this function for further documentation of how it should be used, and of the requirements for the wrapped function.
Database schema¶
The Django database schema can be found in aiida.backends.djsite.db.models
.
If you need to change the database schema follow these steps:
Make all the necessary changes to
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models
Create a new migration file. From
aiida/backends/djsite
, run:python manage.py makemigrations
This will create the migration file in
aiida/backends/djsite/db/migrations
whose name begins with a number followed by some description. If the description is not appropriate then change to it to something better but retain the number.Open the generated file and make the following changes:
from aiida.backends.djsite.db.migrations import update_schema_version ... SCHEMA_VERSION = # choose an appropriate version number # (hint: higher than the last migration!) ... class Migration(migrations.Migration): ... operations = [ .. update_schema_version(SCHEMA_VERSION) ]
Change the
LATEST_MIGRATION
variable inaiida/backends/djsite/db/migrations/__init__.py
to the name of your migration file:LATEST_MIGRATION = '0003_my_db_update'
This let’s AiiDA get the version number from your migration and make sure the database and the code are in sync.
Migrate your database to the new version, (again from
aiida/backends/djsite
), run:python manage.py migrate
Commits and GIT usage¶
In order to have an efficient management of the project development, we chose to adopt the guidelines for the branching model described here. In particular:
- The main branch in which one should work is called
develop
- The
master
branch is reserved for releases: every commit there implies a new release. Therefore, one should never commit directly there (except once per every release). - New releases should also be tagged.
- Any new modification requiring just one commit can be done in develop
- mid-to-long development efforts should be done in a branch, branching off from develop (e.g. a long bugfix, or a new feature)
- while working on the branch, often merge the develop branch back into it (if you also have a remote branch and there are no conflicts, that can be done with one click from the BitBucket web interface, and then you just do a local ‘git pull’)
- remember to fix generic bugs in the
develop
(or in a branch to be then merged in the develop), not in your local branch (except if the bug is present only in the branch); only then mergedevelop
back into your branch. In particular, if it is a complex bugfix, better to have a branch because it allows to backport the fix also in old releases, if we want to support multiple versions - only when a feature is ready, merge it back into
develop
. If it is a big change, better to instead do a pull request on BitBucket instead of directly merging and wait for another (or a few other) developers to accept it beforehand, to be sure it does not break anything.
For a cheatsheet of git commands, see here.
Note
Before committing, always run:
verdi devel tests
to be sure that your modifications did not introduce any new bugs in existing code. Remember to do it even if you believe your modification to be small - the tests run pretty fast!
Tests¶
Running the tests¶
To run the tests, use the:
verdi devel tests
command. You can add a list of tests after the command to run only a selected portion of tests (e.g. while developing, if you discover that only a few tests fail). Use TAB completion to get the full list of tests. For instance, to run only the tests for transport and the generic tests on the database, run:
verdi devel tests aiida.transport db.generic
The test-first approach¶
Remember in best codes actually the tests are written even before writing the actual code, because this helps in having a clear API.
For any new feature that you add/modify, write a test for it! This is extremely important to have the project last and be as bug-proof as possible. Even more importantly, add a test that fails when you find a new bug, and then solve the bug to make the test work again, so that in the future the bug is not introduced anymore.
Remember to make unit tests as atomic as possible, and to document them so that other developers can understand why you wrote that test, in case it should fail after some modification.
Creating a new test¶
There are three types of tests:
- Tests that do not require the usage of the database (testing the creation of paths in k-space, the functionality of a transport plugin, ...)
- Tests that require the database, but do not require submission (e.g. verifying that node attributes can be correctly queried, that the transitive closure table is correctly generated, ...)
- Tests that require the submission of jobs
For each of the above types of tests, a different testing approach is followed (you can also see existing tests as guidelines of how tests are written):
Tests are written inside the package that one wants to test, creating a
test_MODULENAME.py
file. For each group of tests, create a new subclass ofunittest.TestCase
, and then create the tests as methods using the unittests module. Tests inside a selected number of AiiDA packages are automatically discovered when runningverdi devel tests
. To make sure that your test is discovered, verify that its parent module is listed in thebase_allowed_test_folders
property of theDevel
class, insideaiida.cmdline.commands.devel
.For an example of this type of tests, see, e.g., the
aiida.common.test_utils
module.In this case, we use the testing functionality of Django, adapted to run smoothly with AiiDA.
To create a new group of tests, create a new python file under
aiida.backends.djsite.db.substests
, and instead of inheriting each class directly fromunittest
, inherit fromaiida.backends.djsite.db.testbase.AiidaTestCase
. In this way:- The Django testing functionality is used, and a temporary database is used
- every time the class is created to run its tests, default data are
added to the database, that would otherwise be empty (in particular, a
computer and a user; for more details, see the code of
the
AiidaTestCase.setUpClass()
method). - at the end of all tests of the class, the database is cleaned (nodes, links, ... are deleted) so that the temporary database is ready to run the tests of the following test classes.
Note
it is extremely important that these tests are run from the
verdi devel tests
command line interface. Not only this will ensure that a temporary database is used (via Django), but also that a temporary repository folder is used. Otherwise, you risk to corrupt your database data. (In the codes there are some checks to avoid that these classes are run without the correct environment being prepared byverdi devel tests
.)Once you create a new file in
aiida.backends.djsite.db.substests
, you have to add a new entry to thedb_test_list
insideaiida.backends.djsite.db.testbase
module in order forverdi devel tests
to find it. In particular, the key should be the name that you want to use on the command line ofverdi devel tests
to run the test, and the value should be the full module name to load. Note that, inverdi devel tests
, the stringdb.
is prepended to the name of each test involving the database. Therefore, if you add a line:db_test_list = { ... 'newtests': 'aiida.backends.djsite.db.subtests.mynewtestsmodule', ... }
you will be able to run all all tests inside
aiida.backends.djsite.db.subtests.mynewtestsmodule
with the command:verdi devel tests db.newtests
Note
If in the list of parameters to
verdi devel tests
you add also adb
parameter, then all database-related tests will be run, i.e., all tests that start withdb.
(or, if you want, all tests in thedb_test_list
described above).Note
By default, the test database is created using an in-memory SQLite database, which is much faster than creating from scratch a new test database with PostgreSQL or SQLite. However, if you want to test database-specific settings and you want to use the same type of database you are using with AiiDA, set the
tests.use_sqlite
global property toFalse
:verdi devel setproperty tests.use_sqlite false
These tests require an external engine to submit the calculations and then check the results at job completion. We use for this a continuous integration server, and the best approach is to write suitable workflows to run simulations and then verify the results at the end.
Some tests have special routines to ease and simplify the creation of new tests.
One case is represented by the tests for transport. In this case, you can define
tests for a specific plugin as described above (e.g., see the
aiida.transport.plugins.test_ssh
and aiida.transport.plugins.test_local
tests). Moreover, there is a test_all_plugins
module in the same folder.
Inside this module, the discovery code is adapted so that each test method
defined in that file and decorated with @run_for_all_plugins
is
run for all available plugins, to avoid to rewrite the same
test code more than once and ensure that all plugins behave in the
same way (e.g., to copy files, remove folders, etc.).
Virtual environment¶
Sometimes it’s useful to have a virtual environment that separates out the AiiDA dependencies from the rest of the system. This is especially the case when testing AiiDA against library versions that are different from those installed on the system.
First, install virtualenv using pip:
pip install virtualenv
Basic usage¶
To create a virtual environment in folder
venv
, while in the AiiDA directory type:virtualenv venv
This puts a copy of the Python executables and the pip library within the
venv
folder hierarchy.Activate the environment with:
source venv/bin/activate
Your shell should now be prompt should now start with
(venv)
.(optional) Install AiiDA:
pip install .
Deactivate the virtual environment:
deactivate
Deprecated features, renaming, and adding new methods¶
In case a method is renamed or removed, this is the procedure to follow:
(If you want to rename) move the code to the new function name. Then, in the docstring, add something like:
.. versionadded:: 0.7 Renamed from OLDMETHODNAME
Don’t remove directly the old function, but just change the code to use the new function, and add in the docstring:
.. deprecated:: 0.7 Use :meth:`NEWMETHODNAME` instead.
Moreover, at the beginning of the function, add something like:
import warnings warnings.warn( "OLDMETHODNAME is deprecated, use NEWMETHODNAME instead", DeprecationWarning)
(of course, replace
OLDMETHODNAME
andNEWMETHODNAME
with the correct string, and adapt the strings to the correct content if you are only removing a function, or just adding a new one).
AiiDA internals¶
Node¶
The Node
class is the basic class that represents all the possible objects at the AiiDA world. More precisely it is inherited by many classes including (among others) the Calculation
class, representing computations that convert data into a different form, the Code
class representing executables and file collections that are used by calculations and the Data
class which represents data that can be input or output of calculations.
Methods & properties¶
In the sequel the most important methods and properties of the Node
class will be described.
The Node
class has two important variables:
_plugin_type_string
characterizes the class of the object._query_type_string
characterizes the class and all its subclasses (by pointing to the package or Python file that contain the class).
The convention for all the Node
subclasses is that if a class B
is inherited by a class A
then there should be a package A
under aiida/orm
that has a file __init__.py
and a B.py
in that directory (or a B
package with the corresponding __init__.py
)
An example of this is the ArrayData
and the KpointsData
. ArrayData
is placed in aiida/orm/data/array/__init__.py
and KpointsData
which inherits from ArrayData
is placed in aiida/orm/data/array/kpoints.py
This is an implicit & quick way to check the inheritance of the Node
subclasses.
__init__()
: The initialization of the Node class can be done by not providing any attributes or by providing a DbNode as initialization. E.g.:dbn = a_dbnode_object n = Node(dbnode=dbn.dbnode)
ctime()
andmtime()
provide the creation and the modification time of the node.is_stored()
informs whether a node is already stored to the database.query()
queries the database by filtering for the results for similar nodes (if the used object is a subclass ofNode
) or with no filtering if it is aNode
class. Note that for this check_plugin_type_string
should be properly set.computer()
returns the computer associated to this node._validate()
does a validation check for the node. This is important forNode
subclasses where various attributes should be checked for consistency before storing.get_user()
returns the user that created the node._increment_version_number_db()
: increment the version number of the node on the DB. This happens when adding anattribute
or anextra
to the node. This method should not be called by the users.copy()
returns a not stored copy of the node with new UUID that can be edited directly.uuid()
returns the universally unique identifier (UUID) of the node.pk()
returns the principal key (ID) of the node.dbnode()
returns the corresponding Django object.get_computer()
&set_computer()
get and set the computer to be used & is associated to the node.
The Node
can be annotated with labels, description and comments. The following methods can be used for the management of these properties.
Label management:
label()
returns the label of the node. The setter method can be used for the update of the label._update_db_label_field()
updates the label in the database. This is used by the setter method of the label.
Description management:
description()
: the description of the node (more detailed than the label). There is also a setter method._update_db_description_field()
: update the node description in the database.
Comment management:
add_comment()
adds a comment.get_comments()
returns a sorted list of the comments._get_dbcomments()
is similar toget_comments()
, just the sorting changes._update_comment()
updates the node comment. It can be done byverdi comment update
._remove_comment()
removes the node comment. It can be done byverdi comment remove
.
Node
objects and objects of its subclasses can have ancestors and descendants. These are connected with links. The following methods exist for the processing & management of these links.
_has_cached_links()
shows if there are cached links to other nodes.add_link_from()
adds a link to the current node from the ‘src’ node with the given label. Depending on whether the nodes are stored or node, the linked are written to the database or to the cache._add_cachelink_from()
adds a link to the cache._replace_link_from()
replaces or creates an input link._remove_link_from()
removes an input link that is stored in the database._replace_dblink_from()
is similar to_replace_link_from()
but works directly on the database._remove_dblink_from()
is similar to_remove_link_from()
but works directly on the database._add_dblink_from()
adds a link to the current node from the given ‘src’ node. It acts directly on the database.
Listing links example
Assume that the user wants to see the available links of a node in order to understand the structure of the graph and maybe traverse it. In the following example, we load a specific node and we list its input and output links. The returned dictionaries have as keys the link name and as value the linked node
. Here is the code:
In [1]: # Let's load a node with a specific pk
In [2]: c = load_node(139168)
In [3]: c.get_inputs_dict()
Out[3]:
{u'code': <Code: Remote code 'cp-5.1' on daint, pk: 75709, uuid: 3c9cdb7f-0cda-402e-b898-4dd0d06aa5a4>,
u'parameters': <ParameterData: uuid: 94efe64f-7f7e-46ea-922a-fe64a7fba8a5 (pk: 139166)>,
u'parent_calc_folder': <RemoteData: uuid: becb4894-c50c-4779-b84f-713772eaceff (pk: 139118)>,
u'pseudo_Ba': <UpfData: uuid: 5e53b22d-5757-4d50-bbe0-51f3b9ac8b7c (pk: 1905)>,
u'pseudo_O': <UpfData: uuid: 5cccd0d9-7944-4c67-b3c7-a39a1f467906 (pk: 1658)>,
u'pseudo_Ti': <UpfData: uuid: e5744077-8615-4927-9f97-c5f7b36ba421 (pk: 1660)>,
u'settings': <ParameterData: uuid: a5a828b8-fdd8-4d75-b674-2e2d62792de0 (pk: 139167)>,
u'structure': <StructureData: uuid: 3096f83c-6385-48c4-8cb2-24a427ce11b1 (pk: 139001)>}
In [4]: c.get_outputs_dict()
Out[4]:
{u'output_parameters': <ParameterData: uuid: f7a3ca96-4594-497f-a128-9843a1f12f7f (pk: 139257)>,
u'output_parameters_139257': <ParameterData: uuid: f7a3ca96-4594-497f-a128-9843a1f12f7f (pk: 139257)>,
u'output_trajectory': <TrajectoryData: uuid: 7c5b65bc-22bb-4b87-ac92-e8a78cf145c3 (pk: 139256)>,
u'output_trajectory_139256': <TrajectoryData: uuid: 7c5b65bc-22bb-4b87-ac92-e8a78cf145c3 (pk: 139256)>,
u'remote_folder': <RemoteData: uuid: 17642a1c-8cac-4e7f-8bd0-1dcebe974aa4 (pk: 139169)>,
u'remote_folder_139169': <RemoteData: uuid: 17642a1c-8cac-4e7f-8bd0-1dcebe974aa4 (pk: 139169)>,
u'retrieved': <FolderData: uuid: a9037dc0-3d84-494d-9616-42b8df77083f (pk: 139255)>,
u'retrieved_139255': <FolderData: uuid: a9037dc0-3d84-494d-9616-42b8df77083f (pk: 139255)>}
Understanding link names
The nodes may have input and output links. Every input link of a node
should have a unique name and this unique name is mapped to a specific node
. On the other hand, given a node
c
, many output nodes
may share the same output link name. To differentiate between the output nodes of c
that have the same link name, the pk
of the output node is added next to the link name (please see the input & output nodes in the above example).
Folder
objects represent directories on the disk (virtual or not) where extra information for the node are stored. These folders can be temporary or permanent.
folder()
returns the folder associated to thenode
.get_folder_list()
returns the list of files that are in thepath
sub-folder of the repository folder._repository_folder()
returns the permanent repository folder._get_folder_pathsubfolder()
returns thepath
sub-folder in the repository._get_temp_folder()
returns thenode
folder in the temporary repository.remove_path()
removes a file/directory from the repository.add_path()
adds a file or directory to the repository folder.get_abs_path()
returns the absolute path of the repository folder.
store_all()
stores all the inputnodes
, then it stores the currentnode
and in the end, it stores the cached input links._store_input_nodes()
stores the inputnodes
._check_are_parents_stored()
checks that the parents are stored._store_cached_input_links()
stores the input links that are in memory.store()
method checks that thenode
data is valid, then check ifnode
‘s parents are stored, then moves the contents of the temporary folder to the repository folder and in the end, it stores in the database the information that are in the cache. The latter happens with a database transaction. In case this transaction fails, then the data transfered to the repository folder are moved back to the temporary folder.__del__()
deletes temporary folder and it should be called when an in-memory object is deleted.
DbNode¶
The DbNode
is the Django class that corresponds to the Node
class allowing to store and retrieve the needed information from and to the database. Other classes extending the Node
class, like Data
, Calculation
and Code
use the DbNode
code too to interact with the database. The main methods are:
get_aiida_class()
which returns the corresponding AiiDA class instance.get_simple_name()
which returns a string with the type of the class (by stripping the path before the class name).attributes()
which returns the all the attributes of the specific node as a dictionary.extras()
which returns all the extras of the specific node as a dictionary.
Folders¶
AiiDA uses Folder
and its subclasses to add an abstraction layer between the functions and methods working directly on the file-system and AiiDA. This is particularly useful when we want to easily change between different folder options (temporary, permanent etc) and storage options (plain local directories, compressed files, remote files & directories etc).
Folder
¶
This is the main class of the available Folder
classes. Apart from the abstraction provided to the OS operations needed by AiiDA, one of its main features is that it can restrict all the available operations within a given folder limit. The available methods are:
mode_dir()
andmode_file()
return the mode with which folders and files should be writable.get_subfolder()
returns the subfolder matching the given nameget_content_list()
returns the contents matching a pattern.insert_path()
adds a file/folder to a specific location andremove_path()
removes a file/folderget_abs_path()
returns the absolute path of a file/folder under a given folder andabspath()
returns the absolute path of the folder.create_symlink()
creates a symlink pointing the given location inside thefolder
.create_file_from_filelike()
creates a file from the given contents.open()
opens a file in thefolder
.folder_limit()
returns the limit under which the creation of files/folders is restrained.exists()
returns true or false depending whether a folder exists or not.isfile()
and py:meth:~aiida.common.folders.Folder.isdir return true or false depending on the existence of the given file/folder.create()
creates thefolder
,erase()
deletes thefolder
andreplace_with_folder()
copies/moves a given folder.
RepositoryFolder
¶
Objects of this class correspond to the repository folders. The RepositoryFolder
specific methods are:
__init__()
initializes the object with the necessary folder names and limits.get_topdir()
returns the top directory.section()
returns the section to which thefolder
belongs. This can be for the moment aworkflow
ornode
.subfolder()
returns the subfolder within the section/uuid folder.uuid()
the UUID of the correspondingnode
orworkflow
.
SandboxFolder
¶
SandboxFolder
objects correspond to temporary (“sandbox”) folders. The main methods are:
__init__()
creates a new temporary folder__exit__()
destroys the folder on exit.
Developer calculation plugin tutorial - Integer summation¶
In this chapter we will give you some examples and a brief guide on how to write a plugin to support a new code. We will focus here on a very simple code (that simply adds two numbers), so that we can focus only on how AiiDA manages the calculation. At the end, you will have an overview of how a plugin is developed. You will be able then to proceed to more complex plugin guides like the guide for the Quantum Espresso plugin, or you can directly jump in and develop your own plugin!
Overview¶
Before analysing the different components of the plugin, it is important to understand which are these and their interaction.
We should keep in mind that AiiDA is a tool allowing us to perform easily calculations and to maintain data provenance. That said, it should be clear that AiiDA doesn’t perform the calculations but orchestrates the calculation procedure following the user’s directives. Therefore, AiiDA executes (external) codes and it needs to know:
- where the code is;
- how to prepare the input for the code. This is called an input plugin or a Calculation subclass;
- how to parse the output of the code. This is called an output plugin or a Parser subclass.
It is also useful, but not necessary, to have a script that prepares the calculation for AiiDA with the necessary parameters and submits it. Let’s start to see how to prepare these components.
Code¶
The code is an external program that does a useful calculation for us. For detailed information on how to setup the new codes, you can have a look at the respective documentation page.
Imagine that we have the following python code that we want to install. It does the simple task of adding two numbers that are found in a JSON file, whose name is given as a command-line parameter:
#!/usr/bin/env python
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
import json
import sys
in_file = sys.argv[1]
out_file = sys.argv[2]
with open(in_file) as f:
in_dict = json.load(f)
out_dict = { 'sum':in_dict['x1']+in_dict['x2'] }
with open(out_file,'w') as f:
json.dump(out_dict,f)
The result will be stored in JSON format in a file which name is also passed
as parameter. The resulting file from the script will be handled by AiiDA. The
code can be downloaded from here
. We will now
proceed to prepare an AiiDA input plugin for this code.
Input plugin¶
In abstract term, this plugin must contain the following two pieces of information:
- what are the input data objects of the calculation;
- how to convert the input data object in the actual input file required by the external code.
Let’s have a look at the input plugin developed for the aforementioned summation code (a detailed description of the different sections follows):
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
from aiida.orm import JobCalculation
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
from aiida.common.utils import classproperty
from aiida.common.exceptions import InputValidationError
from aiida.common.exceptions import ValidationError
from aiida.common.datastructures import CalcInfo, CodeInfo
import json
class SumCalculation(JobCalculation):
"""
A generic plugin for adding two numbers.
"""
def _init_internal_params(self):
super(SumCalculation, self)._init_internal_params()
self._INPUT_FILE_NAME = 'in.json'
self._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME = 'out.json'
self._default_parser = 'sum'
@classproperty
def _use_methods(cls):
"""
Additional use_* methods for the namelists class.
"""
retdict = JobCalculation._use_methods
retdict.update({
"parameters": {
'valid_types': ParameterData,
'additional_parameter': None,
'linkname': 'parameters',
'docstring': ("Use a node that specifies the input parameters "
"for the namelists"),
},
})
return retdict
def _prepare_for_submission(self,tempfolder, inputdict):
"""
This is the routine to be called when you want to create
the input files and related stuff with a plugin.
:param tempfolder: a aiida.common.folders.Folder subclass where
the plugin should put all its files.
:param inputdict: a dictionary with the input nodes, as they would
be returned by get_inputs_dict (with the Code!)
"""
try:
parameters = inputdict.pop(self.get_linkname('parameters'))
except KeyError:
raise InputValidationError("No parameters specified for this "
"calculation")
if not isinstance(parameters, ParameterData):
raise InputValidationError("parameters is not of type "
"ParameterData")
try:
code = inputdict.pop(self.get_linkname('code'))
except KeyError:
raise InputValidationError("No code specified for this "
"calculation")
if inputdict:
raise ValidationError("Cannot add other nodes beside parameters")
##############################
# END OF INITIAL INPUT CHECK #
##############################
input_json = parameters.get_dict()
# write all the input to a file
input_filename = tempfolder.get_abs_path(self._INPUT_FILE_NAME)
with open(input_filename, 'w') as infile:
json.dump(input_json, infile)
# ============================ calcinfo ================================
calcinfo = CalcInfo()
calcinfo.uuid = self.uuid
calcinfo.local_copy_list = []
calcinfo.remote_copy_list = []
calcinfo.retrieve_list = [self._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME]
codeinfo = CodeInfo()
codeinfo.cmdline_params = [self._INPUT_FILE_NAME,self._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME]
codeinfo.code_uuid = code.uuid
calcinfo.codes_info = [codeinfo]
return calcinfo
The above input plugin can be downloaded from
(here
) and should be placed at
aiida/orm/calculation/job/sum.py
.
In order the plugin to be automatically discoverable by AiiDA, it is important to:
- give the right name to the file. This should be the name of your input plugin (all lowercase);
- place the plugin under
aiida/orm/calculation/job
; - name the class inside the plugin as PluginnameCalculation. For example, the
class name of the summation input plugin is, as you see above,
SumCalculation
. The first letter must be capitalized, the other letters must be lowercase; - inherit the class from
JobCalculation
.
By doing the above, your plugin will be discoverable and loadable
using CalculationFactory
.
Note
The base Calculation
class should only be used as the abstract
base class. Any calculation that needs to run on a remote scheduler must
inherit from JobCalculation
, that
contains all the methods to run on a remote scheduler, get the calculation
state, copy files remotely and retrieve them, ...
Defining the accepted input Data nodes¶
The input data nodes that the input plugin expects are those returned by the
_use_methods
class property.
It is important to always extend the dictionary returned by the parent class,
starting this method with:
retdict = JobCalculation._use_methods
(or the correct parent class, instead of JobCalculation
, if you are
inheriting from a subclass).
The specific parameters needed by the plugin are defined by the following code snippet:
retdict.update({
"parameters": {
'valid_types': ParameterData,
'additional_parameter': None,
'linkname': 'parameters',
'docstring': ("Use a node that specifies the input parameters "
"for the namelists"),
},
})
This means that this specific summation plugin expects only one input data
node, which is of the type ParameterData
and with link name parameters
.
The main plugin logic¶
The main logic of the plugin (called by AiiDA just before submission, in order
to read the AiiDA input data nodes and create the actual input files for the
extenal code) must be defined inside a method _prepare_for_submission
, that
will receive (beside self
) two parameters, a temporary folder tempfolder
in which content can be written, and a dictionary containing all the input
nodes that AiiDA will retrieve from the database (in this way, the plugin does
not need to browse the database).
The input data node with the parameter is retrieved using its link name
parameters
specified above:
parameters = inputdict.pop(self.get_linkname('parameters'))
A few additional checks are performed to retrieve also the input code (the AiiDA node representing the code executable, that we are going to setup in the next section) and verify that there are no unexpected additional input nodes.
The following lines do the actual job, and prepare the input file for the external code, creating a suitable JSON file:
input_json = parameters.get_dict()
# write all the input to a file
input_filename = tempfolder.get_abs_path(self._INPUT_FILE_NAME)
with open(input_filename, 'w') as infile:
json.dump(input_json, infile)
The last step: the calcinfo¶
We can now create the calculation info: an object containing some additional information that AiiDA needs (beside the files you generated in the folder) in order to submit the claculation. In the calcinfo object, you need to store the calculation UUID:
calcinfo.uuid = self.uuid
You should also define a list of output files that will be retrieved automatically after the code execution, and that will be stored permanently into the AiiDA database:
calcinfo.retrieve_list = [self._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME]
For the time being, just define also the following variables as empty lists (we will describe them in the next sections):
calcinfo.local_copy_list = []
calcinfo.remote_copy_list = []
Finally, you need to specify which code executable(s) need to be called
link the code to the codeinfo
object.
For each code, you need to create a CodeInfo
object, specify the code UUID,
and define the command line parameters that should be passed to the code as a
list of strings (only paramters after the executable name must be specified.
Moreover, AiiDA takes care of escaping spaces and other symbols).
In our case, our code requires the name of the input file, followed by the
name of the output file, so we write:
codeinfo.cmdline_params = [self._INPUT_FILE_NAME,self._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME]
Finally, we link the just created codeinfo
to the calcinfo
, and return
it:
calcinfo.codes_info = [codeinfo]
return calcinfo
Note
calcinfo.codes_info
is a list of CodeInfo
objects. This
allows to support the execution of more than one code, and will be described
later.
Note
All content stored in the tempfolder will be then stored into the
AiiDA database, potentially forever. Therefore, before generating
huge files, you should carefully think at how to design your plugin
interface. In particular, give a look to the local_copy_list
and
remote_copy_list
attributes of calcinfo
,
described in more detail in the Quantum ESPRESSO developer
plugin tutorial.
By doing all the above, we have clarified what parameters should be passed to which code, we have prepared the input file that the code will access and we let also AiiDA know the name of the output file: our first input plugin is ready!
Note
A few class internal parameters can (or should) be defined inside the
_init_internal_params
method:
def _init_internal_params(self):
super(SumCalculation, self)._init_internal_params()
self._INPUT_FILE_NAME = 'in.json'
self._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME = 'out.json'
self._default_parser = 'sum'
In particular, it is good practice to define
a _INPUT_FILE_NAME
and _OUTPUT_FILE_NAME
attributes (pointing to the
default input and output file name – these variables are then used by some
verdi
commands, such as verdi calculation outputcat
). Also, you need
to define the name of the default parser that will be invoked when the
calculation completes in _default_parser
.
In the example above, we choose the ‘sum’ plugin (that
we are going to define later on). If you don’t want to call any parser,
set this variable to None
.
As a final step, after copying the file in the location specified above, we
can check if AiiDA recognised the plugin, by running the command
verdi calculation plugins
and veryfing that our new sum
plugin is
now listed.
Setup of the code¶
Now that we know the executable that we want to run, and we have setup the input plugin, we can proceed to configure AiiDA by setting up a new code to execute:
verdi code setup
During the setup phase, you can either configure a remote code (meaning that
you are going to place the python executable in the right folder of the remote
computer, and then just instruct AiiDA on the location), or as a local folder,
meaning that you are going to store (during the setup phase) the python
executable into the AiiDA DB, and AiiDA will copy it to the remote computer
when needed. In this second case, put the sum_executable.py
in an empty
folder and pass this folder in the setup phase.
Note
In both cases, remember to set the executable flag to the code by
running chmod +x sum_executable.py
.
After defining the code, we should be able to see it in the list of our installed codes by typing:
verdi code list
A typical output of the above command is:
$ verdi code list
# List of configured codes:
# (use 'verdi code show CODEID' to see the details)
* Id 73: sum
Where we can see the already installed summation code. We can further see the specific parameters that we gave when we set-up the code by typing:
verdi code show 73
Which will give us an output similar to the following:
$ verdi code show 73
* PK: 73
* UUID: 34b44d33-86c1-478b-88ff-baadfb6f30bf
* Label: sum
* Description: A simple sum executable
* Default plugin: sum
* Used by: 0 calculations
* Type: local
* Exec name: ./sum_executable.py
* List of files/folders:
* [file] sum_executable.py
* prepend text:
# No prepend text.
* append text:
# No append text.
What is important to keep from the above is that we have informed AiiDA for the existence of a code that resides at a specific location and we have also specified the default (input) plugin that will be used.
Output plugin: the parser¶
In general, it is useful to parse files generated by the code to import relevant data into the database. This has two advantages:
- we can store information in specific data classes to facilitate their use (e.g. crystal structures, parameters, ...)
- we can then make use of efficient database queries if, e.g., output quantities are stored as integers or floats rather than as strings in a long text file.
The following is a sample output plugin for the summation code, described in detail later:
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
from aiida.orm.calculation.job.sum import SumCalculation
from aiida.parsers.parser import Parser
from aiida.parsers.exceptions import OutputParsingError
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
import json
class SumParser(Parser):
"""
This class is the implementation of the Parser class for Sum.
"""
def parse_with_retrieved(self, retrieved):
"""
Parses the datafolder, stores results.
This parser for this simple code does simply store in the DB a node
representing the file of forces in real space
"""
successful = True
# select the folder object
# Check that the retrieved folder is there
try:
out_folder = retrieved[self._calc._get_linkname_retrieved()]
except KeyError:
self.logger.error("No retrieved folder found")
return False, ()
# check what is inside the folder
list_of_files = out_folder.get_folder_list()
# at least the stdout should exist
if self._calc._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME not in list_of_files:
successful = False
self.logger.error("Output json not found")
return successful,()
try:
with open( out_folder.get_abs_path(self._calc._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME) ) as f:
out_dict = json.load(f)
except ValueError:
successful=False
self.logger.error("Error parsing the output json")
return successful,()
# save the arrays
output_data = ParameterData(dict=out_dict)
link_name = self.get_linkname_outparams()
new_nodes_list = [(link_name, output_data)]
return successful,new_nodes_list
As mentioned above the output plugin will parse the output of the executed code at the remote computer and it will store the results to the AiiDA database.
All the parsing code is enclosed in a single method parse_with_retrieved
,
that will receive as a single parameter retrieved
, a dictionary of retrieved
nodes. The default behavior is to create a single FolderData node, that can
be retrieved using:
out_folder = retrieved[self._calc._get_linkname_retrieved()]
We then read and parse the output file that will contain the result:
with open( out_folder.get_abs_path(self._calc._OUTPUT_FILE_NAME) ) as f:
out_dict = json.load(f)
Note
all parsers have a self._calc
attribute that points to the
calculation being parsed. This is automatically set in the parent Parser
class.
After loading the code result data to the dictionary out_dict
,
we construct a ParameterData
object (ParameterData(dict=out_dict)
)
that will be linked to the calculation in the AiiDA graph to be later
in the database:
output_data = ParameterData(dict=out_dict)
link_name = self.get_linkname_outparams()
new_nodes_list = [(link_name, output_data)]
return successful,new_nodes_list
Note
Parsers should not store nodes manually. Instead, they should return a list of output unstored nodes (together with a link name string, as shown above). AiiDA will then take care of storing the node, and creating the appropriate links in the DB.
Note
the self.get_linkname_outparams()
is a string automatically
defined in all Parser
classes and subclasses. In general, you can have
multiple output nodes with any name, but it is good pratice so have also
one of the output nodes with link name self.get_linkname_outparams()
and of type ParameterData
. The reason is that this node is the one exposed
with the calc.res
interface (for instance, later we will be able to get
the results using print calc.res.sum
.
The above output plugin can be downloaded from here
and should be placed at aiida/parsers/plugins/sum.py
.
Note
Before continuing, it is important to restart the daemon, so that it can recognize the new files added into the aiida code and use the new plugins. To do so, run now:
verdi daemon restart
Submission script¶
It’s time to calculate how much 2+3 is! We need to submit a new calculation.
To this aim, we don’t necessarily need a submission script, but it
definitely facilitates the calculation submission. A very minimal
sample script follows (other examples can be found in the
aiida/examples/submission
folder):
#!/usr/bin/env runaiida
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
import sys
import os
from aiida.common.exceptions import NotExistent
ParameterData = DataFactory('parameter')
# The name of the code setup in AiiDA
codename = 'sum'
computer_name = 'localhost'
################################################################
try:
dontsend = sys.argv[1]
if dontsend == "--dont-send":
submit_test = True
elif dontsend == "--send":
submit_test = False
else:
raise IndexError
except IndexError:
print >> sys.stderr, ("The first parameter can only be either "
"--send or --dont-send")
sys.exit(1)
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
# The following line is only needed for local codes, otherwise the
# computer is automatically set from the code
computer = Computer.get(computer_name)
# These are the two numbers to sum
parameters = ParameterData(dict={'x1':2,'x2':3})
calc = code.new_calc()
calc.label = "Test sum"
calc.description = "Test calculation with the sum code"
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_computer(computer)
calc.set_withmpi(False)
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
if submit_test:
subfolder, script_filename = calc.submit_test()
print "Test submit file in {}".format(os.path.join(
os.path.relpath(subfolder.abspath),
script_filename
))
else:
calc.store_all()
calc.submit()
print "submitted calculation; calc=Calculation(uuid='{}') # ID={}".format(
calc.uuid,calc.dbnode.pk)
What is important to note in the script above is the definition of the code to be used:
codename = 'sum'
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
and the definition of the parameters:
parameters = ParameterData(dict={'x1':2,'x2':3})
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
If everything is done correctly, by running the script a new calculation will
be generated and submitted to AiiDA (to run the script, remember to change its
permissions with chmod +x filename
first,
and then run it with ./scriptname.py
).
When the code finishes its
execution, AiiDA will retrieve the results, parse and store them back to
the AiiDA database using the output plugin.
You can download the submission script from here
.
Conclusion¶
We have just managed to write our first AiiDA plugin! What is important to remember is that:
- AiiDA doesn’t know how to execute your code. Therefore, you have to setup
your code (with
verdi code setup
) and let AiiDA know how to prepare the data that will be given to the code (input plugin or calculation) and how to handle the result of the code (output plugin or parser). - you need to do pass the actual data for the calculation you want to submit, either in the interactive shell, or via a submission script.
As usual, we can see the executed calculations by doing a
verdi calculation list
. To see the calculations of the last day:
$ verdi calculation list -a -p1
# Last daemon state_updater check: 0h:00m:06s ago (at 20:10:31 on 2015-10-20)
# Pk|State |Creation|Sched. state|Computer |Type
327 |FINISHED |4h ago |DONE |localhost |sum
and we can see the result of the sum by running in the verdi shell the following commands (change 327 with the correct calculation PK):
>>> calc = load_node(327)
>>> print calc.res.sum
<<< 5
So we verified that, indeed, 2+3=5.
Developer data plugin tutorial - Float summation¶
Now that you have writen your first AiiDA plugin, we can try to extend it to see how we can introduce different type of parameters and how the plugins have to be modified to encompass these changes.
Introducing a new data type¶
We will start by describing what is a data plugin, and by creating a new one.
A data plugin is a subclass of Data
. What
you have to do is just to define a subclass with a suitable name inside the
aiida/orm/data
folder (with the same name convention of Calculation plugins:
the class should be called NameData
(with Name
being a name of your
choice) and put in a aiida/orm/data/name.py
file.
In the class, you should provide methods that the end user should use to store
high-level objects (for instance, for a crystal structure, there can be a method
for setting the unit cell, one for adding an atom in a given position, ...).
Internally, you should choose where to store the content. There are two options:
- In the AiiDA database. This is useful for small amounts of data, that you plan
to query. In this case, use
self._set_attr(attr_name, attr_value)
to store the required value. - In the AiiDA file repository (as a file on the disk). This is suitable
for big files and quantities that you do not
want to query. In this case, access the folder using
self.folder
and use the methods ofself.folder
to create files, subfolders, ...
Of course, it is also good practice to provide “getter” methods to retrieve the data in the database and return it back to the user. The idea is that the user can operate directly only with the methods you provide, and should not need to know how you decided to store the data inside the AiiDA database.
As a simple example that we will use for the exercise below,
imagine that we want to introduce a new type of data node that simply
stores a float number. We will call it FloatData
, and the class
implementation can look like this:
from aiida.orm.data import Data
class FloatData(Data):
@property
def value(self):
"""
The value of the Float
"""
return self.get_attr('number')
@value.setter
def value(self,value):
"""
Set the value of the Float
:raise ValueError:
"""
self._set_attr('number', float(value))
This file should be placed under aiida/orm/data/float.py
and it should
extend the class Data
.
Exercise: Modifying the calculation plugin¶
Your exercise consists in creating a new code plugin (let’s call it for instance
floatsum
) that will also perform the sum, but accept as input two FloatData
node and return also a FloatData
node containing the sum.
Below, you will find some hints on the parts you need to modify with respect
to the previous tutorial using instead
ParameterData
both as inputs and outputs.
Note
remember to create copies of your files with a new name
floatsum.py
instead of sum.py
, and to change the class
name accordingly.
Changes to the parser¶
The plugin should now return a FloatData
instead of a ParameterData
,
therefore the parser code should contain something like the following:
output_data = FloatData()
output_data.value = out_dict["sum"]
linkname = 'output_data'
Changes to the input plugin¶
To be able to run your new FloatsumParser
, you will need the corresponding
input plugin (FloatsumCalculation
). The first modification is then to link
to the correct parser class:
self._default_parser = 'floatsum'
For consistency, we also want that the input plugin accepts two
FloatData
instead of a single ParameterData
.
Therefore, you have to update the retdict
object accordingly:
retdict.update({
"float_data_1": {
'valid_types': FloatData,
'additional_parameter': None,
'linkname': 'float_data_1',
'docstring': ("The first addend"),
},
"float_data_2": {
'valid_types': FloatData,
'additional_parameter': None,
'linkname': 'float_data_2',
'docstring': ("The second addend"),
},
})
You need then to change the main code to use the values obtained from the two nodes, rather than from a single node as before. This should be easy, so we leave this task to you. Note that we plan to use the same python code to actually perform the sum, so the JSON file to be generated should have the same format.
We also suggest that you add utility methods (to the benefit of the end user) to provide the addends to the code, something like:
def set_addend1(self, value):
fl = FloatData()
fl.value = value
self.use_float_data_1(fl)
and similarly for the second addend.
The final input plugin should be placed
at aiida/orm/calculation/job/floatsum.py
.
Code¶
The python code that actually performs the calculation does not need to be
modified. We can reuse the same file, but we suggest to setup a new code
in AiiDA, with a different name, using as default plugin the floatsum
plugin.
Submission script¶
Finally, adapt your submission script to create the correct input nodes, and try to perform a sum of two numbers to verify that you did all correctly!
Note
After placing your files, do not forget to restart the daemon so that it will recognize the files! The same should be done if you do any change to the plugin, otherwise the daemon may have cached the old file and will keep using it.
Developer code plugin tutorial - Quantum Espresso¶
In this section we will focus on AiiDA’s Quantum Espresso plugin that we are going to analyse and show how a physics oriented plugin is developed. It will be assumed that you have already tried to run an example of Quantum Espresso, and you know more or less how the AiiDA interface works. We hope that in the end you will be able to replicate the task for other codes.
In fact, when writing your own plugin, keep in mind that you need to satisfy multiple users, and the interface needs to be simple (not the code below). But always try to follow the Zen of Python:
Simple is better than complex.
Complex is better than complicated.
Readability counts.
As demonstrated in previous sections, there will be two kinds of plugins: the input and the output. The former has the purpose to convert python object in text inputs that can be executed by external software. The latter will convert the text output of these software back into python dictionaries/objects that can be put back in the database.
InputPlugin¶
Create a new file, which has the same name as the class you are
creating (in this way, it will be possible to load it with
CalculationFactory
).
Save it in a subfolder at the path aiida/orm/calculation/job
.
Step 1: inheritance¶
First define the class:
class SubclassCalculation(JobCalculation):
(Substitute Subclass
with the name of your plugin).
Take care of inheriting the JobCalculation
class, or the plugin will not work.
Now, you will likely need to define some variables that belong to
SubclassCalculation
.
In order to be sure that you don’t lose any variables belonging to the
inherited class, every subclass of calculation needs to have a method which is
called _init_internal_params()
.
An example of it would look like:
def _init_internal_params(self):
super(SubclassCalculation, self)._init_internal_params()
self.A_NEW_VARIABLE = 'nabucco'
This function will be called by the __init__
method and will initialize
the variable A_NEW_VARIABLE
at the moment of the instancing.
The second line will call the _init_internal_params() of the parent class and
load other variables eventually defined there.
Now you are able to access the variable A_NEW_VARIABLE
also in the rest of
the class by calling self.A_NEW_VARIABLE
.
Note
Even if you don’t need to define new variables, it is safer to define
the method with the call to super()
.
Note
It is not recommended to rewrite an __init__
by yourself: this
method is inherited from the classes Node
and Calculation
, and you
shouldn’t alter it unless you really know the code down to the lowest-level.
Note
The following is a list of
relevant parameters you may want to (re)define in _init_internal_params
:
self._default_parser
: set to the string of the default parser to be used, in the form accepted by the plugin loader (e.g., for the Quantum ESPRESSO plugin for phonons, this would be “quantumespresso.ph”, loaded from theaiida.parsers.plugins
module).self._DEFAULT_INPUT_FILE
: specify here the relative path to the filename of the default file that should be shown byverdi calculation outputcat --default
. If not specified, the default value isNone
andverdi calculation outputcat
will not accept the--default
option, but it will instead always ask for a specific path name.self._DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE
: same of_DEFAULT_INPUT_FILE
, but for the default output file.
Step 2: define input nodes¶
First, you need to specify what are the objects that are going to be
accepted as input to the calculation class.
This is done by the class property _use_methods
.
An example is as follows:
from aiida.common.utils import classproperty
class SubclassCalculation(JobCalculation):
def _init_internal_params(self):
super(SubclassCalculation, self)._init_internal_params()
@classproperty
def _use_methods(cls):
retdict = JobCalculation._use_methods
retdict.update({
"settings": {
'valid_types': ParameterData,
'additional_parameter': None,
'linkname': 'settings',
'docstring': "Use an additional node for special settings",
},
"pseudo": {
'valid_types': UpfData,
'additional_parameter': 'kind',
'linkname': cls._get_pseudo_linkname,
'docstring': ("Use a remote folder as parent folder (for "
"restarts and similar"),
},
})
return retdict
@classmethod
def _get_pseudo_linkname(cls, kind):
"""
Return the linkname for a pseudopotential associated to a given
structure kind.
"""
return "pseudo_{}".format(kind)
After this piece of code is written, we now have defined two methods of the calculation that specify what DB object could be set as input (and draw the graph in the DB). Specifically, here we will find the two methods:
calculation.use_settings(an_object)
calculation.use_pseudo(another_object,'object_kind')
What did we do?
We added implicitly the two new
use_settings
anduse_pseudo
methods (because the dictionary returned by_use_methods
now contains asettings
and apseudo
key)We did not lose the
use_code
call defined in theCalculation
base class, because we are extendingCalculation._use_methods
. Therefore: don’t specify a code as input in the plugin!use_settings
will accept only one parameter, the node specifying the settings, since theadditional_parameter
value isNone
.use_pseudo
will require two parameters instead, sinceadditional_parameter
value is notNone
. If the second parameter is passed via kwargs, its name must be ‘kind’ (the value ofadditional_parameters
). That is, you can calluse_pseudo
in one of the two following ways:use_pseudo(pseudo_node, 'He') use_pseudo(pseudo_node, kind='He')
to associate the pseudopotential node
pseudo_node
(that you must have loaded before) to helium (He) atoms.The type of the node that you pass as first parameter will be checked against the type (or the tuple of types) specified with
valid_types
(the check is internally done using theisinstance
python call).The name of the link is taken from the
linkname
value. Note that ifadditional_parameter
isNone
, this is simply a string; otherwise, it must be a callable that accepts one single parameter (the further parameter passed to theuse_XXX
function) and returns a string with the proper name. This functionality is provided to have a singleuse_XXX
method to define more than one input node, as it is the case for pseudopotentials, where one input pseudopotential node must be specified for each atomic species or kind.Finally,
docstring
will contain the documentation of the function, that the user can obtain by printing e..g.use_pseudo.__doc__
.
Note
The actual implementation of the use_pseudo
method in the
Quantum ESPRESSO tutorial is slightly different, as it allows the user
to specify a list of kinds that are associated with the same pseudopotential
file (while in the example above only one kind string can be passed).
Step 3: prepare a text input¶
How are the input nodes used internally? Every plugin class is required to have the following method:
def _prepare_for_submission(self,tempfolder,inputdict):
This function is called by the daemon when it is trying to create a new calculation.
There are two arguments:
tempfolder
: is an object of kind SandboxFolder, which behaves exactly as a folder. In this placeholder, you are going to write the input files. This tempfolder is gonna be copied to the remote cluster.
2. inputdict
: contains all the input data nodes as a dictionary, in the
same format that is returned by the get_inputs_dict()
method,
i.e. a linkname as key, and the object as value.
Changed in version 0.5: inputdict should contain all input Data
nodes, and the code.
(this is what the get_inputs_dict()
method returns, by the way).
In older versions, the code is not present.
In general, you simply want to do:
inputdict = self.get_inputs_dict()
right before calling _prepare_for_submission
.
The reason for having this explicitly passed is that the plugin does not have
to perform explicit database queries, and moreover this is useful to test
for submission without the need to store all nodes on the DB.
For the sake of clarity, it’s probably going to be easier looking at
an implemented example. Take a look at the NamelistsCalculation
located in
aiida.orm.calculation.job.quantumespresso.namelists
.
How does the method _prepare_for_submission
work in practice?
You should start by checking if the input nodes passed in
inputdict
are logically sufficient to run an actual calculation. Remember to raise an exception (for exampleInputValidationError
) if something is missing or if something unexpected is found. Ideally, it is better to discover now if something is missing, rather than waiting the queue on the cluster and see that your job has crashed. Also, if there are some nodes left unused, you are gonna leave a DB more complicated than what has really been, and therefore is better to stop the calculation now.create an input file (or more if needed). In the Namelist plugin is done like:
input_filename = tempfolder.get_abs_path(self.INPUT_FILE_NAME) with open(input_filename,'w') as infile: # Here write the information of a ParameterData inside this # file
Note that here it all depends on how you decided the ParameterData to be written. In the namelists plugin we decided the convention that a ParameterData of the format:
ParameterData(dict={"INPUT":{'smearing':2, 'cutoff':30} })
is written in the input file as:
&INPUT smearing = 2, cutoff=30, /
Of course, it’s up to you to decide a convention which defines how to convert the dictionary to the input file. You can also impose some default values for simplicity. For example, the location of the scratch directory, if needed, should be imposed by the plugin and not by the user, and similarly you can/should decide the naming of output files.
Note
it is convenient to avoid hard coding of all the variables that your code has. The convention stated above is sufficient for all inputs structured as fortran cards, without the need of knowing which variables are accepted. Hard coding variable names implies that every time the external software is updated, you need to modify the plugin: in practice the plugin will easily become obsolete if poor maintained. Easyness of maintainance here win over user comfort!
copy inside this folder some auxiliary files that resides on your local machine, like for example pseudopotentials.
return a
CalcInfo
object.This object contains some accessory information. Here’s a template of what it may look like:
calcinfo = CalcInfo() calcinfo.uuid = self.uuid calcinfo.local_copy_list = local_copy_list calcinfo.remote_copy_list = remote_copy_list calcinfo.retrieve_list = [] ### Modify here ! calcinfo.retrieve_list.append('Every file/folder you want to store back locally') ### Modify here! calcinfo.retrieve_singlefile_list = [] ### Modify here and put a name for standard input/output files codeinfo = CodeInfo() codeinfo.cmdline_params = settings_dict.pop('CMDLINE', []) codeinfo.stdin_name = self.INPUT_FILE_NAME codeinfo.stdout_name = self.OUTPUT_FILE_NAME codeinfo.withmpi = self.get_withmpi() codeinfo.code_pk = code.pk calcinfo.codes_info = [codeinfo] return calcinfo
There are a couple of things to be set on calcinfo.
retrieve_list
: a list of relative file pathnames, that will be copied from the cluster to the aiida server, after the calculation has run on cluster. Note that all the file names you need to modify are not absolute path names (you don’t know the name of the folder where it will be created) but rather the path relative to the scratch folder.local_copy_list
: a list of length-two-tuples: (localabspath, relativedestpath). Files to be copied from the aiida server to the cluster.remote_copy_list
: a list of tuples: (remotemachinename, remoteabspath, relativedestpath). Files/folders to be copied from a remote source to a remote destination, sitting both on the same machine.retrieve_singlefile_list
: a list of triplets, in the form["linkname_from calc to singlefile","subclass of singlefile","filename"]
. If this is specified, at the end of the calculation it will be created a SinglefileData-like object in the Database, children of the calculation, if of course the file is found on the cluster.- codes_info: a list of informations that needs to be passed on the command line to the code, passed in the form of a list of CalcInfo objects (see later). Every element in this list corresponds to a call to a code that will be executed in the same scheduling job. This can be useful if a code needs to execute a short preprocessing. For long preprocessings, consider to develop a separate plugin.
codes_run_mode
: a string, only necessary if you want to run more than one code in the same scheduling job. Determines the order in which the multiple codes are run (i.e. sequentially or all at the same time. It assumes one of the values of aiida.common.datastructures.code_run_modes, like code_run_modes.PARALLEL or code_run_modes.SERIAL
A CodeInfo object, as said before, describes how a code has to be executed. The list of CodeInfo objects passed to calcinfo will determined the ordered execution of one (or more) calls to executables. The attributes that can be set to CodeInfo are:
stdin_name
: the name of the standard input.stdin_name
: the name of the standard output.cmdline_params
: like parallelization flags, that will be used when running the code.stderr_name
: the name of the error output.withmpi
: whether the code has to be called with mpi or not.code_pk
: the pk of the code associated to the CodeInfo instance.
If you need to change other settings to make the plugin work, you likely need to add more information to the calcinfo than what we showed here. For the full definition of
CalcInfo()
andCodeInfo()
, refer to the sourceaiida.common.datastructures
.
That’s what is needed to write an input plugin.
To test that everything is done properly, remember to use the
calculation.submit_test()
method, which creates locally the folder
to be sent on cluster, without submitting the calculation on the cluster.
OutputPlugin¶
Well done! You were able to have a successful input plugin.
Now we are going to see what you need to do for an output plugin.
First of all let’s create a new folder:
$path_to_aiida/aiida/parsers/plugins/the_name_of_new_code
, and put there an
empty __init__.py
file.
Here you will write in a new python file the output parser class.
It is actually a rather simple class, performing only a few (but tedious) tasks.
After the calculation has been computed and retrieved from the cluster, that is, at the moment when the parser is going to be called, the calculation has two children: a RemoteData and a FolderData. The RemoteData is an object which represents the scratch folder on the cluster: you don’t need it for the parsing phase. The FolderData is the folder in the AiiDA server which contains the files that have been retrieved from the cluster. Moreover, if you specified a retrieve_singlefile_list, at this stage there is also going to be some children of SinglefileData kind.
Let’s say that you copied the standard output in the FolderData. The parser than has just a couple of tasks:
- open the files in the FolderData
- read them
- convert the information into objects that can be saved in the Database
- return the objects and the linkname.
Note
The parser should not save any object in the DB, that is
a task of the daemon: never use a .store()
method!
Basically, you just need to specify an __init__()
method, and a
function parse_with_retrieved(calc, retrieved)__
, which does the actual work.
The difficult and long part is the point 3, which is the actual parsing stage, which convert text into python objects. Here, you should try to parse as much as you can from the output files. The more you will write, the better it will be.
Note
You should not only parse physical values, a very important thing that could be used by workflows are exceptions or others errors occurring in the calculation. You could save them in a dedicated key of the dictionary (say ‘warnings’), later a workflow can easily read the exceptions from the results and perform a dedicated correction!
In principle, you can save the information in an arbitrary number of objects. The most useful classes to store the information back into the DB are:
ParameterData
: This is the DB representation of a python dictionary. If you put everything in a single ParameterData, then this could be easily accessed from the calculation with the.res
method. If you have to store arrays / large lists or matrices, consider using ArrayData instead.ArrayData
: If you need to store large arrays of values, for example, a list of points or a molecular dynamic trajectory, we strongly encourage you to use this class. At variance with ParameterData, the values are not stored in the DB, but are written to a file (mapped back in the DB). If instead you store large arrays of numbers in the DB with ParameterData, you might soon realize that: a) the DB grows large really rapidly; b) the time it takes to save an object in the DB gets very large.StructureData
: If your code relaxes an input structure, you can end up with an output structure.
Of course, you can create new classes to be stored in the DB, and use them at your own advantage.
A kind of template for writing such parser for the calculation class
NewCalculation
is as follows:
class NewParser(Parser):
"""
A doc string
"""
def __init__(self,calc):
"""
Initialize the instance of NewParser
"""
# check for valid input
if not isinstance(calc,NewCalculation):
raise ParsingError("Input must calc must be a NewCalculation")
super(NewParser, self).__init__(calc)
def parse_with_retrieved(self, retrieved):
"""
Parses the calculation-output datafolder, and stores
results.
:param retrieved: a dictionary of retrieved nodes, where the keys
are the link names of retrieved nodes, and the values are the
nodes.
"""
# check the calc status, not to overwrite anything
state = calc.get_state()
if state != calc_states.PARSING:
raise InvalidOperation("Calculation not in {} state"
.format(calc_states.PARSING) )
# retrieve the whole list of input links
calc_input_parameterdata = self._calc.get_inputs(node_type=ParameterData,
also_labels=True)
# then look for parameterdata only
input_param_name = self._calc.get_linkname('parameters')
params = [i[1] for i in calc_input_parameterdata if i[0]==input_param_name]
if len(params) != 1:
# Use self.logger to log errors, warnings, ...
# This will also add an entry to the DbLog table associated
# to the calculation that we are trying to parse, that can
# be then seen using 'verdi calculation logshow'
self.logger.error("Found {} input_params instead of one"
.format(params))
successful = False
calc_input = params[0]
# Check that the retrieved folder is there
try:
out_folder = retrieved[self._calc._get_linkname_retrieved()]
except KeyError:
self.logger.error("No retrieved folder found")
return False, ()
# check what is inside the folder
list_of_files = out_folder.get_folder_list()
# at least the stdout should exist
if not calc.OUTPUT_FILE_NAME in list_of_files:
raise QEOutputParsingError("Standard output not found")
# get the path to the standard output
out_file = os.path.join( out_folder.get_abs_path('.'),
calc.OUTPUT_FILE_NAME )
# read the file
with open(out_file) as f:
out_file_lines = f.readlines()
# call the raw parsing function. Here it was thought to return a
# dictionary with all keys and values parsed from the out_file (i.e. enery, forces, etc...)
# and a boolean indicating whether the calculation is successfull or not
# In practice, this is the function deciding the final status of the calculation
out_dict,successful = parse_raw_output(out_file_lines)
# convert the dictionary into an AiiDA object, here a
# ParameterData for instance
output_params = ParameterData(dict=out_dict)
# prepare the list of output nodes to be returned
# this must be a list of tuples having 2 elements each: the name of the
# linkname in the database (the one below, self.get_linkname_outparams(),
# is defined in the Parser class), and the object to be saved
new_nodes_list = [ (self.get_linkname_outparams(),output_params) ]
# The calculation state will be set to failed if successful=False,
# to finished otherwise
return successful, new_nodes_list
Parser warnings policy¶
As a rule of thumb, always include two keys in the output parameters of a
calculation, warnings
and parser_warnings
. These two keys contain
a list of messages (strings) that are
useful for debugging problems in the execution of calculations.
Below are the guidelines for the usage of the keys
warnings
and parser_warnings
in the output parameters of a calculation.
Warnings¶
These should be devoted to warnings or error messages relative to the execution of the code. As a (non-exhaustive) list of examples, for Quantum-ESPRESSO, run-time messages such as
Maximum CPU time exceeded.
c_bands: 2 eigenvalues not converged
Not enough space allocated for radial FFT
The scf cycle did not reach convergence.
The FFT is incommensurate: some symmetries may be lost.
Error in routine [...]
should be put in the warnings. In the above cases the warning messages are
directly copied from the output of the code, but a warning can also be
elaborated by the parser when it finds out that something strange went on
during the execution of the code. For QE an example is
QE pw run did not reach the end of the execution.
Among the code-based warnings, some can be identified as ‘’critical’‘, meaning
that when present the calculation should be set in FAILED
state.
There should be an internal list in the parser, e.g. critical_messages
, defining
such critical warnings.
Other non-critical warnings instead might be used to signal the presence of some
possible source of troubles, but that nevertheless did not prevent the calculation
to be considered FINISHED
.
Parser_warnings¶
These should be reserved to warnings occurring during parsing, i.e. when the parser does not find an information it was looking for in the output files. For Quantum-ESPRESSO (PW), examples are
Skipping the parsing of the xml file.
Error while parsing for energy terms.
- etc.
Therefore, these warnings should be placed just to notify that the output was not found in the way the developer had expected, and they signal the necessity of improving the parser code.
Automated parser tests¶
AiiDA testing facility can check for the proper functionality of parsers automatically. To facilitate the creation of new tests, we provide a simple tool to create a new parser test from a calculation that you already run in your AiiDA database, described below.
Test folders¶
Each folder inside the path aiida.backends.djsite/db/subtests/parser_tests
constitutes a single test.
The naming convention for folders is the following:
- it should contain only digits, letters and underscores, otherwise the
folder will be ignored when running
verdi devel tests db.parsers
; - the folder name should start with
test_
; - the name should be followed by the parser plugin name, as returned by calculation.get_parser_name(), and with dots replaced with underscores;
- it should be followed by an underscore;
- finally it should be followed by a string that explains what is tested.
For instance, a valid name is test_quantumespresso_pw_vanderwaals
.
Note that the naming scheme is only a convention, and that the parser to
use for the test is selected automatically.
Creation of a test from an existing calculation¶
In order to create the folder, you can open verdi shell
while being
in the folder aiida.backends.djsite/db/subtests/parser_tests
, import
the following function:
from aiida.backends.djsite.db.subtests.parsers import output_test
and then run it with the correct parameters. The documentation of the function
can be found here
.
An example call could be:
output_test(
pk=21,
testname='vanderwaals',
skip_uuids_from_inputs=[
'f579974c-6a9e-4eb4-9b41-e72486f86ac5',
'ee0df234-955e-4f99-9808-17e168e6a769']
)
where:
21
is the PK of the calculation that you want to exportvanderwaals
is the name of the test: if for instance the node withpk=21
is a Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x calculation, the script will create a folder namedtest_quantumespresso_pw_vanderwaals
- the (optional)
skip_uuids_from_inputs
is a list of UUIDs of input nodes that will not be exported.
The script will create a new folder, containing the exported content of the calculation,
its direct inputs (except those listed in the
skip_uuids_from_inputs
list), and the output retrieved
node.
The format of the exported data is the same of the export files of
AiiDA, but the folder is not zipped.
Note
The skip_uuids_from_inputs
parameter is typically
useful for input nodes containing large files that are not
needed for parsing and would just create a large test; a
typical example is given by pseudopotential input nodes for
Quantum ESPRESSO.
After having run the command, the existence of the folder will only test that the parser is able to parse the calculation without errors. Typically, however, you will also want to check some parsed values.
In this case, you need to modify the _aiida_checks.json
JSON file inside the folder. The syntax is the following:
each key represents an output node that should be generated by the parser;
each value is a dictionary with multiple keys (an empty dictionary will just check for the existence of the output node);
each key of the subdictionary is an attribute to check for. The value is a list of dictionaries, one for each test to perform on the given value; multiple tests are therefore possible. The dictionary should have at least have one key: “comparison”, a string to specifies the type of comparison. The other keys depend on the type of comparison, and typically there is at least a “value” key, the value to compare with. An example:
{ "output_parameters": { "energy": [ { "comparison": "AlmostEqual", "value": -3699.26590536037 } ], "energy_units": [ { "comparison": "Equal", "value": "eV" } ] }, "output_array": { } }
The list of valid comparisons is hardcoded inside the
aiida.backends.djsite.db.subtests.parsers
module;
if you need new comparison types, add them directly to the module.
Running tests¶
Finally, in order to run all tests contained in the folder aiida.backends.djsite/db/subtests/parser_tests
one can use the following verdi
command:
verdi devel tests db.parsers
If no fail message appears it means that the test was successful.
Workflow’s Guide For AiiDA¶
Creating new workflows¶
New user specific workflows should be put in aiida/workflows/user
. If the
workflow is general enough to be of interest for the community, the best is to
create a git repository (e.g. on Bitbucket) and clone
the content of the repository in a subfolder of aiida/workflows/user
, e.g.
in aiida/workflows/user/epfl_theos
for workflows from the group THEOS at EPFL.
Put __init__.py
files in all subdirectories of aiida/workflows/user
to be able to import any workflows. Also, it may be a good
idea to create a specific workflow factory to load easily workflows of the subdirectory.
To do so place in your __init__.py
file in the main workflow directory
(e.g. in aiida/workflows/user/epfl_theos/__init__.py
in the example above):
from aiida.orm.workflow import Workflow
def TheosWorkflowFactory(module):
"""
Return a suitable Workflow subclass for the workflows defined here.
"""
from aiida.common.pluginloader import BaseFactory
return BaseFactory(module, Workflow, "aiida.workflows.user.epfl_theos")
In this example, a workflow located in e.g. aiida/workflows/user/epfl_theos/quantumespresso/pw.py
can be loaded simply by typing:
TheosWorkflowFactory('quantumespresso.pw')
Note
The class name of the workflow should be compliant with the BaseFactory
syntax. In the above example, it should be called PwWorkflow
otherwise
the workflow factory won’t work.
You can also customize your verdi shell by adding this function to the modules to be loaded automatically – see here for more information.
Developer Workflow tutorial¶
Creating new workflows¶
In this section we are going to write a very simple AiiDA workflow. Before starting this tutorial, we assume that you have successfully completed the Developer calculation plugin tutorial and have your input and output plugins ready to use with this tutorial.
This tutorial creates a workflow for the addition of three numbers.
Number could be an integer or a float value. All three numbers will be passed
as parameters to the workflow in dictionary format
(e.g. {"a": 1, "b": 2.2, "c":3}
).
To demonstrate how a workflow works, we will perform the sum of three numbers in two steps:
- Step 1: temp_value = a + b
- Step 2: sum = temp_value + c
A workflow in AiiDA is a python script with several user defined functions called steps
. All AiiDA functions are available inside “steps” and calculations or sub-workflows can be launched and retrieved. The AiiDA daemon executes a workflow and handles all the operations starting from script loading, error handling and reporting, state monitoring and user interaction with the execution queue. The daemon works essentially as an infinite loop, iterating several simple operations:
- It checks the running step in all the active workflows, if there are new calculations attached to a step it submits them.
- It retrieves all the finished calculations. If one step of one workflow exists where all the calculations are correctly finished it reloads the workflow and executes the next step as indicated in the script.
- If a workflow’s next step is the exit one, the workflow is terminated and the report is closed.
Note
Since the daemon is aware only of the classes present at the time of its launch, make sure you restart the daemon every time you add a new workflow, or modify an existing one. To restart a daemon, use following command:
verdi daemon restart
Let’s start to write a workflow step by step. First we have to import some packages:
from aiida.common import aiidalogger
from aiida.orm.workflow import Workflow
from aiida.orm import Code, Computer
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
from aiida.common.exceptions import InputValidationError
In order to write a workflow, we must create a class by extending the
Workflow
class from aiida.orm.workflow
. This is a fundamental
requirement, since the subclassing is the way AiiDA understand if a class
inside the file is an AiiDA workflow or a simple utility class. In the class,
you need to re-define an __init__ method as shown below (in the current
code version, this is a requirement).
Create a new file, which has the same name as the class you are creating
(in this way, it will be possible to load it with WorkflowFactory
),
in this case addnumbers.py
, with the following content:
class AddnumbersWorkflow(Workflow):
"""
This workflow takes 3 numbers as an input and gives
its addition as an output.
Workflow steps:
passed parameters: a,b,c
1st step: a + b = step1_result
2nd step: step1_result + c = final_result
"""
def __init__(self, **kwargs):
super(AddnumbersWorkflow, self).__init__(**kwargs)
Once the class is defined a user can add methods to generate calculations, download structures or compute new structures starting form a query in previous AiiDA calculations present in the DB. Here we will add simple helper function to validate the input parameters which will be the dictionary with keys a
, b
and c
. All dictionary values should be of type integer or float.
def validate_input(self):
"""
Check if the passed parameters are of type int or float
else raise exception
"""
# get parameters passed to workflow when it was
# initialised. These parameters can not be modified
# during an execution
params = self.get_parameters()
for k in ['a','b','c']:
try:
# check if value is int or float
if not (isinstance(params[k], int) or isinstance(params[k], float)):
raise InputValidationError("Value of {} is not of type int or float".format(k))
except KeyError:
raise InputValidationError("Missing input key {}".format(k))
# add in report
self.append_to_report("Starting workflow with params: {0}".format(params))
In the above method we have used append_to_report workflow method. Once the workflow is launched, the user interactions are limited to some events (stop, relaunch, list of the calculations). So most of the times it is very useful to have custom messages during the execution. Hence, workflow is equipped with a reporting facility self.append_to_report(string)
, where the user can fill with any text and can retrieve both live and at the end of the execution.
Now we will add the method to launch the actual calculations. We have already done this as part of plugin exercise and hence we do not discuss it in detail here.
def get_calculation_sum(self, a, b):
"""
launch new calculation
:param a: number
:param b: number
:return: calculation object, already stored
"""
# get code/executable file
codename = 'sum'
code = Code.get_from_string(codename)
computer_name = 'localhost'
computer = Computer.get(computer_name)
# create new calculation
calc = code.new_calc()
calc.set_computer(computer)
calc.label = "Add two numbers"
calc.description = "Calculation step in a workflow to add more than two numbers"
calc.set_max_wallclock_seconds(30*60) # 30 min
calc.set_withmpi(False)
calc.set_resources({"num_machines": 1})
# pass input to the calculation
parameters = ParameterData(dict={'x1': a,'x2':b,})
calc.use_parameters(parameters)
# store calculation in database
calc.store_all()
return calc
Now we will write the first step
which is one of the main components
in the workflow. In the example below, the start method is decorated with
Workflow.step
making it a very unique kind of method, automatically stored
in the database as a container of calculations and sub-workflows.
@Workflow.step
def start(self):
"""
Addition for first two parameters passed to workflow
when it was initialised
"""
try:
self.validate_input()
except InputValidationError:
self.next(self.exit)
return
# get first parameter passed to workflow when it was initialised.
a = self.get_parameter("a")
# get second parameter passed to workflow when it was initialised.
b = self.get_parameter("b")
# start first calculation
calc = self.get_calculation_sum(a, b)
# add in report
self.append_to_report("First step calculation is running...")
# attach calculation in workflow to access in next steps
self.attach_calculation(calc)
# go to next step
self.next(self.stage2)
Several functions are available to the user when coding a workflow step, and in the above method we have used basic ones discussed below:
self.get_parameters()
: with this method we can retrieve the parameters passed to the workflow when it was initialized. Parameters cannot be modified during an execution, while attributes can be added and removed.self.attach_calculation(calc)
: this is a key point in the workflow, and something possible only inside a step method. EveryJobCalculation
, generated in the method itself or retrieved from other utility methods, is attached to the workflow’s step. They are then launched and executed completely by the daemon, without the need of user interaction. Any number of calculations can be attached. The daemon will poll the servers until all the step calculations will be finished, and only after that it will call the next step.self.next(Workflow.step)
: this is the final part of a step, where the user points the engine about what to do after all the calculations in the steps (on possible sub-workflows, as we will see later) are terminated. The argument of this function has to be a Workflow.step decorated method of the same workflow class, or in case this is the last step to be executed, you can use the common methodself.exit
which is always present in eachWorkflow
subclass. Note that while this call typically occurs at the end of the function, this is not required and you can call thenext()
method as soon as you can decide which method should follow the current one. As it can be seen above, we can use some python logic (if
, ...) to decide what thenext
method is going to be (above, we directly point toself.exit
if the input is invalid).
Note
remember to call
self.next(self.stage2)
and NOTself.next(self.stage2())
!! In the first case, we are correctly passing the methodstage2
tonext
. In the second case we are instead immediately running thestage2
method, something we do not want to do (we need to wait for the current step to finish), and passing its return value toself.next
(which is wrong).
The above start step calls method validate_input()
to validate the input
parameters. When the workflow will be launched through the start
method,
the AiiDA daemon will load the workflow, execute the step, launch all the
calculations and monitor their state.
Now we will create a second step to retrieve the addition of first two numbers
from the first step and then we will add the third input number.
Once all the calculations in the start step will be finished,
the daemon will load and execute the next step i.e. stage2
, shown below:
@Workflow.step
def stage2(self):
"""
Get result from first calculation and add third value passed
to workflow when it was initialised
"""
# get third parameter passed to workflow when it was initialised.
c = self.get_parameter("c")
# get result from first calculation
start_calc = self.get_step_calculations(self.start)[0]
# add in report
self.append_to_report("Result of first step calculation is {}".format(
start_calc.res.sum))
# start second calculation
result_calc = self.get_calculation_sum(start_calc.res.sum, c)
# add in report
self.append_to_report("Second step calculation is done..")
# attach calculation in workflow to access in next steps
self.attach_calculation(result_calc)
# go to next step
self.next(self.stage3)
The new feature used in the above step is:
self.get_step_calculations(Workflow.step)
: anywhere after the first step we may need to retrieve and analyze calculations executed in a previous steps. With this method we can have access to the list of calculations of a specific workflows step, passed as an argument.
Now in the last step of the workflow we will retrieve the results from
stage2
and exit the workflow by calling self.next(self.exit)
method:
@Workflow.step
def stage3(self):
"""
Get the result from second calculation and add it as final
result of this workflow
"""
# get result from second calculation
second_calc = self.get_step_calculations(self.stage2)[0]
# add in report
self.append_to_report("Result of second step calculation is {}".format(
second_calc.res.sum))
# add workflow result
self.add_result('value',second_calc.res.sum)
# add in report
self.append_to_report("Added value to workflow results")
# Exit workflow
self.next(self.exit)
The new features used in the above step are:
self.add_result()
: When all calculations are done it is useful to tag some of them as results, using custom string to be later searched and retrieved. Similarly to theget_step_calculations
, this method works on the entire workflow and not on a single step.self.next(self.exit)
: This is the final part of each workflow. Every workflow inheritate a fictitious step calledexit
that can be set as a next to any step. As the names suggest, this implies the workflow execution finished correctly.
Running a workflow¶
After saving the workflow inside a python file (i.e. addnumbers.py`)
located in the ``aiida/workflows
directory, we can launch the workflow
simply invoking the specific workflow class and executing the start()
method inside the verdi shell
or in a python script (with the AiiDA framework
loaded).
Note
Don’t forget to (re)start your daemon at this point!
In this case, let’s use the verdi shell
. In the shell we execute:
AddnumbersWorkflow = WorkflowFactory("addnumbers")
params = {"a":2, "b": 1.4, "c": 1}
wobject = AddnumbersWorkflow(params=params)
wobject.store()
wobject.start()
In the above example we initialized the workflow with input parameters as
a dictionary. The WorkflowFactory
will work only if you gave the correct
name both the python file and to the class. Otherwise, you can just substitute
that line with a suitable import like:
from aiida.orm.workflows.addnumbers import AddnumbersWorkflow
We launched the workflow using start()
method after storing it.
Since start
is a decorated workflow step, the workflow is added to the
workflow to the execution queue monitored by the AiiDA daemon.
We now need to know what is going on. There are basically two main ways to see the workflows that are running: by printing the workflowlist
or a single workflowreport
.
Workflow list
From the command line we run:
>> verdi workflow list
This will list all the running workflows, showing the state of each step and each calculation (and, when present, each sub-workflow). It is the fastest way to have a snapshot of what your AiiDA workflow daemon is working on. An example output right after the AddnumbersWorkflow submission should be:
+ Workflow AddnumbersWorkflow (pk: 76) is RUNNING [0h:00m:14s ago] |-* Step: start [->stage2] is RUNNING | | Calculation ('Number sum', pk: 739) is TOSUBMIT |
The
pk
number of each workflow is reported, a unique ID identifying that specific execution of the workflow, something necessary to retrieve it at any other time in the future (as explained in the next point).Workflow report
As explained, each workflow is equipped with a reporting facility the user can use to log any intermediate information, useful to debug the state or show some details. Moreover the report is also used by AiiDA as an error reporting tool: in case of errors encountered during the execution, the AiiDA daemon will copy the entire stack trace in the workflow report before halting its execution. To access the report we need the specific
pk
of the workflow. From the command line you would run:verdi workflow report PK_NUMBER
while from the verdi shell the same operation requires to use the
get_report()
method:>> load_workflow(PK_NUMBER).get_report()
In both variants, PK_NUMBER is the
pk
number of the workflow we want the report of. Theload_workflow
function loads a Workflow instance from itspk
number, or from itsuuid
(given as a string).Once launched, the workflows will be handled by the daemon until the final step or until some error occurs. In the last case, the workflow gets halted and the report can be checked to understand what happened.
Workflow result
As explained, when all the calculations are done it is useful to tag some nodes or quantities as results, using a custom string to be later searched and retrieved. This method works on the entire workflow and not on a single step.
To access the results we need the specific
pk
of the workflow. From the verdi shell, you can use theget_report()
method:>> load_workflow(PK_NUMBER).get_results()
In both variants, PK_NUMBER is the
pk
number of the workflow we want the report of.Killing a workflow
A user can also kill a workflow while it is running. This can be done with the following verdi command:
>> verdi workflow kill PK_NUMBER_1 PK_NUMBER_2 PK_NUMBER_N
where several
pk
numbers can be given. A prompt will ask for a confirmation; this can be avoided by using the-f
option.An alternative way to kill an individual workflow is to use the
kill
method. In the verdi shell type:>> load_workflow(PK_NUMBER).kill()
Exercise¶
In the exercise you have to write a workflow for the addition of six numbers, using the workflow we just wrote as subworkflows.
For this workflow use:
- Input parameters:
params = {“w1”: {“a”: 2, “b”: 2.1, “c”: 1}, “w2”: {“a”: 2, “b”: 2.1, “c”: 4}}
- start step:
Use two sub workflows (the ones developed above) for the addition of three numbers:
- Sub workflow with input w1 and calculate its sum (temp_result1)
- Sub workflow with input w2 and calculate its sum (temp_result2)
- stage2 step:
final_result = temp_result1 + temp_result2
Addfinal_result
to the workflow results and exit the workflow.
Some notes and tips:
- You can attach a subworkflow similarly to how you attach a calculation: in the
step, create the new subworkflow, set its parameters using
set_parameters
, store it, call the start() method, and then callself.attach_workflow(wobject)
to attach it to the current step. - If you want to pass intermediate data from one step to another, you can set
the data as a workflow attibute: in a step, call
self.set_attribute(attr_name, attr_value)
, and retrieve it in another step usingattr_value = self.get_attribute(attr_name)
. Values can be any JSON-serializable value, or an AiiDA node.
Verdi command line plugins¶
AiiDA can be extended by adding custom means of use to interact with it via the command line, by extending the ‘verdi’ commands.
We will describe in particular how to extend verdi data
by adding a
new subcommand.
Framework for verdi data
¶
The code for each of the verdi data <datatype> <action> [--format <plugin>]
commands is placed in _<Datatype>
class inside
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.py
. Standard actions, such as
list
show
import
export
are implemented in corresponding classes:
which are inherited by _<Datatype>
classes (multiple inheritance is
possible). Actions show
, import
and export
can be extended with
new format plugins simply by adding additional methods in _<Datatype>
(these are automatically detected). Action list
can be extended by
overriding default methods of the
Listable
.
Adding plugins for show
, import
, export
and like¶
A plugin to show, import or export the data node can be added by inserting
a method to _<Datatype>
class. Each new method is automatically detected,
provided it starts with _<action>_
(that means _show_
for show
,
_import_
for import
and _export_
for export
). Node for each
of such method is passed using a parameter.
Note
plugins for show
are passed a list of nodes, while plugins for
import
and export
are passed a single node.
As the --format
option is optional, the default plugin can be specified
by setting the value for _default_<action>_plugin
in the inheriting class,
for example:
class _Parameter(VerdiCommandWithSubcommands, Visualizable):
"""
View and manipulate Parameter data classes.
"""
def __init__(self):
"""
A dictionary with valid commands and functions to be called.
"""
from aiida.orm.data.parameter import ParameterData
self.dataclass = ParameterData
self._default_show_format = 'json_date'
self.valid_subcommands = {
'show': (self.show, self.complete_visualizers),
}
def _show_json_date(self, exec_name, node_list):
"""
Show contents of ParameterData nodes.
"""
If the default plugin is not defined and there are more than one plugin,
an exception will be raised upon issuing verdi data <datatype> <action>
to be caught and explained for the user.
Plugin-specific command line options can be appended in plugin-specific
methods _<action>_<plugin>_parameters(self,parser)
. All these methods
are called before parsing command line arguments, and are passed an
argparse.ArgumentParser
instance, to which command line argument
descriptions can be appended using parser.add_argument()
. For example:
def _show_jmol_parameters(self, parser):
"""
Describe command line parameters.
"""
parser.add_argument('--step',
help="ID of the trajectory step. If none is "
"supplied, all steps are exported.",
type=int, action='store')
Note
as all _<action>_<plugin>_parameters(self,parser)
methods are
called, it requires some attention in order not to make conflicting
command line argument names!
Note
it’s a good practice to set default=None
for all command line
arguments, since None
-valued arguments are excluded before passing
the parsed argument dictionary to a desired plugin.
Implementing list
¶
As listing of data nodes can be extended with filters, controllable using
command line parameters, the code of
Listable
is split into a few
separate methods, that can be individually overridden:
list
:the main method, parsing the command line arguments and printing the data node information to the standard output;
query
:takes the parsed command line arguments and performs a query on the database, returns table of unformatted strings, representing the hits;
append_list_cmdline_arguments
:informs the command line argument parser about additional, user-defined parameters, used to control the
query
function;
get_column_names
:returns the names of columns to be printed by
list
method.
Adding a verdi
command¶
Here we will add a new verdi command for the FloatData datatype we created and used in Developer code plugin tutorial exercise.
The new command will be:
>> verdi data float show <pk>
To create the above verdi command, we will write a _Float
class
inheriting from both VerdiCommandWithSubcommands
and Visualizable
classes; this class will be added
inside aiida.cmdline.commands.data.py
file.
By inheriting from Visualizable
, our class will have a``show()`` method,
that we can use as the default action for verdi data float show
:
class _Float(VerdiCommandWithSubcommands, Visualizable):
"""
View and manipulate Float data classes.
"""
def __init__(self):
"""
A dictionary with valid commands and functions to be called.
"""
from aiida.orm.data.float import FloatData
self.dataclass = FloatData
self.valid_subcommands = {
'show': (self.show, self.complete_none),
}
self._default_show_format = 'simple'
The features used in init
method are:
self.dataclass
: It is the data type for which the command is written. In this example it isFloatData
.self.valid_subcommands
: It is the dictionary of valid subcommands and the two functions to be called when the given command is called, or when bash completion is needed. Each key will be the command for the defined data type. ForFloatData
we are therefore adding ashow
command, that will callself.show()
as method from base cass to be called on. We passself.complete_none
as completion function to disable further bash completion after the command (this method is defined in theVerdiCommandWithSubcommands
base class). Theself.show()
method creates a list of all methods of the current class with prefix_show_
in their name, and provides them as possible formats.self._default_show_format
: It is the default format to be displayed for theshow'
command when no specific format is passed as an argument. For FloatData, we will show data in asimple
format by default. To display node insimple
format, we will simply add a method called_show_simple()
in the_Float
class. Please note that the method name should follow the convention_show_ + format_name
.
The _show_simple()
method will be:
def _show_simple(self, exec_name, node_list):
"""
Show contents of FloatData nodes.
"""
from aiida.cmdline import print_dictionary
for node in node_list:
print node.value
In this method we have passed the executable name and the list of nodes. To print FloatData in simple format we are just printing the corresponding value on screen.
Once the _Float
class is added, make sure to add entry in
self.routed_subcommands
dictionary in the __init__
method of the
Data
class in aiida.cmdline.commands.data.py
file as shown below.
class Data(VerdiCommandRouter):
"""
Setup and manage data specific types
There is a list of subcommands for managing specific types of data.
For instance, 'data upf' manages pseudopotentials in the UPF format.
"""
def __init__(self):
"""
A dictionary with valid commands and functions to be called.
"""
## Add here the classes to be supported.
self.routed_subcommands = {
.
.
# other entries
'float': _Float,
}
The new verdi command float
, is now ready!
Try experimenting by adding other formats for show
command
or by adding other commands like list
, import
and export
for FloatData data type.
Exporting structures to TCOD¶
Export of
StructureData
and
CifData
(or any other data type,
which can be converted to them) to the
Theoretical Crystallography Open Database (TCOD) can be divided into
following workflow steps:
No. | Description | Input | Output | Type | Implemented? |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
0 | Conversion of the StructureData to CifData | StructureData |
CifData |
Inline | + |
1 | Detection of the symmetry and reduction to the unit cell | CifData |
CifData |
Inline | + |
2 | Niggli reduction of the unit cell | CifData |
CifData |
Inline | — |
3 | Addition of structure properties (total energy, residual forces) | CifData ,
ParameterData |
CifData |
Inline | PW and CP |
4 | Addition of the metadata for reproduction of the results | CifData |
CifData |
Inline | ~ |
5 | Depostition to the TCOD | CifData |
ParameterData |
Job | + |
Type of each step’s calculation
(InlineCalculation
or JobCalculation
)
defined in column Type. Each step is described in more detail below:
- Conversion of the StructureData to CifData
Conversion between the
StructureData
andCifData
is done via ASE atoms object.
- Detection of the symmetry and reduction to the unit cell
Detection of the symmetry and reduction to the unit cell is performed using pyspglib.spglib.refine_cell() function.
- Niggli reduction of the unit cell
Reduction of the unit cell to Niggli cell is a nice to have feature, as it would allow to represent structure as an unambiguously selected unit cell.
- Addition of structure properties (energy, remaining forces)
The structure properties from the calculations, such as total energy and residual forces can be extracted from
ParameterData
nodes and put into related TCOD CIF dictionaries tags using calculation-specific parameter translator, derived fromBaseTcodtranslator
.
- Addition of the metadata for reproduction of the results
Current metadata, added for reproducibility, includes scripts for re-running of calculations, outputs from the calculations and exported subset of AiiDA database. It’s not quite clear what/how to record the metadata for calculations of type
InlineCalculation
.
- Depostition to the TCOD
Deposition of the final
CifData
to the TCOD is performed using cif_cod_deposit script from cod-tools package.
GIT cheatsheet¶
Excellent and thorough documentation on how to use GIT can be found online on the official GIT documentation or by searching on Google. We summarize here only a set of commands that may be useful.
Interesting online resources¶
Set the push default behavior to push only the current branch¶
The default push behavior may not be what you expect: if a branch you are not working on changes, you may not be able to push your own branch, because git tries to check them all. To avoid this, use:
git config push.default upstream
to set the default push.default behaviour to push the current branch to its upstream branch. Note the actual string to set depends on the version of git; newer versions allow to use:
git config push.default simple
which is better; see also discussion on this stackoverflow page.
View commits that would be pushed¶
If you want to see which commits would be sent to the remote repository upon a
git push
command, you can use (e.g. if you want to compare with the
origin/develop
remote branch):
git log origin/develop..HEAD
to see the logs of the commits, or:
git diff origin/develop..HEAD
to see also the differences among the current HEAD
and the version on
origin/develop
.
Switch to another branch¶
You can switch to another branch with:
git checkout newbranchname
and you can see the list of checked-out branches, and the one you are in, with:
git branch
(or git branch -a
to see also the list of remote branches).
Associate a local and remote branch¶
To tell GIT to always push a local branch (checked-out) to a remote branch
called remotebranchname
, check out the correct local branch and then
do:
git push --set-upstream origin remotebranchname
From now on, you will just need to run git push
. This will create a new
entry in .git/config
similar to:
[branch "localbranchname"]
remote = origin
merge = refs/heads/remotebranchname
Branch renaming¶
To rename a branch locally, from oldname
to newname
:
git checkout oldname
git branch -m oldname newname
If you want also to rename it remotely, you have to create a new branch and
then delete the old one. One way to do it, is first editing ~/.git/config
so that the branch points to the new remote name, changing
refs/heads/oldname
to refs/heads/newname
in the correct section:
[branch "newname"]
remote = origin
merge = refs/heads/newname
Then, do a:
git push origin newname
to create the new branch, and finally delete the old one with:
git push origin :oldname
(notice the : symbol). Note that if you are working e.g. on BitBucket, there may be a filter to disallow the deletion of branches (check in the repository settings, and then under “Branch management”). Moreover, the “Main branch” (set in the repository settings, under “Repository details”) cannot be deleted.
Create a new (lightweight) tag¶
If you want to create a new tag, e.g. for a new version, and you have checked out the commit that you want to tag, simply run:
git tag TAGNAME
(e.g., git tag v0.2.0
). Afterwards, remember to push the tag to the remote
repository (otherwise it will remain only local):
git push --tags
Create a new branch from a given tag¶
This will create a new newbranchname
branch starting from tag v0.2.0
:
git checkout -b newbranchname v0.2.0
Then, if you want to push the branch remotely and have git remember the association:
git push --set-upstream origin remotebranchname
(for the meaning of –set-upsteam see the section Associate a local and remote branch above).
Disallow a branch deletion, or committing to a branch, on BitBucket¶
You can find these settings in the repository settings of the web interface, and then under “Branch management”.
Note
if you commit to a branch (locally) and then discover that you cannot push (e.g. you mistakenly committed to the master branch), you can remove your last commit using:
git reset --hard HEAD~1
(this removes one commit only, and you should have no local modifications; if you do it, be sure to avoid losing your modifications!)
Merge from a different repository¶
It is possible to do a pull request of a forked repository from the BitBucket web interface. However, if one just wants to keep in sync, e.g., the main AiiDA repository with a fork you are working into without creating a pull request (e.g., for daily merge of your fork’s develop into the main repo’s develop), you can:
commit and pull all your changes in your fork
from the BitBucket web interface, sync your fork with the main repository, if needed
go in a local cloned version of the main repository
[only the first time] add a remote pointing to the new repository, with the name you prefer (here:
myfork
):git remote add myfork git@bitbucket.org:BUTBUCKETUSER/FORKEDREPO.git
checkout to the correct branch you want to merge into (
git checkout develop
)do a
git pull
(just in case)Fetch the correct branch of the other repository (e.g., the develop branch):
git fetch myfork develop
(this will fetch that branch into a temporary location called
FETCH_HEAD
).Merge the modifications:
git merge FETCH_HEAD
Fix any merge conflicts (if any) and commit.
Finally, push the merged result into the main repository:
git push(or, if you did not use the default remote with
--set-upstream
, specify the correct remote branch, e.g.git push origin develop
).
Note
If you want to fetch and transfer also tags, use instead:
git fetch -t myfork develop
git merge FETCH_HEAD
git push --tags
to get the tags from myfork and then push them in the current repository.
Sphinx cheatsheet¶
A brief overview of some of the main functions of Sphinx as used in the aiida documentation. View This Page to see how this page was formatted. This is only a brief outline for more please see the Sphinx documentation
Main Titles and Subtitles¶
This is an example of a main title.
subtitles are made like this¶
This is an example of a subtitle.
Formatting¶
Basic Paragraph Formatting¶
Words can be written in italics or in bold. Text describing a specific
computer_thing
can be formatted as well.
Paragraph and Indentation¶
Much like in regular python, the indentation plays a strong role in the formatting.
For example all of this sentence will appear on the same line.
- While this sentence will appear
- differently because there is an indent.
Terminal and Code Formatting¶
Something to be run in command line can be formatted like this:
>> Some command
As can be seen above, while snippets of python on code can be done like this:
import module
print('hello world')
Notes¶
Note
Notes can be added like this.
Bullet Points and Lists¶
- Bullet points can be added
- Just like this * With sub-bullets like this
- While numerical bullets
- Can be added
- Like this
Links, Code Display, Cross References¶
Code Display¶
Can be done like this. This entire document can be seen unformated below using this method.
#!/usr/bin/env python
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
import json
import sys
in_file = sys.argv[1]
out_file = sys.argv[2]
print "Some output from the code"
with open(in_file) as f:
in_dict = json.load(f)
out_dict = { 'sum':in_dict['x1']+in_dict['x2'] }
with open(out_file,'w') as f:
json.dump(out_dict,f)
Cross Reference Docs¶
Here is an example of a reference to the StructureData tutorial which is on another page
Here is an example of a reference to something on the same page, Cross Reference Docs
Note
References within the same document need a reference label, see .. _self-reference: used in this section for an example. Hidden in formatted page, can only be seen in the input text.
Cross Reference Classes and Methods¶
Any class can be referenced for example StructureData
references the
StructureData data class.
Similarily any method can be referenced for example append_atom()
shows the StructureData class’ append atom method.
Table of Contents Docs and Code¶
Table of Contents for Docs¶
An example of the table of contents syntax for the GIT cheatsheet can be seen here note that these are especially important in the global structure of the document, as found in index.rst files.
Note
The maxdepth parameter can be used to change how deep the title indexing goes. See This Page.
Table of Contents for Code¶
Table of contents, that cross reference code, can be done very similarly to how it is done for documents. For example the parser docs can be indexed like this
This section describes the aiida object-relational mapping.
Some generic methods of the module aiida.orm.utils
-
aiida.orm.utils.
CalculationFactory
(module, from_abstract=False)[source]¶ Return a suitable JobCalculation subclass.
Parameters: - module – a valid string recognized as a Calculation plugin
- from_abstract – A boolean. If False (default), actually look only to subclasses to JobCalculation, not to the base Calculation class. If True, check for valid strings for plugins of the Calculation base class.
-
aiida.orm.utils.
load_node
(node_id=None, pk=None, uuid=None, parent_class=None)[source]¶ Return an AiiDA node given PK or UUID.
Parameters: - node_id – PK (integer) or UUID (string) or a node
- pk – PK of a node
- uuid – UUID of a node
- parent_class – if specified, checks whether the node loaded is a subclass of parent_class
Returns: an AiiDA node
Raises: - ValueError – if none or more than one of parameters is supplied or type of node_id is neither string nor integer.
- NotExistent – if the parent_class is specified and no matching Node is found.
-
aiida.orm.utils.
load_workflow
(wf_id=None, pk=None, uuid=None)[source]¶ Return an AiiDA workflow given PK or UUID.
Parameters: - wf_id – PK (integer) or UUID (string) or a workflow
- pk – PK of a workflow
- uuid – UUID of a workflow
Returns: an AiiDA workflow
Raises: ValueError if none or more than one of parameters is supplied or type of wf_id is neither string nor integer
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.computer.
AbstractComputer
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Base class to map a node in the DB + its permanent repository counterpart.
Stores attributes starting with an underscore.
Caches files and attributes before the first save, and saves everything only on store(). After the call to store(), in general attributes cannot be changed, except for those listed in the self._updatable_attributes tuple (empty for this class, can be extended in a subclass).
Only after storing (or upon loading from uuid) metadata can be modified and in this case they are directly set on the db.
In the plugin, also set the _plugin_type_string, to be set in the DB in the ‘type’ field.
-
full_text_info
¶ Return a (multiline) string with a human-readable detailed information on this computer.
-
classmethod
get
(computer)[source]¶ Return a computer from its name (or from another Computer or DbComputer instance)
-
get_dbauthinfo
(user)[source]¶ Return the aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.DbAuthInfo instance for the given user on this computer, if the computer is not configured for the given user.
Parameters: user – a DbUser instance. Returns: a aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.DbAuthInfo instance Raises: NotExistent – if the computer is not configured for the given user.
-
get_default_mpiprocs_per_machine
()[source]¶ Return the default number of CPUs per machine (node) for this computer, or None if it was not set.
-
get_mpirun_command
()[source]¶ Return the mpirun command. Must be a list of strings, that will be then joined with spaces when submitting.
I also provide a sensible default that may be ok in many cases.
-
id
¶ Return the principal key in the DB.
-
is_user_configured
(user)[source]¶ Return True if the computer is configured for the given user, False otherwise.
Parameters: user – a DbUser instance. Returns: a boolean.
-
is_user_enabled
(user)[source]¶ Return True if the computer is enabled for the given user (looking only at the per-user setting: the computer could still be globally disabled).
Note: Return False also if the user is not configured for the computer. Parameters: user – a DbUser instance. Returns: a boolean.
-
pk
¶ Return the principal key in the DB.
-
set_default_mpiprocs_per_machine
(def_cpus_per_machine)[source]¶ Set the default number of CPUs per machine (node) for this computer. Accepts None if you do not want to set this value.
-
set_mpirun_command
(val)[source]¶ Set the mpirun command. It must be a list of strings (you can use string.split() if you have a single, space-separated string).
-
store
()[source]¶ Store the computer in the DB.
Differently from Nodes, a computer can be re-stored if its properties are to be changed (e.g. a new mpirun command, etc.)
-
uuid
¶ Return the UUID in the DB.
-
validate
()[source]¶ Check if the attributes and files retrieved from the DB are valid. Raise a ValidationError if something is wrong.
Must be able to work even before storing: therefore, use the get_attr and similar methods that automatically read either from the DB or from the internal attribute cache.
For the base class, this is always valid. Subclasses will reimplement this. In the subclass, always call the super().validate() method first!
-
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.node.
AbstractNode
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Base class to map a node in the DB + its permanent repository counterpart.
Stores attributes starting with an underscore.
Caches files and attributes before the first save, and saves everything only on store(). After the call to store(), in general attributes cannot be changed, except for those listed in the self._updatable_attributes tuple (empty for this class, can be extended in a subclass).
Only after storing (or upon loading from uuid) extras can be modified and in this case they are directly set on the db.
In the plugin, also set the _plugin_type_string, to be set in the DB in the ‘type’ field.
-
__init__
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Initialize the object Node.
Parameters: uuid (optional) – if present, the Node with given uuid is loaded from the database. (It is not possible to assign a uuid to a new Node.)
-
add_comment
(content, user=None)[source]¶ Add a new comment.
Parameters: content – string with comment
-
add_link_from
(src, label=None, link_type=<LinkType.UNSPECIFIED: 'unspecified'>)[source]¶ Add a link to the current node from the ‘src’ node. Both nodes must be a Node instance (or a subclass of Node) :note: In subclasses, change only this. Moreover, remember to call the super() method in order to properly use the caching logic!
Parameters: - src – the source object
- label (str) – the name of the label to set the link from src. Default = None.
- link_type – The type of link, must be one of the enum values
from
LinkType
-
add_path
(src_abs, dst_path)[source]¶ Copy a file or folder from a local file inside the repository directory. If there is a subpath, folders will be created.
Copy to a cache directory if the entry has not been saved yet.
Parameters: - src_abs (str) – the absolute path of the file to copy.
- dst_filename (str) – the (relative) path on which to copy.
Todo: in the future, add an add_attachment() that has the same meaning of a extras file. Decide also how to store. If in two separate subfolders, remember to reset the limit.
-
copy
()[source]¶ Return a copy of the current object to work with, not stored yet.
This is a completely new entry in the DB, with its own UUID. Works both on stored instances and with not-stored ones.
Copies files and attributes, but not the extras. Does not store the Node to allow modification of attributes.
Returns: an object copy
-
ctime
¶ Return the creation time of the node.
-
dbnode
¶ Returns: the corresponding DbNode object.
-
del_extra
(key)[source]¶ Delete a extra, acting directly on the DB! The action is immediately performed on the DB. Since extras can be added only after storing the node, this function is meaningful to be called only after the .store() method.
Parameters: key (str) – key name Raise: AttributeError: if key starts with underscore Raise: ModificationNotAllowed: if the node is not stored yet
-
description
¶ Get the description of the node.
Returns: a string
-
folder
¶ Get the folder associated with the node, whether it is in the temporary or the permanent repository.
Returns: the RepositoryFolder object.
-
get_abs_path
(path=None, section=None)[source]¶ Get the absolute path to the folder associated with the Node in the AiiDA repository.
Parameters: - path (str) – the name of the subfolder inside the section. If None returns the abspath of the folder. Default = None.
- section – the name of the subfolder (‘path’ by default).
Returns: a string with the absolute path
For the moment works only for one kind of files, ‘path’ (internal files)
-
get_attr
(key, default=())[source]¶ Get the attribute.
Parameters: - key – name of the attribute
- default (optional) – if no attribute key is found, returns default
Returns: attribute value
Raises: AttributeError – If no attribute is found and there is no default
-
get_comments
(pk=None)[source]¶ Return a sorted list of comment values, one for each comment associated to the node.
Parameters: pk – integer or list of integers. If it is specified, returns the comment values with desired pks. (pk refers to DbComment.pk) Returns: the list of comments, sorted by pk; each element of the list is a dictionary, containing (pk, email, ctime, mtime, content)
-
get_computer
()[source]¶ Get the computer associated to the node.
Returns: the Computer object or None.
-
get_extra
(key, *args)[source]¶ Get the value of a extras, reading directly from the DB! Since extras can be added only after storing the node, this function is meaningful to be called only after the .store() method.
Parameters: - key (str) – key name
- value (optional) – if no attribute key is found, returns value
Returns: the key value
Raises: ValueError – If more than two arguments are passed to get_extra
-
get_extras
()[source]¶ Get the value of extras, reading directly from the DB! Since extras can be added only after storing the node, this function is meaningful to be called only after the .store() method.
Returns: the dictionary of extras ({} if no extras)
-
get_folder_list
(subfolder='.')[source]¶ Get the the list of files/directory in the repository of the object.
Parameters: subfolder (str,optional) – get the list of a subfolder Returns: a list of strings.
-
get_inputs
(node_type=None, also_labels=False, only_in_db=False, link_type=None)[source]¶ Return a list of nodes that enter (directly) in this node
Parameters: - node_type – If specified, should be a class, and it filters only elements of that specific type (or a subclass of ‘type’)
- also_labels – If False (default) only return a list of input nodes. If True, return a list of tuples, where each tuple has the following format: (‘label’, Node), with ‘label’ the link label, and Node a Node instance or subclass
- only_in_db – Return only the inputs that are in the database, ignoring those that are in the local cache. Otherwise, return all links.
- link_type – Only get inputs of this link type, if None then returns all inputs of all link types.
-
get_inputs_dict
(only_in_db=False, link_type=None)[source]¶ Return a dictionary where the key is the label of the input link, and the value is the input node.
Parameters: - only_in_db – If true only get stored links, not cached
- link_type – Only get inputs of this link type, if None then returns all inputs of all link types.
Returns: a dictionary {label:object}
-
get_outputs
(type=None, also_labels=False, link_type=None)[source]¶ Return a list of nodes that exit (directly) from this node
Parameters: - type – if specified, should be a class, and it filters only elements of that specific type (or a subclass of ‘type’)
- also_labels – if False (default) only return a list of input nodes. If True, return a list of tuples, where each tuple has the following format: (‘label’, Node), with ‘label’ the link label, and Node a Node instance or subclass
-
get_outputs_dict
(link_type=None)[source]¶ Return a dictionary where the key is the label of the output link, and the value is the input node. As some Nodes (Datas in particular) can have more than one output with the same label, all keys have the name of the link with appended the pk of the node in output. The key without pk appended corresponds to the oldest node.
Returns: a dictionary {linkname:object}
-
classmethod
get_subclass_from_pk
(pk)[source]¶ Get a node object from the pk, with the proper subclass of Node. (integer primary key used in this database), but loading the proper subclass where appropriate.
Parameters: pk – a string with the pk of the object to be loaded. Returns: the object of the proper subclass. Raise: NotExistent: if there is no entry of the desired object kind with the given pk.
-
classmethod
get_subclass_from_uuid
(uuid)[source]¶ Get a node object from the uuid, with the proper subclass of Node. (if Node(uuid=...) is called, only the Node class is loaded).
Parameters: uuid – a string with the uuid of the object to be loaded. Returns: the object of the proper subclass. Raise: NotExistent: if there is no entry of the desired object kind with the given uuid.
-
has_children
¶ Property to understand if children are attached to the node :return: a boolean
-
has_parents
¶ Property to understand if parents are attached to the node :return: a boolean
-
id
¶ Returns: the principal key (the ID) as an integer, or None if the node was not stored yet
-
inp
¶ Traverse the graph of the database. Returns a databaseobject, linked to the current node, by means of the linkname. Example: B = A.inp.parameters: returns the object (B), with link from B to A, with linkname parameters C= A.inp: returns an InputManager, an object that is meant to be accessed as the previous example
-
iterattrs
()[source]¶ Iterator over the attributes, returning tuples (key, value)
Todo: optimize! At the moment, the call is very slow because it is also calling attr.getvalue() for each attribute, that has to perform complicated queries to rebuild the object. Parameters: also_updatable (bool) – if False, does not iterate over attributes that are updatable
-
iterextras
()[source]¶ Iterator over the extras, returning tuples (key, value)
Todo: verify that I am not creating a list internally
-
label
¶ Get the label of the node.
Returns: a string.
-
logger
¶ Get the logger of the Node object.
Returns: Logger object
-
mtime
¶ Return the modification time of the node.
-
out
¶ Traverse the graph of the database. Returns a databaseobject, linked to the current node, by means of the linkname. Example: B = A.out.results: Returns the object B, with link from A to B, with linkname parameters
-
pk
¶ Returns: the principal key (the ID) as an integer, or None if the node was not stored yet
-
classmethod
query
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Map to the aiidaobjects manager of the DbNode, that returns Node objects (or their subclasses) instead of DbNode entities.
# TODO: VERY IMPORTANT: the recognition of a subclass from the type # does not work if the modules defining the subclasses are not # put in subfolders. # In the future, fix it either to make a cache and to store the # full dependency tree, or save also the path.
-
querybuild
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Instantiates and :returns: a QueryBuilder instance.
The QueryBuilder’s path has one vertice so far, namely this class. Additional parameters (e.g. filters or a label), can be passes as keyword arguments.
Parameters: - label – Label to give
- filters – filters to apply
- project – projections
This class is a comboclass (see
combomethod()
) therefore the method can be called as class or instance method. If called as an instance method, adds a filter on the id.
-
remove_path
(path)[source]¶ Remove a file or directory from the repository directory. Can be called only before storing.
Parameters: path (str) – relative path to file/directory.
-
set
(**kwargs)[source]¶ For each k=v pair passed as kwargs, call the corresponding set_k(v) method (e.g., calling self.set(property=5, mass=2) will call self.set_property(5) and self.set_mass(2). Useful especially in the __init__.
Note: it uses the _set_incompatibilities list of the class to check that we are not setting methods that cannot be set at the same time. _set_incompatibilities must be a list of tuples, and each tuple specifies the elements that cannot be set at the same time. For instance, if _set_incompatibilities = [(‘property’, ‘mass’)], then the call self.set(property=5, mass=2) will raise a ValueError. If a tuple has more than two values, it raises ValueError if all keys are provided at the same time, but it does not give any error if at least one of the keys is not present. Note: If one element of _set_incompatibilities is a tuple with only one element, this element will not be settable using this function (and in particular, Raises: ValueError – if the corresponding set_k method does not exist in self, or if the methods cannot be set at the same time.
-
set_computer
(computer)[source]¶ Set the computer to be used by the node.
Note that the computer makes sense only for some nodes: Calculation, RemoteData, ...
Parameters: computer – the computer object
-
set_extra
(key, value, exclusive=False)[source]¶ Immediately sets an extra of a calculation, in the DB! No .store() to be called. Can be used only after saving.
Parameters: - key (string) – key name
- value – key value
- exclusive – (default=False). If exclusive is True, it raises a UniquenessError if an Extra with the same name already exists in the DB (useful e.g. to “lock” a node and avoid to run multiple times the same computation on it).
Raises: UniquenessError – if extra already exists and exclusive is True.
-
set_extras
(the_dict)[source]¶ Immediately sets several extras of a calculation, in the DB! No .store() to be called. Can be used only after saving.
Parameters: the_dict – a dictionary of key:value to be set as extras
-
store
(with_transaction=True)[source]¶ Store a new node in the DB, also saving its repository directory and attributes.
After being called attributes cannot be changed anymore! Instead, extras can be changed only AFTER calling this store() function.
Note: After successful storage, those links that are in the cache, and for which also the parent node is already stored, will be automatically stored. The others will remain unstored. Parameters: with_transaction – if False, no transaction is used. This is meant to be used ONLY if the outer calling function has already a transaction open!
-
store_all
(with_transaction=True)[source]¶ Store the node, together with all input links, if cached, and also the linked nodes, if they were not stored yet.
Parameters: with_transaction – if False, no transaction is used. This is meant to be used ONLY if the outer calling function has already a transaction open!
-
uuid
¶ Returns: a string with the uuid
-
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.node.
AttributeManager
(node)[source]¶ An object used internally to return the attributes as a dictionary.
Note: Important! It cannot be used to change variables, just to read them. To change values (of unstored nodes), use the proper Node methods.
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.workflow.
AbstractWorkflow
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Base class to represent a workflow. This is the superclass of any workflow implementations, and provides all the methods necessary to interact with the database.
The typical use case are workflow stored in the aiida.workflow packages, that are initiated either by the user in the shell or by some scripts, and that are monitored by the aiida daemon.
Workflow can have steps, and each step must contain some calculations to be executed. At the end of the step’s calculations the workflow is reloaded in memory and the next methods is called.
-
add_attribute
(_name, _value)[source]¶ Add one attributes to the Workflow. If another attribute is present with the same name it will be overwritten. :param name: a string with the attribute name to store :param value: a storable object to store
-
add_attributes
(_params)[source]¶ Add a set of attributes to the Workflow. If another attribute is present with the same name it will be overwritten. :param name: a string with the attribute name to store :param value: a storable object to store
-
add_path
(src_abs, dst_path)[source]¶ Copy a file or folder from a local file inside the repository directory. If there is a subpath, folders will be created.
Copy to a cache directory if the entry has not been saved yet. src_abs: the absolute path of the file to copy. dst_filename: the (relative) path on which to copy.
-
add_result
(_name, _value)[source]¶ Add one result to the Workflow. If another result is present with the same name it will be overwritten. :param name: a string with the result name to store :param value: a storable object to store
-
add_results
(_params)[source]¶ Add a set of results to the Workflow. If another result is present with the same name it will be overwritten. :param name: a string with the result name to store :param value: a storable object to store
-
append_to_report
(text)[source]¶ Adds text to the Workflow report.
Note: Once, in case the workflow is a subworkflow of any other Workflow this method calls the parent append_to_report
method; now instead this is not the case anymore
-
attach_calculation
(calc)[source]¶ Adds a calculation to the caller step in the database. This is a lazy call, no calculations will be launched until the
next
method gets called. For a step to be completed all the calculations linked have to be in RETRIEVED state, after which the next method gets called from the workflow manager. :param calc: a JobCalculation object :raise: AiidaException: in case the input is not of JobCalculation type
-
attach_workflow
(sub_wf)[source]¶ Adds a workflow to the caller step in the database. This is a lazy call, no workflow will be started until the
next
method gets called. For a step to be completed all the workflows linked have to be in FINISHED state, after which the next method gets called from the workflow manager. :param next_method: a Workflow object
-
clear_report
()[source]¶ Wipe the Workflow report. In case the workflow is a subworflow of any other Workflow this method calls the parent
clear_report
method.
-
current_folder
¶ Get the current repository folder, whether the temporary or the permanent.
Returns: the RepositoryFolder object.
-
dbworkflowinstance
¶ Get the DbWorkflow object stored in the super class.
Returns: DbWorkflow object from the database
-
description
¶ Get the description of the workflow.
Returns: a string
-
exit
()[source]¶ This is the method to call in
next
to finish the Workflow. When exit is the next method, and no errors are found, the Workflow is set to FINISHED and removed from the execution manager duties.
-
get_abs_path
(path, section=None)[source]¶ TODO: For the moment works only for one kind of files, ‘path’ (internal files)
-
get_all_calcs
(calc_class=<class 'aiida.orm.implementation.django.calculation.job.JobCalculation'>, calc_state=None, depth=15)[source]¶ Get all calculations connected with this workflow and all its subworflows up to a given depth. The list of calculations can be restricted to a given calculation type and state :param calc_class: the calculation class to which the calculations should belong (default: JobCalculation)
Parameters: - calc_state – a specific state to filter the calculations to retrieve
- depth – the maximum depth level the recursion on sub-workflows will try to reach (0 means we stay at the step level and don’t go into sub-workflows, 1 means we go down to one step level of the sub-workflows, etc.)
Returns: a list of JobCalculation objects
-
get_attribute
(_name)[source]¶ Get one Workflow attribute :param name: a string with the attribute name to retrieve :return: a dictionary of storable objects
-
get_folder_list
(subfolder='.')[source]¶ Get the the list of files/directory in the repository of the object.
Parameters: subfolder (str,optional) – get the list of a subfolder Returns: a list of strings.
-
get_parameter
(_name)[source]¶ Get one Workflow paramenter :param name: a string with the parameters name to retrieve :return: a dictionary of storable objects
-
get_report
()[source]¶ Return the Workflow report.
Note: once, in case the workflow is a subworkflow of any other Workflow this method calls the parent get_report
method. This is not the case anymore.Returns: a list of strings
-
get_result
(_name)[source]¶ Get one Workflow result :param name: a string with the result name to retrieve :return: a dictionary of storable objects
-
get_state
()[source]¶ Get the Workflow’s state :return: a state from wf_states in aiida.common.datastructures
-
get_step
(step_method)[source]¶ Retrieves by name a step from the Workflow. :param step_method: a string with the name of the step to retrieve or a method :raise: ObjectDoesNotExist: if there is no step with the specific name. :return: a DbWorkflowStep object.
-
get_step_calculations
(step_method, calc_state=None)[source]¶ Retrieves all the calculations connected to a specific step in the database. If the step is not existent it returns None, useful for simpler grammatic in the workflow definition. :param next_method: a Workflow step (decorated) method :param calc_state: a specific state to filter the calculations to retrieve :return: a list of JobCalculations objects
-
get_step_workflows
(step_method)[source]¶ Retrieves all the workflows connected to a specific step in the database. If the step is not existent it returns None, useful for simpler grammatic in the workflow definition. :param next_method: a Workflow step (decorated) method
-
get_steps
(state=None)[source]¶ Retrieves all the steps from a specific workflow Workflow with the possibility to limit the list to a specific step’s state. :param state: a state from wf_states in aiida.common.datastructures :return: a list of DbWorkflowStep objects.
-
classmethod
get_subclass_from_dbnode
(wf_db)[source]¶ Loads the workflow object and reaoads the python script in memory with the importlib library, the main class is searched and then loaded. :param wf_db: a specific DbWorkflowNode object representing the Workflow :return: a Workflow subclass from the specific source code
-
classmethod
get_subclass_from_pk
(pk)[source]¶ Calls the
get_subclass_from_dbnode
selecting the DbWorkflowNode from the input pk. :param pk: a primary key index for the DbWorkflowNode :return: a Workflow subclass from the specific source code
-
classmethod
get_subclass_from_uuid
(uuid)[source]¶ Calls the
get_subclass_from_dbnode
selecting the DbWorkflowNode from the input uuid. :param uuid: a uuid for the DbWorkflowNode :return: a Workflow subclass from the specific source code
-
get_temp_folder
()[source]¶ Get the folder of the Node in the temporary repository.
Returns: a SandboxFolder object mapping the node in the repository.
-
has_step
(step_method)[source]¶ Return if the Workflow has a step with a specific name. :param step_method: a string with the name of the step to retrieve or a method
-
info
()[source]¶ Returns an array with all the informations about the modules, file, class to locate the workflow source code
-
is_subworkflow
()[source]¶ Return True is this is a subworkflow (i.e., if it has a parent), False otherwise.
-
kill
(verbose=False)[source]¶ Stop the Workflow execution and change its state to FINISHED.
This method calls the
kill
method for each Calculation and each subworkflow linked to each RUNNING step.Parameters: verbose – True to print the pk of each subworkflow killed Raises: InvalidOperation – if some calculations cannot be killed (the workflow will be also put to SLEEP so that it can be killed later on)
-
kill_step_calculations
(step)[source]¶ Calls the
kill
method for each Calculation linked to the step method passed as argument. :param step: a Workflow step (decorated) method
-
label
¶ Get the label of the workflow.
Returns: a string
-
logger
¶ Get the logger of the Workflow object, so that it also logs to the DB.
Returns: LoggerAdapter object, that works like a logger, but also has the ‘extra’ embedded
-
next
(next_method)[source]¶ Adds the a new step to be called after the completion of the caller method’s calculations and subworkflows.
This method must be called inside a Workflow step, otherwise an error is thrown. The code finds the caller method and stores in the database the input next_method as the next method to be called. At this point no execution in made, only configuration updates in the database.
If during the execution of the caller method the user launched calculations or subworkflows, this method will add them to the database, making them available to the workflow manager to be launched. In fact all the calculation and subworkflow submissions are lazy method, really executed by this call.
Parameters: next_method – a Workflow step method to execute after the caller method Raise: AiidaException: in case the caller method cannot be found or validated Returns: the wrapped methods, decorated with the correct step name
-
pk
¶ Returns the DbWorkflow pk
-
classmethod
query
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Map to the aiidaobjects manager of the DbWorkflow, that returns Workflow objects instead of DbWorkflow entities.
-
remove_path
(path)[source]¶ Remove a file or directory from the repository directory.
Can be called only before storing.
-
repo_folder
¶ Get the permanent repository folder. Use preferentially the current_folder method.
Returns: the permanent RepositoryFolder object
-
set_params
(params, force=False)[source]¶ Adds parameters to the Workflow that are both stored and used every time the workflow engine re-initialize the specific workflow to launch the new methods.
-
set_state
(state)[source]¶ Set the Workflow’s state :param name: a state from wf_states in aiida.common.datastructures
-
sleep
()[source]¶ Changes the workflow state to SLEEP, only possible to call from a Workflow step decorated method.
-
classmethod
step
(fun)[source]¶ This method is used as a decorator for workflow steps, and handles the method’s execution, the state updates and the eventual errors.
The decorator generates a wrapper around the input function to execute, adding with the correct step name and a utility variable to make it distinguishable from non-step methods.
When a step is launched, the wrapper tries to run the function in case of error the state of the workflow is moved to ERROR and the traceback is stored in the report. In general the input method is a step obtained from the Workflow object, and the decorator simply handles a controlled execution of the step allowing the code not to break in case of error in the step’s source code.
The wrapper also tests not to run two times the same step, unless a Workflow is in ERROR state, in this case all the calculations and subworkflows of the step are killed and a new execution is allowed.
Parameters: fun – a methods to wrap, making it a Workflow step Raise: AiidaException: in case the workflow state doesn’t allow the execution Returns: the wrapped methods,
-
uuid
¶ Returns the DbWorkflow uuid
-
-
exception
aiida.orm.implementation.general.workflow.
WorkflowKillError
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ An exception raised when a workflow failed to be killed. The error_message_list attribute contains the error messages from all the subworkflows.
-
exception
aiida.orm.implementation.general.workflow.
WorkflowUnkillable
[source]¶ Raised when a workflow cannot be killed because it is in the FINISHED or ERROR state.
-
aiida.orm.implementation.general.workflow.
get_workflow_info
(w, tab_size=2, short=False, pre_string='', depth=16)[source]¶ Return a string with all the information regarding the given workflow and all its calculations and subworkflows. This is a recursive function (to print all subworkflows info as well).
Parameters: - w – a DbWorkflow instance
- tab_size – number of spaces to use for the indentation
- short – if True, provide a shorter output (only total number of calculations, rather than the state of each calculation)
- pre_string – string appended at the beginning of each line
- depth – the maximum depth level the recursion on sub-workflows will try to reach (0 means we stay at the step level and don’t go into sub-workflows, 1 means we go down to one step level of the sub-workflows, etc.)
Return lines: list of lines to be outputed
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.code.
AbstractCode
(**kwargs)[source]¶ A code entity. It can either be ‘local’, or ‘remote’.
- Local code: it is a collection of files/dirs (added using the add_path() method), where one file is flagged as executable (using the set_local_executable() method).
- Remote code: it is a pair (remotecomputer, remotepath_of_executable) set using the set_remote_computer_exec() method.
For both codes, one can set some code to be executed right before or right after the execution of the code, using the set_preexec_code() and set_postexec_code() methods (e.g., the set_preexec_code() can be used to load specific modules required for the code to be run).
-
can_run_on
(computer)[source]¶ Return True if this code can run on the given computer, False otherwise.
Local codes can run on any machine; remote codes can run only on the machine on which they reside.
TODO: add filters to mask the remote machines on which a local code can run.
-
full_text_info
¶ Return a (multiline) string with a human-readable detailed information on this computer.
-
classmethod
get
(label, computername=None, useremail=None)[source]¶ Get a code from its label.
Parameters: - label – the code label
- computername – filter only codes on computers with this name
- useremail – filter only codes belonging to a user with this email
Raises: - NotExistent – if no matches are found
- MultipleObjectsError – if multiple matches are found. In this case you may want to pass the additional parameters to filter the codes, or relabel the codes.
-
get_append_text
()[source]¶ Return the postexec_code, or an empty string if no post-exec code was defined.
-
get_execname
()[source]¶ Return the executable string to be put in the script. For local codes, it is ./LOCAL_EXECUTABLE_NAME For remote codes, it is the absolute path to the executable.
-
classmethod
get_from_string
(code_string)[source]¶ Get a Computer object with given identifier string, that can either be the numeric ID (pk), or the label (if unique); the label can either be simply the label, or in the format label@machinename. See the note below for details on the string detection algorithm.
Note
If a string that can be converted to an integer is given, the numeric ID is verified first (therefore, is a code A with a label equal to the ID of another code B is present, code A cannot be referenced by label). Similarly, the (leftmost) ‘@’ symbol is always used to split code and computername. Therefore do not use ‘@’ in the code name if you want to use this function (‘@’ in the computer name are instead valid).
Parameters: code_string – the code string identifying the code to load
Raises: - NotExistent – if no code identified by the given string is found
- MultipleObjectsError – if the string cannot identify uniquely a code
-
get_input_plugin_name
()[source]¶ Return the name of the default input plugin (or None if no input plugin was set.
-
get_prepend_text
()[source]¶ Return the code that will be put in the scheduler script before the execution, or an empty string if no pre-exec code was defined.
-
is_local
()[source]¶ Return True if the code is ‘local’, False if it is ‘remote’ (see also documentation of the set_local and set_remote functions).
-
classmethod
list_for_plugin
(plugin, labels=True)[source]¶ Return a list of valid code strings for a given plugin.
Parameters: - plugin – The string of the plugin.
- labels – if True, return a list of code names, otherwise return the code PKs (integers).
Returns: a list of string, with the code names if labels is True, otherwise a list of integers with the code PKs.
-
new_calc
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Create and return a new Calculation object (unstored) with the correct plugin subclass, as obtained by the self.get_input_plugin_name() method.
Parameters are passed to the calculation __init__ method.
Note: it also directly creates the link to this code (that will of course be cached, since the new node is not stored yet).
Raises: - MissingPluginError – if the specified plugin does not exist.
- ValueError – if no plugin was specified.
-
set_append_text
(code)[source]¶ Pass a string of code that will be put in the scheduler script after the execution of the code.
-
set_files
(files)[source]¶ Given a list of filenames (or a single filename string), add it to the path (all at level zero, i.e. without folders). Therefore, be careful for files with the same name!
Todo: decide whether to check if the Code must be a local executable to be able to call this function.
-
set_input_plugin_name
(input_plugin)[source]¶ Set the name of the default input plugin, to be used for the automatic generation of a new calculation.
-
set_local_executable
(exec_name)[source]¶ Set the filename of the local executable. Implicitly set the code as local.
-
set_prepend_text
(code)[source]¶ Pass a string of code that will be put in the scheduler script before the execution of the code.
-
set_remote_computer_exec
(remote_computer_exec)[source]¶ Set the code as remote, and pass the computer on which it resides and the absolute path on that computer.
- Args:
- remote_computer_exec: a tuple (computer, remote_exec_path), where
- computer is a aiida.orm.Computer or an aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.DbComputer object, and remote_exec_path is the absolute path of the main executable on remote computer.
-
aiida.orm.implementation.general.code.
delete_code
(code)[source]¶ Delete a code from the DB. Check before that there are no output nodes.
NOTE! Not thread safe... Do not use with many users accessing the DB at the same time.
Implemented as a function on purpose, otherwise complicated logic would be needed to set the internal state of the object after calling computer.delete().
-
class
aiida.orm.data.
Data
(**kwargs)[source]¶ This class is base class for all data objects.
Specifications of the Data class: AiiDA Data objects are subclasses of Node and should have
Multiple inheritance must be suppoted, i.e. Data should have methods for querying and be able to inherit other library objects such as ASE for structures.
Architecture note: The code plugin is responsible for converting a raw data object produced by code to AiiDA standard object format. The data object then validates itself according to its method. This is done independently in order to allow cross-validation of plugins.
-
convert
(object_format=None, *args)[source]¶ Convert the AiiDA StructureData into another python object
Parameters: object_format – Specify the output format
-
export
(fname, fileformat=None)[source]¶ Save a Data object to a file.
Parameters: - fname – string with file name. Can be an absolute or relative path.
- fileformat – kind of format to use for the export. If not present, it will try to use the extension of the file name.
-
importfile
(fname, fileformat=None)[source]¶ Populate a Data object from a file.
Parameters: - fname – string with file name. Can be an absolute or relative path.
- fileformat – kind of format to use for the export. If not present, it will try to use the extension of the file name.
-
importstring
(inputstring, fileformat, **kwargs)[source]¶ Converts a Data object to other text format.
Parameters: fileformat – a string (the extension) to describe the file format. Returns: a string with the structure description.
-
source
¶ Gets the dictionary describing the source of Data object. Possible fields:
db_name: name of the source database.
db_uri: URI of the source database.
uri: URI of the object’s source. Should be a permanent link.
id: object’s source identifier in the source database.
version: version of the object’s source.
extras: a dictionary with other fields for source description.
source_md5: MD5 checksum of object’s source.
- description: human-readable free form description of the
object’s source.
license: a string with a type of license.
Note
some limitations for setting the data source exist, see
_validate()
.Returns: dictionary describing the source of Data object.
-
This module defines the classes for structures and all related functions to operate on them.
-
class
aiida.orm.data.structure.
Kind
(**kwargs)[source]¶ This class contains the information about the species (kinds) of the system.
It can be a single atom, or an alloy, or even contain vacancies.
-
__init__
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Create a site. One can either pass:
Parameters: - raw – the raw python dictionary that will be converted to a Kind object.
- ase – an ase Atom object
- kind – a Kind object (to get a copy)
Or alternatively the following parameters:
Parameters: - symbols – a single string for the symbol of this site, or a list of symbol strings
- (optional) (mass) – the weights for each atomic species of this site. If only a single symbol is provided, then this value is optional and the weight is set to 1.
- (optional) – the mass for this site in atomic mass units. If not provided, the mass is set by the self.reset_mass() function.
- name – a string that uniquely identifies the kind, and that is used to identify the sites.
-
compare_with
(other_kind)[source]¶ Compare with another Kind object to check if they are different.
Note
This does NOT check the ‘type’ attribute. Instead, it compares (with reasonable thresholds, where applicable): the mass, and the list of symbols and of weights. Moreover, it compares the
_internal_tag
, if defined (at the moment, defined automatically only when importing the Kind from ASE, if the atom has a non-zero tag). Note that the _internal_tag is only used while the class is loaded, but is not persisted on the database.Returns: A tuple with two elements. The first one is True if the two sites are ‘equivalent’ (same mass, symbols and weights), False otherwise. The second element of the tuple is a string, which is either None (if the first element was True), or contains a ‘human-readable’ description of the first difference encountered between the two sites.
-
get_raw
()[source]¶ Return the raw version of the site, mapped to a suitable dictionary. This is the format that is actually used to store each kind of the structure in the DB.
Returns: a python dictionary with the kind.
-
get_symbols_string
()[source]¶ Return a string that tries to match as good as possible the symbols of this kind. If there is only one symbol (no alloy) with 100% occupancy, just returns the symbol name. Otherwise, groups the full string in curly brackets, and try to write also the composition (with 2 precision only).
Note
If there is a vacancy (sum of weights<1), we indicate it with the X symbol followed by 1-sum(weights) (still with 2 digits precision, so it can be 0.00)
Note
Note the difference with respect to the symbols and the symbol properties!
-
has_vacancies
()[source]¶ Returns True if the sum of the weights is less than one. It uses the internal variable _sum_threshold as a threshold.
Returns: a boolean
-
is_alloy
()[source]¶ To understand if kind is an alloy.
Returns: True if the kind has more than one element (i.e., len(self.symbols) != 1), False otherwise.
-
mass
¶ The mass of this species kind.
Returns: a float
-
name
¶ Return the name of this kind. The name of a kind is used to identify the species of a site.
Returns: a string
-
reset_mass
()[source]¶ Reset the mass to the automatic calculated value.
The mass can be set manually; by default, if not provided, it is the mass of the constituent atoms, weighted with their weight (after the weight has been normalized to one to take correctly into account vacancies).
This function uses the internal _symbols and _weights values and thus assumes that the values are validated.
It sets the mass to None if the sum of weights is zero.
-
set_automatic_kind_name
(tag=None)[source]¶ Set the type to a string obtained with the symbols appended one after the other, without spaces, in alphabetical order; if the site has a vacancy, a X is appended at the end too.
-
set_symbols_and_weights
(symbols, weights)[source]¶ Set the chemical symbols and the weights for the site.
Note
Note that the kind name remains unchanged.
-
symbol
¶ If the kind has only one symbol, return it; otherwise, raise a ValueError.
-
symbols
¶ List of symbols for this site. If the site is a single atom, pass a list of one element only, or simply the string for that atom. For alloys, a list of elements.
Note
Note that if you change the list of symbols, the kind name remains unchanged.
-
weights
¶ Weights for this species kind. Refer also to :func:validate_symbols_tuple for the validation rules on the weights.
-
-
class
aiida.orm.data.structure.
Site
(**kwargs)[source]¶ This class contains the information about a given site of the system.
It can be a single atom, or an alloy, or even contain vacancies.
-
__init__
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Create a site.
Parameters: - kind_name – a string that identifies the kind (species) of this site. This has to be found in the list of kinds of the StructureData object. Validation will be done at the StructureData level.
- position – the absolute position (three floats) in angstrom
-
get_ase
(kinds)[source]¶ Return a ase.Atom object for this site.
Parameters: kinds – the list of kinds from the StructureData object. Note
If any site is an alloy or has vacancies, a ValueError is raised (from the site.get_ase() routine).
-
get_raw
()[source]¶ Return the raw version of the site, mapped to a suitable dictionary. This is the format that is actually used to store each site of the structure in the DB.
Returns: a python dictionary with the site.
-
kind_name
¶ Return the kind name of this site (a string).
The type of a site is used to decide whether two sites are identical (same mass, symbols, weights, ...) or not.
-
position
¶ Return the position of this site in absolute coordinates, in angstrom.
-
-
class
aiida.orm.data.structure.
StructureData
(**kwargs)[source]¶ This class contains the information about a given structure, i.e. a collection of sites together with a cell, the boundary conditions (whether they are periodic or not) and other related useful information.
-
append_atom
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Append an atom to the Structure, taking care of creating the corresponding kind.
Parameters: - ase – the ase Atom object from which we want to create a new atom (if present, this must be the only parameter)
- position – the position of the atom (three numbers in angstrom)
- symbols, weights, name (..) – any further parameter is passed to the constructor of the Kind object. For the ‘name’ parameter, see the note below.
Note
Note on the ‘name’ parameter (that is, the name of the kind):
- if specified, no checks are done on existing species. Simply, a new kind with that name is created. If there is a name clash, a check is done: if the kinds are identical, no error is issued; otherwise, an error is issued because you are trying to store two different kinds with the same name.
- if not specified, the name is automatically generated. Before adding the kind, a check is done. If other species with the same properties already exist, no new kinds are created, but the site is added to the existing (identical) kind. (Actually, the first kind that is encountered). Otherwise, the name is made unique first, by adding to the string containing the list of chemical symbols a number starting from 1, until an unique name is found
Note
checks of equality of species are done using the
compare_with()
method.
-
append_kind
(kind)[source]¶ Append a kind to the
StructureData
. It makes a copy of the kind.Parameters: kind – the site to append, must be a Kind object.
-
append_site
(site)[source]¶ Append a site to the
StructureData
. It makes a copy of the site.Parameters: site – the site to append. It must be a Site object.
-
cell
¶ Returns the cell shape.
Returns: a 3x3 list of lists.
-
cell_angles
¶ Get the angles between the cell lattice vectors in degrees.
-
cell_lengths
¶ Get the lengths of cell lattice vectors in angstroms.
-
get_ase
()[source]¶ Get the ASE object. Requires to be able to import ase.
Returns: an ASE object corresponding to this StructureData
object.Note
If any site is an alloy or has vacancies, a ValueError is raised (from the site.get_ase() routine).
-
get_composition
()[source]¶ Returns the chemical composition of this structure as a dictionary, where each key is the kind symbol (e.g. H, Li, Ba), and each value is the number of occurences of that element in this structure. For BaZrO3 it would return {‘Ba’:1, ‘Zr’:1, ‘O’:3}. No reduction with smallest common divisor!
Returns: a dictionary with the composition
-
get_formula
(mode='hill', separator='')[source]¶ Return a string with the chemical formula.
Parameters: - mode –
a string to specify how to generate the formula, can assume one of the following values:
- ‘hill’ (default): count the number of atoms of each species,
then use Hill notation, i.e. alphabetical order with C and H
first if one or several C atom(s) is (are) present, e.g.
['C','H','H','H','O','C','H','H','H']
will return'C2H6O'
['S','O','O','H','O','H','O']
will return'H2O4S'
From E. A. Hill, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 22 (8), pp 478–494 (1900) - ‘hill_compact’: same as hill but the number of atoms for each
species is divided by the greatest common divisor of all of them, e.g.
['C','H','H','H','O','C','H','H','H','O','O','O']
will return'CH3O2'
- ‘reduce’: group repeated symbols e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'BaTiO3BaTiO3BaTi2O3'
- ‘group’: will try to group as much as possible parts of the formula
e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'(BaTiO3)2BaTi2O3'
- ‘count’: same as hill (i.e. one just counts the number
of atoms of each species) without the re-ordering (take the
order of the atomic sites), e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O','Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'Ba2Ti2O6'
- ‘count_compact’: same as count but the number of atoms
for each species is divided by the greatest common divisor of
all of them, e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O','Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'BaTiO3'
- ‘hill’ (default): count the number of atoms of each species,
then use Hill notation, i.e. alphabetical order with C and H
first if one or several C atom(s) is (are) present, e.g.
- separator – a string used to concatenate symbols. Default empty.
Returns: a string with the formula
Note
in modes reduce, group, count and count_compact, the initial order in which the atoms were appended by the user is used to group and/or order the symbols in the formula
- mode –
-
get_kind
(kind_name)[source]¶ Return the kind object associated with the given kind name.
Parameters: kind_name – String, the name of the kind you want to get Returns: The Kind object associated with the given kind_name, if a Kind with the given name is present in the structure. Raise: ValueError if the kind_name is not present.
-
get_kind_names
()[source]¶ Return a list of kind names (in the same order of the
self.kinds
property, but return the names rather than Kind objects)Note
This is NOT necessarily a list of chemical symbols! Use get_symbols_set for chemical symbols
Returns: a list of strings.
-
get_pymatgen
()[source]¶ Get pymatgen object. Returns Structure for structures with periodic boundary conditions (in three dimensions) and Molecule otherwise.
Note
Requires the pymatgen module (version >= 3.0.13, usage of earlier versions may cause errors).
-
get_pymatgen_molecule
()[source]¶ Get the pymatgen Molecule object.
Note
Requires the pymatgen module (version >= 3.0.13, usage of earlier versions may cause errors).
Returns: a pymatgen Molecule object corresponding to this StructureData
object.
-
get_pymatgen_structure
()[source]¶ Get the pymatgen Structure object.
Note
Requires the pymatgen module (version >= 3.0.13, usage of earlier versions may cause errors).
Returns: a pymatgen Structure object corresponding to this StructureData
object.Raises: ValueError – if periodic boundary conditions do not hold in at least one dimension of real space.
-
get_site_kindnames
()[source]¶ Return a list with length equal to the number of sites of this structure, where each element of the list is the kind name of the corresponding site.
Note
This is NOT necessarily a list of chemical symbols! Use
[ self.get_kind(s.kind_name).get_symbols_string() for s in self.sites]
for chemical symbolsReturns: a list of strings
-
get_symbols_set
()[source]¶ Return a set containing the names of all elements involved in this structure (i.e., for it joins the list of symbols for each kind k in the structure).
Returns: a set of strings of element names.
-
has_vacancies
()[source]¶ To understand if there are vacancies in the structure.
Returns: a boolean, True if at least one kind has a vacancy
-
is_alloy
()[source]¶ To understand if there are alloys in the structure.
Returns: a boolean, True if at least one kind is an alloy
-
kinds
¶ Returns a list of kinds.
-
pbc
¶ Get the periodic boundary conditions.
Returns: a tuple of three booleans, each one tells if there are periodic boundary conditions for the i-th real-space direction (i=1,2,3)
-
reset_cell
(new_cell)[source]¶ Reset the cell of a structure not yet stored to a new value.
Parameters: new_cell – list specifying the cell vectors Raises: ModificationNotAllowed: if object is already stored
-
reset_sites_positions
(new_positions, conserve_particle=True)[source]¶ Replace all the Site positions attached to the Structure
Parameters: - new_positions – list of (3D) positions for every sites.
- conserve_particle – if True, allows the possibility of removing a site. currently not implemented.
Raises: - ModificationNotAllowed – if object is stored already
- ValueError – if positions are invalid
Note
it is assumed that the order of the new_positions is given in the same order of the one it’s substituting, i.e. the kind of the site will not be checked.
-
set_pymatgen
(obj, **kwargs)[source]¶ Load the structure from a pymatgen object.
Note
Requires the pymatgen module (version >= 3.0.13, usage of earlier versions may cause errors).
-
set_pymatgen_molecule
(mol, margin=5)[source]¶ Load the structure from a pymatgen Molecule object.
Parameters: margin – the margin to be added in all directions of the bounding box of the molecule. Note
Requires the pymatgen module (version >= 3.0.13, usage of earlier versions may cause errors).
-
set_pymatgen_structure
(struct)[source]¶ Load the structure from a pymatgen Structure object.
Note
periodic boundary conditions are set to True in all three directions.
Note
Requires the pymatgen module (version >= 3.0.13, usage of earlier versions may cause errors).
-
sites
¶ Returns a list of sites.
-
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
ase_refine_cell
(aseatoms, **kwargs)[source]¶ Detect the symmetry of the structure, remove symmetric atoms and refine unit cell.
Parameters: - aseatoms – an ase.atoms.Atoms instance
- symprec – symmetry precision, used by pyspglib
Return newase: refined cell with reduced set of atoms
Return symmetry: a dictionary describing the symmetry space group
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
calc_cell_volume
(cell)[source]¶ Calculates the volume of a cell given the three lattice vectors.
It is calculated as cell[0] . (cell[1] x cell[2]), where . represents a dot product and x a cross product.
Parameters: cell – the cell vectors; the must be a 3x3 list of lists of floats, no other checks are done. Returns: the cell volume.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_formula
(symbol_list, mode='hill', separator='')[source]¶ Return a string with the chemical formula.
Parameters: - symbol_list – a list of symbols, e.g.
['H','H','O']
- mode –
a string to specify how to generate the formula, can assume one of the following values:
- ‘hill’ (default): count the number of atoms of each species,
then use Hill notation, i.e. alphabetical order with C and H
first if one or several C atom(s) is (are) present, e.g.
['C','H','H','H','O','C','H','H','H']
will return'C2H6O'
['S','O','O','H','O','H','O']
will return'H2O4S'
From E. A. Hill, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 22 (8), pp 478–494 (1900) - ‘hill_compact’: same as hill but the number of atoms for each
species is divided by the greatest common divisor of all of them, e.g.
['C','H','H','H','O','C','H','H','H','O','O','O']
will return'CH3O2'
- ‘reduce’: group repeated symbols e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'BaTiO3BaTiO3BaTi2O3'
- ‘group’: will try to group as much as possible parts of the formula
e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'(BaTiO3)2BaTi2O3'
- ‘count’: same as hill (i.e. one just counts the number
of atoms of each species) without the re-ordering (take the
order of the atomic sites), e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O','Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'Ba2Ti2O6'
- ‘count_compact’: same as count but the number of atoms
for each species is divided by the greatest common divisor of
all of them, e.g.
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O','Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'BaTiO3'
- ‘hill’ (default): count the number of atoms of each species,
then use Hill notation, i.e. alphabetical order with C and H
first if one or several C atom(s) is (are) present, e.g.
- separator – a string used to concatenate symbols. Default empty.
Returns: a string with the formula
Note
in modes reduce, group, count and count_compact, the initial order in which the atoms were appended by the user is used to group and/or order the symbols in the formula
- symbol_list – a list of symbols, e.g.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_formula_from_symbol_list
(_list, separator='')[source]¶ Return a string with the formula obtained from the list of symbols. Examples: *
[[1,'Ba'],[1,'Ti'],[3,'O']]
will return'BaTiO3'
*[[2, [ [1, 'Ba'], [1, 'Ti'] ] ]]
will return'(BaTi)2'
Parameters: - _list – a list of symbols and multiplicities as obtained from the function group_symbols
- separator – a string used to concatenate symbols. Default empty.
Returns: a string
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_formula_group
(symbol_list, separator='')[source]¶ Return a string with the chemical formula from a list of chemical symbols. The formula is written in a compact” way, i.e. trying to group as much as possible parts of the formula.
Note
it works for instance very well if structure was obtained from an ASE supercell.
Example of result:
['Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O', 'Ba', 'Ti', 'Ti', 'O', 'O', 'O']
will return'(BaTiO3)2BaTi2O3'
.Parameters: - symbol_list – list of symbols (e.g. [‘Ba’,’Ti’,’O’,’O’,’O’])
- separator – a string used to concatenate symbols. Default empty.
Returns: a string with the chemical formula for the given structure.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_pymatgen_version
()[source]¶ Returns: string with pymatgen version, None if can not import.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_structuredata_from_qeinput
(filepath=None, text=None)[source]¶ Function that receives either :param filepath: the filepath storing or :param text: the string of a standard QE-input file. An instance of
StructureData()
is initialized with kinds, positions and cell as defined in the input file. This function can deal with ibrav being set different from 0 and the cell being defined with celldm(n) or A,B,C, cosAB etc.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_symbols_string
(symbols, weights)[source]¶ Return a string that tries to match as good as possible the symbols and weights. If there is only one symbol (no alloy) with 100% occupancy, just returns the symbol name. Otherwise, groups the full string in curly brackets, and try to write also the composition (with 2 precision only). If (sum of weights<1), we indicate it with the X symbol followed by 1-sum(weights) (still with 2 digits precision, so it can be 0.00)
Parameters: - symbols – the symbols as obtained from <kind>._symbols
- weights – the weights as obtained from <kind>._weights
Note
Note the difference with respect to the symbols and the symbol properties!
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
get_valid_pbc
(inputpbc)[source]¶ Return a list of three booleans for the periodic boundary conditions, in a valid format from a generic input.
Raises: ValueError – if the format is not valid.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
group_symbols
(_list)[source]¶ Group a list of symbols to a list containing the number of consecutive identical symbols, and the symbol itself.
Examples:
['Ba','Ti','O','O','O','Ba']
will return[[1,'Ba'],[1,'Ti'],[3,'O'],[1,'Ba']]
[ [ [1,'Ba'],[1,'Ti'] ],[ [1,'Ba'],[1,'Ti'] ] ]
will return[[2, [ [1, 'Ba'], [1, 'Ti'] ] ]]
Parameters: _list – a list of elements representing a chemical formula Returns: a list of length-2 lists of the form [ multiplicity , element ]
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
has_ase
()[source]¶ Returns: True if the ase module can be imported, False otherwise.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
has_pymatgen
()[source]¶ Returns: True if the pymatgen module can be imported, False otherwise.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
has_pyspglib
()[source]¶ Returns: True if the pyspglib module can be imported, False otherwise.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
has_vacancies
(weights)[source]¶ Returns True if the sum of the weights is less than one. It uses the internal variable _sum_threshold as a threshold. :param weights: the weights :return: a boolean
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
is_ase_atoms
(ase_atoms)[source]¶ Check if the ase_atoms parameter is actually a ase.Atoms object.
Parameters: ase_atoms – an object, expected to be an ase.Atoms. Returns: a boolean. Requires the ability to import ase, by doing ‘import ase’.
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
is_valid_symbol
(symbol)[source]¶ Validates the chemical symbol name.
Returns: True if the symbol is a valid chemical symbol (with correct capitalization), False otherwise. Recognized symbols are for elements from hydrogen (Z=1) to lawrencium (Z=103).
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
symop_fract_from_ortho
(cell)[source]¶ Creates a matrix for conversion from fractional to orthogonal coordinates.
Taken from svn://www.crystallography.net/cod-tools/trunk/lib/perl5/Fractional.pm, revision 850.
Parameters: cell – array of cell parameters (three lengths and three angles)
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
symop_ortho_from_fract
(cell)[source]¶ Creates a matrix for conversion from orthogonal to fractional coordinates.
Taken from svn://www.crystallography.net/cod-tools/trunk/lib/perl5/Fractional.pm, revision 850.
Parameters: cell – array of cell parameters (three lengths and three angles)
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
validate_symbols_tuple
(symbols_tuple)[source]¶ Used to validate whether the chemical species are valid.
Parameters: symbols_tuple – a tuple (or list) with the chemical symbols name. Raises: ValueError if any symbol in the tuple is not a valid chemical symbols (with correct capitalization). Refer also to the documentation of :func:is_valid_symbol
-
aiida.orm.data.structure.
validate_weights_tuple
(weights_tuple, threshold)[source]¶ Validates the weight of the atomic kinds.
Raise: ValueError if the weights_tuple is not valid.
Parameters: - weights_tuple – the tuple to validate. It must be a a tuple of floats (as created by :func:_create_weights_tuple).
- threshold – a float number used as a threshold to check that the sum of the weights is <= 1.
If the sum is less than one, it means that there are vacancies. Each element of the list must be >= 0, and the sum must be <= 1.
Implement subclass for a single file in the permanent repository files = [one_single_file] jsons = {}
methods: * get_content * get_path * get_aiidaurl (?) * get_md5 * ...
To discuss: do we also need a simple directory class for full directories in the perm repo?
-
class
aiida.orm.data.singlefile.
SinglefileData
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Pass as input a file parameter with the (absolute) path of a file on the hard drive. It will get copied inside the node.
Internally must have a single file, and stores as internal attribute the filename in the ‘filename’ attribute.
-
del_file
(filename)[source]¶ Remove a file from SingleFileData :param filename: name of the file stored in the DB
-
filename
¶ Returns the name of the file stored
-
This module manages the UPF pseudopotentials in the local repository.
-
class
aiida.orm.data.upf.
UpfData
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Function not yet documented.
-
classmethod
from_md5
(md5)[source]¶ Return a list of all UPF pseudopotentials that match a given MD5 hash.
Note that the hash has to be stored in a _md5 attribute, otherwise the pseudo will not be found.
-
classmethod
get_or_create
(filename, use_first=False, store_upf=True)[source]¶ Pass the same parameter of the init; if a file with the same md5 is found, that UpfData is returned.
Parameters: - filename – an absolute filename on disk
- use_first – if False (default), raise an exception if more than one potential is found. If it is True, instead, use the first available pseudopotential.
- store_upf (bool) – If false, the UpfData objects are not stored in the database. default=True.
Return (upf, created): where upf is the UpfData object, and create is either True if the object was created, or False if the object was retrieved from the DB.
-
classmethod
get_upf_groups
(filter_elements=None, user=None)[source]¶ Return all names of groups of type UpfFamily, possibly with some filters.
Parameters: - filter_elements – A string or a list of strings. If present, returns only the groups that contains one Upf for every element present in the list. Default=None, meaning that all families are returned.
- user – if None (default), return the groups for all users. If defined, it should be either a DbUser instance, or a string for the username (that is, the user email).
-
classmethod
-
aiida.orm.data.upf.
get_pseudos_from_structure
(structure, family_name)[source]¶ Given a family name (a UpfFamily group in the DB) and a AiiDA structure, return a dictionary associating each kind name with its UpfData object.
Raises: - MultipleObjectsError – if more than one UPF for the same element is found in the group.
- NotExistent – if no UPF for an element in the group is found in the group.
-
aiida.orm.data.upf.
parse_upf
(fname, check_filename=True)[source]¶ Try to get relevant information from the UPF. For the moment, only the element name. Note that even UPF v.2 cannot be parsed with the XML minidom! (e.g. due to the & characters in the human-readable section).
If check_filename is True, raise a ParsingError exception if the filename does not start with the element name.
-
aiida.orm.data.upf.
upload_upf_family
(folder, group_name, group_description, stop_if_existing=True)[source]¶ Upload a set of UPF files in a given group.
Parameters: - folder – a path containing all UPF files to be added. Only files ending in .UPF (case-insensitive) are considered.
- group_name – the name of the group to create. If it exists and is non-empty, a UniquenessError is raised.
- group_description – a string to be set as the group description. Overwrites previous descriptions, if the group was existing.
- stop_if_existing – if True, check for the md5 of the files and, if the file already exists in the DB, raises a MultipleObjectsError. If False, simply adds the existing UPFData node to the group.
-
class
aiida.orm.data.cif.
CifData
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Wrapper for Crystallographic Interchange File (CIF)
Note
the file (physical) is held as the authoritative source of information, so all conversions are done through the physical file: when setting
ase
orvalues
, a physical CIF file is generated first, the values are updated from the physical CIF file.-
ase
¶ ASE object, representing the CIF.
Note
requires ASE module.
-
classmethod
from_md5
(md5)[source]¶ Return a list of all CIF files that match a given MD5 hash.
Note
the hash has to be stored in a
_md5
attribute, otherwise the CIF file will not be found.
-
get_ase
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Returns ASE object, representing the CIF. This function differs from the property
ase
by the possibility to pass the keyworded arguments (kwargs) to ase.io.cif.read_cif().Note
requires ASE module.
-
classmethod
get_or_create
(filename, use_first=False, store_cif=True)[source]¶ Pass the same parameter of the init; if a file with the same md5 is found, that CifData is returned.
Parameters: - filename – an absolute filename on disk
- use_first – if False (default), raise an exception if more than one CIF file is found. If it is True, instead, use the first available CIF file.
- store_cif (bool) – If false, the CifData objects are not stored in the database. default=True.
Return (cif, created): where cif is the CifData object, and create is either True if the object was created, or False if the object was retrieved from the DB.
-
has_attached_hydrogens
()[source]¶ Check if there are hydrogens without coordinates, specified as attached to the atoms of the structure. :return: True if there are attached hydrogens, False otherwise.
-
has_partial_occupancies
()[source]¶ Check if there are float values in the atom occupancies. :return: True if there are partial occupancies, False otherwise.
-
static
read_cif
(fileobj, index=-1, **kwargs)[source]¶ A wrapper method that simulates the behaviour of the older versions of the read_cif. It behaves similarly with the older and newer versions of ase.io.cif.read_cif.
-
set_file
(filename)[source]¶ Set the file. If the source is set and the MD5 checksum of new file is different from the source, the source has to be deleted.
-
values
¶ PyCifRW structure, representing the CIF datablocks.
Note
requires PyCifRW module.
-
-
aiida.orm.data.cif.
cif_from_ase
(ase, full_occupancies=False, add_fake_biso=False)[source]¶ Construct a CIF datablock from the ASE structure. The code is taken from https://wiki.fysik.dtu.dk/ase/epydoc/ase.io.cif-pysrc.html#write_cif, as the original ASE code contains a bug in printing the Hermann-Mauguin symmetry space group symbol.
Parameters: ase – ASE “images” Returns: array of CIF datablocks
-
aiida.orm.data.cif.
has_pycifrw
()[source]¶ Returns: True if the PyCifRW module can be imported, False otherwise.
-
aiida.orm.data.cif.
parse_formula
(formula)[source]¶ Parses the Hill formulae, written with spaces for separators.
-
aiida.orm.data.cif.
pycifrw_from_cif
(datablocks, loops={}, names=None)[source]¶ Constructs PyCifRW’s CifFile from an array of CIF datablocks.
Parameters: - datablocks – an array of CIF datablocks
- loops – optional list of lists of CIF tag loops.
- names – optional list of datablock names
Returns: CifFile
-
aiida.orm.data.cif.
symop_string_from_symop_matrix_tr
(matrix, tr=[0, 0, 0], eps=0)[source]¶ Construct a CIF representation of symmetry operator plus translation. See International Tables for Crystallography Vol. A. (2002) for definition.
Parameters: - matrix – 3x3 matrix, representing the symmetry operator
- tr – translation vector of length 3 (default [0, 0, 0])
- eps – epsilon parameter for fuzzy comparison x == 0
Returns: CIF representation of symmetry operator
-
class
aiida.orm.data.parameter.
ParameterData
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Pass as input in the init a dictionary, and it will get stored as internal attributes.
Usual rules for attribute names apply (in particular, keys cannot start with an underscore). If this is the case, a ValueError will be raised.
You can then change/delete/add more attributes before storing with the usual methods of aiida.orm.Node
-
dict
¶ To be used to get direct access to the underlying dictionary with the syntax node.dict.key or node.dict[‘key’].
Returns: an instance of the AttributeResultManager.
-
-
class
aiida.orm.data.array.
ArrayData
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Store a set of arrays on disk (rather than on the database) in an efficient way using numpy.save() (therefore, this class requires numpy to be installed).
Each array is stored within the Node folder as a different .npy file.
Note: Before storing, no caching is done: if you perform a get_array()
call, the array will be re-read from disk. If instead the ArrayData node has already been stored, the array is cached in memory after the first read, and the cached array is used thereafter. If too much RAM memory is used, you can clear the cache with theclear_internal_cache()
method.-
arraynames
()[source]¶ Return a list of all arrays stored in the node, listing the files (and not relying on the properties).
Deprecated since version 0.7: Use
get_arraynames()
instead.
-
clear_internal_cache
()[source]¶ Clear the internal memory cache where the arrays are stored after being read from disk (used in order to reduce at minimum the readings from disk). This function is useful if you want to keep the node in memory, but you do not want to waste memory to cache the arrays in RAM.
-
delete_array
(name)[source]¶ Delete an array from the node. Can only be called before storing.
Parameters: name – The name of the array to delete from the node.
-
get_array
(name)[source]¶ Return an array stored in the node
Parameters: name – The name of the array to return.
-
get_arraynames
()[source]¶ Return a list of all arrays stored in the node, listing the files (and not relying on the properties).
New in version 0.7: Renamed from arraynames
-
The following are Data classes inheriting from ArrayData.
This module defines the classes related to band structures or dispersions in a Brillouin zone, and how to operate on them.
-
class
aiida.orm.data.array.kpoints.
KpointsData
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Class to handle array of kpoints in the Brillouin zone. Provide methods to generate either user-defined k-points or path of k-points along symmetry lines. Internally, all k-points are defined in terms of crystal (fractional) coordinates. Cell and lattice vector coordinates are in Angstroms, reciprocal lattice vectors in Angstrom^-1 . :note: The methods setting and using the Bravais lattice info assume the PRIMITIVE unit cell is provided in input to the set_cell or set_cell_from_structure methods.
-
cell
¶ The crystal unit cell. Rows are the crystal vectors in Angstroms. :return: a 3x3 numpy.array
-
get_kpoints
(also_weights=False, cartesian=False)[source]¶ Return the list of kpoints
Parameters: - also_weights – if True, returns also the list of weights. Default = False
- cartesian – if True, returns points in cartesian coordinates, otherwise, returns in crystal coordinates. Default = False.
-
get_kpoints_mesh
(print_list=False)[source]¶ Get the mesh of kpoints.
Parameters: print_list – default=False. If True, prints the mesh of kpoints as a list Raises: AttributeError – if no mesh has been set Return mesh,offset: (if print_list=False) a list of 3 integers and a list of three floats 0<x<1, representing the mesh and the offset of kpoints Return kpoints: (if print_list = True) an explicit list of kpoints coordinates, similar to what returned by get_kpoints()
-
labels
¶ Labels associated with the list of kpoints. List of tuples with kpoint index and kpoint name: [(0,’G’),(13,’M’),...]
-
pbc
¶ The periodic boundary conditions along the vectors a1,a2,a3.
Returns: a tuple of three booleans, each one tells if there are periodic boundary conditions for the i-th real-space direction (i=1,2,3)
-
set_cell
(cell, pbc=None)[source]¶ Set a cell to be used for symmetry analysis. To set a cell from an AiiDA structure, use “set_cell_from_structure”.
Parameters: - cell – 3x3 matrix of cell vectors. Orientation: each row represent a lattice vector. Units are Angstroms.
- pbc – list of 3 booleans, True if in the nth crystal direction the structure is periodic. Default = [True,True,True]
-
set_cell_from_structure
(structuredata)[source]¶ Set a cell to be used for symmetry analysis from an AiiDA structure. Inherits both the cell and the pbc’s. To set manually a cell, use “set_cell”
Parameters: structuredata – an instance of StructureData
-
set_kpoints
(kpoints, cartesian=False, labels=None, weights=None, fill_values=0)[source]¶ Set the list of kpoints. If a mesh has already been stored, raise a ModificationNotAllowed
Parameters: - kpoints –
a list of kpoints, each kpoint being a list of one, two or three coordinates, depending on self.pbc: if structure is 1D (only one True in self.pbc) one allows singletons or scalars for each k-point, if it’s 2D it can be a length-2 list, and in all cases it can be a length-3 list. Examples:
- [[0.,0.,0.],[0.1,0.1,0.1],...] for 1D, 2D or 3D
- [[0.,0.],[0.1,0.1,],...] for 1D or 2D
- [[0.],[0.1],...] for 1D
- [0., 0.1, ...] for 1D (list of scalars)
For 0D (all pbc are False), the list can be any of the above or empty - then only Gamma point is set. The value of k for the non-periodic dimension(s) is set by fill_values
- cartesian – if True, the coordinates given in input are treated as in cartesian units. If False, the coordinates are crystal, i.e. in units of b1,b2,b3. Default = False
- labels – optional, the list of labels to be set for some of the kpoints. See labels for more info
- weights – optional, a list of floats with the weight associated to the kpoint list
- fill_values – scalar to be set to all non-periodic dimensions (indicated by False in self.pbc), or list of values for each of the non-periodic dimensions.
- kpoints –
-
set_kpoints_mesh
(mesh, offset=[0.0, 0.0, 0.0])[source]¶ Set KpointsData to represent a uniformily spaced mesh of kpoints in the Brillouin zone. This excludes the possibility of set/get kpoints
Parameters: - mesh – a list of three integers, representing the size of the kpoint mesh along b1,b2,b3.
- offset ((optional)) – a list of three floats between 0 and 1. [0.,0.,0.] is Gamma centered mesh [0.5,0.5,0.5] is half shifted [1.,1.,1.] by periodicity should be equivalent to [0.,0.,0.] Default = [0.,0.,0.].
-
set_kpoints_mesh_from_density
(distance, offset=[0.0, 0.0, 0.0], force_parity=False)[source]¶ Set a kpoints mesh using a kpoints density, expressed as the maximum distance between adjacent points along a reciprocal axis
Parameters: - distance – distance (in 1/Angstrom) between adjacent
kpoints, i.e. the number of kpoints along each reciprocal
axis i is
where
is the norm of the reciprocal cell vector.
- offset ((optional)) – a list of three floats between 0 and 1. [0.,0.,0.] is Gamma centered mesh [0.5,0.5,0.5] is half shifted Default = [0.,0.,0.].
- force_parity ((optional)) – if True, force each integer in the mesh to be even (except for the non-periodic directions).
Note: a cell should be defined first.
Note: the number of kpoints along non-periodic axes is always 1.
- distance – distance (in 1/Angstrom) between adjacent
kpoints, i.e. the number of kpoints along each reciprocal
axis i is
-
-
class
aiida.orm.data.array.trajectory.
TrajectoryData
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Stores a trajectory (a sequence of crystal structures with timestamps, and possibly with velocities).
-
get_cells
()[source]¶ Return the array of cells, if it has already been set.
Raises: KeyError – if the trajectory has not been set yet.
-
get_index_from_stepid
(stepid)[source]¶ Given a value for the stepid (i.e., a value among those of the
steps
array), return the array index of that stepid, that can be used in other methods such asget_step_data()
orget_step_structure()
.New in version 0.7: Renamed from get_step_index
Note
Note that this function returns the first index found (i.e. if multiple steps are present with the same value, only the index of the first one is returned).
Raises: ValueError – if no step with the given value is found.
-
get_positions
()[source]¶ Return the array of positions, if it has already been set.
Raises: KeyError – if the trajectory has not been set yet.
-
get_step_data
(index)[source]¶ Return a tuple with all information concerning the stepid with given index (0 is the first step, 1 the second step and so on). If you know only the step value, use the
get_index_from_stepid()
method to get the corresponding index.If no velocities were specified, None is returned as the last element.
Returns: A tuple in the format
(stepid, time, cell, symbols, positions, velocities)
, wherestepid
is an integer,time
is a float,cell
is amatrix,
symbols
is an array of lengthn
, positions is aarray, and velocities is either
None
or aarray
Parameters: index – The index of the step that you want to retrieve, from 0 to
self.numsteps - 1
.Raises: - IndexError – if you require an index beyond the limits.
- KeyError – if you did not store the trajectory yet.
-
get_step_index
(step)[source]¶ Deprecated since version 0.7: Use
get_index_from_stepid()
instead.
-
get_step_structure
(index, custom_kinds=None)[source]¶ Return an AiiDA
aiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData
node (not stored yet!) with the coordinates of the given step, identified by its index. If you know only the step value, use theget_index_from_stepid()
method to get the corresponding index.Note
The periodic boundary conditions are always set to True.
New in version 0.7: Renamed from step_to_structure
Parameters: - index – The index of the step that you want to retrieve, from
0 to
self.numsteps- 1
. - custom_kinds – (Optional) If passed must be a list of
aiida.orm.data.structure.Kind
objects. There must be one kind object for each different string in thesymbols
array, withkind.name
set to this string. If this parameter is omitted, the automatic kind generation of AiiDAaiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData
nodes is used, meaning that the strings in thesymbols
array must be valid chemical symbols.
- index – The index of the step that you want to retrieve, from
0 to
-
get_stepids
()[source]¶ Return the array of steps, if it has already been set.
New in version 0.7: Renamed from get_steps
Raises: KeyError – if the trajectory has not been set yet.
-
get_steps
()[source]¶ Deprecated since version 0.7: Use
get_stepids()
instead.
-
get_symbols
()[source]¶ Return the array of symbols, if it has already been set.
Raises: KeyError – if the trajectory has not been set yet.
-
get_times
()[source]¶ Return the array of times (in ps), if it has already been set.
Raises: KeyError – if the trajectory has not been set yet.
-
get_velocities
()[source]¶ Return the array of velocities, if it has already been set.
Note
This function (differently from all other
get_*
functions, will not raise an exception if the velocities are not set, but rather returnNone
(both if no trajectory was not set yet, and if it the trajectory was set but no velocities were specified).
-
numsites
¶ Return the number of stored sites, or zero if nothing has been stored yet.
-
numsteps
¶ Return the number of stored steps, or zero if nothing has been stored yet.
-
set_structurelist
(structurelist)[source]¶ Create trajectory from the list of
aiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData
instances.Parameters: structurelist – a list of aiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData
instances.Raises: ValueError – if symbol lists of supplied structures are different
-
set_trajectory
(stepids, cells, symbols, positions, times=None, velocities=None)[source]¶ Store the whole trajectory, after checking that types and dimensions are correct. Velocities are optional, if they are not passed, nothing is stored.
Parameters: - stepids – integer array with dimension
s
, wheres
is the number of steps. Typically represents an internal counter within the code. For instance, if you want to store a trajectory with one step every 10, starting from step 65, the array will be[65,75,85,...]
. No checks are done on duplicate elements or on the ordering, but anyway this array should be sorted in ascending order, without duplicate elements. If your code does not provide an internal counter, just provide for instancearange(s)
. It is internally stored as an array named ‘steps’. - cells – float array with dimension
, where
s
is the length of thestepids
array. Units are angstrom. In particular,cells[i,j,k]
is thek
-th component of thej
-th cell vector at the time step with indexi
(identified by step numberstepid[i]
and with timestamptimes[i]
). - symbols – string array with dimension
n
, wheren
is the number of atoms (i.e., sites) in the structure. The same array is used for each step. Normally, the string should be a valid chemical symbol, but actually any unique string works and can be used as the name of the atomic kind (see also theget_step_structure()
method). - positions – float array with dimension
, where
s
is the length of thestepids
array andn
is the length of thesymbols
array. Units are angstrom. In particular,positions[i,j,k]
is thek
-th component of thej
-th atom (or site) in the structure at the time step with indexi
(identified by step numberstep[i]
and with timestamptimes[i]
). - times – if specified, float array with dimension
s
, wheres
is the length of thestepids
array. Contains the timestamp of each step in picoseconds (ps). - velocities – if specified, must be a float array with the same
dimensions of the
positions
array. The array contains the velocities in the atoms.
Todo
Choose suitable units for velocities
- stepids – integer array with dimension
-
step_to_structure
(index, custom_kinds=None)[source]¶ Deprecated since version 0.7: Use
get_step_structure()
instead.
-
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.calculation.
AbstractCalculation
[source]¶ This class provides the definition of an “abstract” AiiDA calculation. A calculation in this sense is any computation that converts data into data.
You will typically use one of its subclasses, often a JobCalculation for calculations run via a scheduler.
-
add_link_from
(src, label=None, link_type=<LinkType.INPUT: 'inputlink'>)[source]¶ Add a link with a code as destination.
You can use the parameters of the base Node class, in particular the label parameter to label the link.
Parameters: - src – a node of the database. It cannot be a Calculation object.
- label (str) – Name of the link. Default=None
- link_type – The type of link, must be one of the enum values form
LinkType
-
get_linkname
(link, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Return the linkname used for a given input link
Pass as parameter “NAME” if you would call the use_NAME method. If the use_NAME method requires a further parameter, pass that parameter as the second parameter.
-
logger
¶ Get the logger of the Calculation object, so that it also logs to the DB.
Returns: LoggerAdapter object, that works like a logger, but also has the ‘extra’ embedded
-
-
aiida.orm.calculation.inline.
optional_inline
(func)[source]¶ optional_inline wrapper/decorator takes a function, which can be called either as wrapped in InlineCalculation or a simple function, depending on ‘store’ keyworded argument (True stands for InlineCalculation, False for simple function). The wrapped function has to adhere to the requirements by make_inline wrapper/decorator.
Usage example:
@optional_inline def copy_inline(source=None): return {'copy': source.copy()}
Function
copy_inline
will be wrapped in InlineCalculation when invoked in following way:copy_inline(source=node,store=True)
while it will be called as a simple function when invoked:
copy_inline(source=node)
In any way the
copy_inline
will return the same results.
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.calculation.job.
AbstractJobCalculation
[source]¶ This class provides the definition of an AiiDA calculation that is run remotely on a job scheduler.
-
add_link_from
(src, label=None, link_type=<LinkType.INPUT: 'inputlink'>)[source]¶ Add a link with a code as destination. Add the additional contraint that this is only possible if the calculation is in state NEW.
You can use the parameters of the base Node class, in particular the label parameter to label the link.
Parameters: - src – a node of the database. It cannot be a Calculation object.
- label (str) – Name of the link. Default=None
- link_type – The type of link, must be one of the enum values form
LinkType
-
get_append_text
()[source]¶ Get the calculation-specific append text, which is going to be appended in the scheduler-job script, just after the code execution.
-
get_custom_scheduler_commands
()[source]¶ Return a (possibly multiline) string with the commands that the user wants to manually set for the scheduler. See also the documentation of the corresponding
set_
method.Returns: the custom scheduler command, or an empty string if no custom command was defined.
-
get_environment_variables
()[source]¶ Return a dictionary of the environment variables that are set for this calculation.
Return an empty dictionary if no special environment variables have to be set for this calculation.
-
get_import_sys_environment
()[source]¶ To check if it’s loading the system environment on the submission script.
Returns: a boolean. If True the system environment will be load.
-
get_max_memory_kb
()[source]¶ Get the memory (in KiloBytes) requested to the scheduler.
Returns: an integer
-
get_max_wallclock_seconds
()[source]¶ Get the max wallclock time in seconds requested to the scheduler.
Returns: an integer
-
get_mpirun_extra_params
()[source]¶ Return a list of strings, that are the extra params to pass to the mpirun (or equivalent) command after the one provided in computer.mpirun_command. Example: mpirun -np 8 extra_params[0] extra_params[1] ... exec.x
Return an empty list if no parameters have been defined.
-
get_parser_name
()[source]¶ Return a string locating the module that contains the output parser of this calculation, that will be searched in the ‘aiida/parsers/plugins’ directory. None if no parser is needed/set.
Returns: a string.
-
get_parserclass
()[source]¶ Return the output parser object for this calculation, or None if no parser is set.
Returns: a Parser class. Raise: MissingPluginError from ParserFactory no plugin is found.
-
get_prepend_text
()[source]¶ Get the calculation-specific prepend text, which is going to be prepended in the scheduler-job script, just before the code execution.
-
get_priority
()[source]¶ Get the priority, if set, of the job on the cluster.
Returns: a string or None
-
get_resources
(full=False)[source]¶ Returns the dictionary of the job resources set.
Parameters: full – if True, also add the default values, e.g. default_mpiprocs_per_machine
Returns: a dictionary
-
get_retrieved_node
()[source]¶ Return the retrieved data folder, if present.
Returns: the retrieved data folder object, or None if no such output node is found. Raises: MultipleObjectsError – if more than one output node is found.
-
get_scheduler_error
()[source]¶ Return the output of the scheduler error (a string) if the calculation has finished, and output node is present, and the output of the scheduler was retrieved.
Return None otherwise.
-
get_scheduler_output
()[source]¶ Return the output of the scheduler output (a string) if the calculation has finished, and output node is present, and the output of the scheduler was retrieved.
Return None otherwise.
-
get_scheduler_state
()[source]¶ Return the status of the calculation according to the cluster scheduler.
Returns: a string.
-
get_state
(from_attribute=False)[source]¶ Get the state of the calculation.
Note
the ‘most recent’ state is obtained using the logic in the
aiida.common.datastructures.sort_states
function.Todo
Understand if the state returned when no state entry is found in the DB is the best choice.
Parameters: from_attribute – if set to True, read it from the attributes (the attribute is also set with set_state, unless the state is set to IMPORTED; in this way we can also see the state before storing). Returns: a string. If from_attribute is True and no attribute is found, return None. If from_attribute is False and no entry is found in the DB, also return None.
-
get_withmpi
()[source]¶ Get whether the job is set with mpi execution.
Returns: a boolean. Default=True.
-
has_failed
()[source]¶ Get whether the calculation is in a failed status, i.e. SUBMISSIONFAILED, RETRIEVALFAILED, PARSINGFAILED or FAILED.
Returns: a boolean
-
kill
()[source]¶ Kill a calculation on the cluster.
Can only be called if the calculation is in status WITHSCHEDULER.
The command tries to run the kill command as provided by the scheduler, and raises an exception is something goes wrong. No changes of calculation status are done (they will be done later by the calculation manager).
-
res
¶ To be used to get direct access to the parsed parameters.
Returns: an instance of the CalculationResultManager. Note: a practical example on how it is meant to be used: let’s say that there is a key ‘energy’ in the dictionary of the parsed results which contains a list of floats. The command calc.res.energy will return such a list.
-
set_append_text
(val)[source]¶ Set the calculation-specific append text, which is going to be appended in the scheduler-job script, just after the code execution.
Parameters: val – a (possibly multiline) string
-
set_custom_scheduler_commands
(val)[source]¶ Set a (possibly multiline) string with the commands that the user wants to manually set for the scheduler.
The difference of this method with respect to the set_prepend_text is the position in the scheduler submission file where such text is inserted: with this method, the string is inserted before any non-scheduler command.
-
set_environment_variables
(env_vars_dict)[source]¶ Set a dictionary of custom environment variables for this calculation.
Both keys and values must be strings.
In the remote-computer submission script, it’s going to export variables as
export 'keys'='values'
-
set_import_sys_environment
(val)[source]¶ If set to true, the submission script will load the system environment variables.
Parameters: val (bool) – load the environment if True
-
set_max_memory_kb
(val)[source]¶ Set the maximum memory (in KiloBytes) to be asked to the scheduler.
Parameters: val – an integer. Default=None
-
set_max_wallclock_seconds
(val)[source]¶ Set the wallclock in seconds asked to the scheduler.
Parameters: val – An integer. Default=None
-
set_mpirun_extra_params
(extra_params)[source]¶ Set the extra params to pass to the mpirun (or equivalent) command after the one provided in computer.mpirun_command. Example: mpirun -np 8 extra_params[0] extra_params[1] ... exec.x
Parameters: extra_params – must be a list of strings, one for each extra parameter
-
set_parser_name
(parser)[source]¶ Set a string for the output parser Can be None if no output plugin is available or needed.
Parameters: parser – a string identifying the module of the parser. Such module must be located within the folder ‘aiida/parsers/plugins’
-
set_prepend_text
(val)[source]¶ Set the calculation-specific prepend text, which is going to be prepended in the scheduler-job script, just before the code execution.
See also
set_custom_scheduler_commands
Parameters: val – a (possibly multiline) string
-
set_priority
(val)[source]¶ Set the priority of the job to be queued.
Parameters: val – the values of priority as accepted by the cluster scheduler.
-
set_queue_name
(val)[source]¶ Set the name of the queue on the remote computer.
Parameters: val (str) – the queue name
-
set_resources
(resources_dict)[source]¶ Set the dictionary of resources to be used by the scheduler plugin, like the number of nodes, cpus, ... This dictionary is scheduler-plugin dependent. Look at the documentation of the scheduler. (scheduler type can be found with calc.get_computer().get_scheduler_type() )
-
store
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Override the store() method to store also the calculation in the NEW state as soon as this is stored for the first time.
-
submit
()[source]¶ Puts the calculation in the TOSUBMIT status.
Actual submission is performed by the daemon.
-
submit_test
(folder=None, subfolder_name=None)[source]¶ Test submission, creating the files in a local folder.
Note: this submit_test function does not require any node (neither the calculation nor the input links) to be stored yet.
Parameters: - folder – A Folder object, within which each calculation files are created; if not passed, a subfolder ‘submit_test’ of the current folder is used.
- subfolder_name – the name of the subfolder to use for this
calculation (within Folder). If not passed, a unique string
starting with the date and time in the format
yymmdd-HHMMSS-
is used.
-
-
class
aiida.orm.implementation.general.calculation.job.
CalculationResultManager
(calc)[source]¶ An object used internally to interface the calculation object with the Parser and consequentially with the ParameterData object result. It shouldn’t be used explicitely by a user.
Plugin to create a Quantum Espresso pw.x file.
-
class
aiida.orm.calculation.job.quantumespresso.pw.
PwCalculation
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Main DFT code (PWscf, pw.x) of the Quantum ESPRESSO distribution. For more information, refer to http://www.quantum-espresso.org/
-
classmethod
input_helper
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Validate if the keywords are valid Quantum ESPRESSO pw.x keywords, and also helps in preparing the input parameter dictionary in a ‘standardized’ form (e.g., converts ints to floats when required, or if the flag flat_mode is specified, puts the keywords in the right namelists).
This function calls
aiida.orm.calculation.job.quantumespresso.helpers.pw_input_helper()
, see its docstring for further information.
-
classmethod
-
exception
aiida.orm.calculation.job.quantumespresso.helpers.
QEInputValidationError
[source]¶ This class is the exception that is generated by the parser when it encounters an error while creating the input file of Quantum ESPRESSO.
-
aiida.orm.calculation.job.quantumespresso.helpers.
pw_input_helper
(input_params, structure, stop_at_first_error=False, flat_mode=False, version='5.4.0')[source]¶ Validate if the input dictionary for Quantum ESPRESSO is valid. Return the dictionary (possibly with small variations: e.g. convert integer to float where necessary, recreate the proper structure if flat_mode is True, ...) to use as input parameters (use_parameters) for the pw.x calculation.
Parameters: - input_params –
- If flat_mode is True, pass a dictionary
- with ‘key’ = value; use the correct type
(int, bool, ...) for value. If an array is required:
- if its length is fixed: pass a list of the required length
- if its length is ‘ntyp’: pass a dictionary, associating each specie to its value.
- (other lengths are not supported)
Example:
{ 'calculation': 'vc-relax', 'ecutwfc': 30., 'hubbard_u': {'O': 1}, }
If instead flat_mode is False, pass a dictionary in the format expected by AiiDA (keys are namelists, values are in the format specified above, i.e. key/value pairs for all keywords in the given namelist). Example:
{ 'CONTROL': { 'calculation': 'vc-relax' }, 'SYSTEM': { 'hubbard_u': {'O': 1.0}, 'ecutwfc': 30., }, },
- structure – the StructureData object used as input for QE pw.x
- stop_at_first_error – if True, stops at the first error. Otherwise, when, possible, continue and give a global error for all the issues encountered.
- flat_mode – if True, instead of passing the dictionary of namelists, and inside the keywords, pass directly the keywords - this function will return the correct dictionary to pass to the PwCalculation, with the keywords arranged in the correct namelist.
- version – string with version number, used to find the correct XML file descriptor. If not specified, uses the most recent version available in the validator. It reads the definitions from the XML files in the same folder as this python module. If the version is not recognised, the Exception message will also suggest a close-by version.
Raises: QeInputValidationError – (subclass of InputValidationError) if the input is not considered valid.
- input_params –
Plugin to immigrate a Quantum Espresso pw.x job that was not run using AiiDa.
-
class
aiida.orm.calculation.job.quantumespresso.pwimmigrant.
PwimmigrantCalculation
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Create a PwCalculation object that can be used to import old jobs.
This is a sublass of aiida.orm.calculation.quantumespresso.PwCalculation with slight modifications to some of the class variables and additional methods that
- parse the job’s input file to create the calculation’s input nodes that would exist if the calculation were submitted using AiiDa,
- bypass the functions of the daemon, and prepare the node’s attributes such that all the processes (copying of the files to the repository, results parsing, ect.) can be performed
Note
The keyword arguments of PwCalculation are also available.
Parameters: - remote_workdir (str) – Absolute path to the directory where the job was run.
The transport of the computer you link ask input to the calculation is
the transport that will be used to retrieve the calculation’s files.
Therefore,
remote_workdir
should be the absolute path to the job’s directory on that computer. - input_file_name (str) – The file name of the job’s input file.
- output_file_name (str) – The file name of the job’s output file (i.e. the file containing the stdout of QE).
-
create_input_nodes
(open_transport, input_file_name=None, output_file_name=None, remote_workdir=None)[source]¶ Create calculation input nodes based on the job’s files.
Parameters: open_transport (aiida.transport.plugins.local.LocalTransport | aiida.transport.plugins.ssh.SshTransport) – An open instance of the transport class of the calculation’s computer. See the tutorial for more information. This method parses the files in the job’s remote working directory to create the input nodes that would exist if the calculation were submitted using AiiDa. These nodes are
- a
'parameters'
ParameterData node, based on the namelists and their variable-value pairs; - a
'kpoints'
KpointsData node, based on the K_POINTS card; - a
'structure'
StructureData node, based on the ATOMIC_POSITIONS and CELL_PARAMETERS cards; - one
'pseudo_X'
UpfData node for the pseudopotential used for the atomic species with nameX
, as specified in the ATOMIC_SPECIES card; - a
'settings'
ParameterData node, if there are any fixed coordinates, or if the gamma kpoint is used;
and can be retrieved as a dictionary using the
get_inputs_dict()
method. These input links are cached-links; nothing is stored by this method (including the calculation node itself).Note
QE stores the calculation’s pseudopotential files in the
<outdir>/<prefix>.save/
subfolder of the job’s working directory, whereoutdir
andprefix
are QE CONTROL variables (see pw input file description). This method uses these files to either get–if the a node already exists for the pseudo–or create a UpfData node for each pseudopotential.Keyword arguments
Note
These keyword arguments can also be set when instantiating the class or using the
set_
methods (e.g.set_remote_workdir
). Offering to set them here simply offers the user an additional place to set their values. Only the values that have not yet been set need to be specified.Parameters: - input_file_name (str) – The file name of the job’s input file.
- output_file_name (str) – The file name of the job’s output file (i.e. the file containing the stdout of QE).
- remote_workdir (str) – Absolute path to the directory where the job
was run. The transport of the computer you link ask input to the
calculation is the transport that will be used to retrieve the
calculation’s files. Therefore,
remote_workdir
should be the absolute path to the job’s directory on that computer.
Raises: - aiida.common.exceptions.InputValidationError – if
open_transport
is a different type of transport than the computer’s. - aiida.common.exceptions.InvalidOperation – if
open_transport
is not open. - aiida.common.exceptions.InputValidationError – if
remote_workdir
,input_file_name
, and/oroutput_file_name
are not set prior to or during the call of this method. - aiida.common.exceptions.FeatureNotAvailable – if the input file
uses anything other than
ibrav = 0
, which is not currently implimented in aiida. - aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input file.
- IOError – if there are issues reading the input file.
- a
-
prepare_for_retrieval_and_parsing
(open_transport)[source]¶ Tell the daemon that the calculation is computed and ready to be parsed.
Parameters: open_transport (aiida.transport.plugins.local.LocalTransport | aiida.transport.plugins.ssh.SshTransport) – An open instance of the transport class of the calculation’s computer. See the tutorial for more information. The next time the daemon updates the status of calculations, it will see this job is in the ‘COMPUTED’ state and will retrieve its output files and parse the results.
If the daemon is not currently running, nothing will happen until it is started again.
This method also stores the calculation and all input nodes. It also copies the original input file to the calculation’s repository folder.
Raises: - aiida.common.exceptions.InputValidationError – if
open_transport
is a different type of transport than the computer’s. - aiida.common.exceptions.InvalidOperation – if
open_transport
is not open.
- aiida.common.exceptions.InputValidationError – if
-
set_input_file_name
(input_file_name)[source]¶ Set the file name of the job’s input file (e.g.
'pw.in'
).Parameters: input_file_name (str) – The file name of the job’s input file.
-
set_output_file_name
(output_file_name)[source]¶ Set the file name of the job’s output file (e.g.
'pw.out'
).Parameters: output_file_name (str) – The file name of file containing the job’s stdout.
-
set_output_subfolder
(output_subfolder)[source]¶ Manually set the job’s
outdir
variable (e.g.'./out/'
).Note
The outdir variable is normally set automatically by
- looking for the
outdir
CONTROL
namelist variable - looking for the
$ESPRESSO_TMPDIR
environment variable on the calculation’s computer (using the transport) - using the QE default, the calculation’s
remote_workdir
but this method is made available to the user, in the event that they wish to set it manually.
Parameters: output_subfolder (str) – The job’s outdir variable. - looking for the
-
set_prefix
(prefix)[source]¶ Manually set the job’s
prefix
variable (e.g.'pwscf'
).Note
The prefix variable is normally set automatically by
- looking for the
prefix
CONTROL
namelist variable - using the QE default,
'pwscf'
but this method is made available to the user, in the event that they wish to set it manually.
Parameters: prefix (str) – The job’s prefix variable. - looking for the
This is a simple plugin that takes two node inputs, both of type ParameterData, with the following labels: template and parameters. You can also add other SinglefileData nodes as input, that will be copied according to what is written in ‘template’ (see below).
parameters: a set of parameters that will be used for substitution.
template: can contain the following parameters:
- input_file_template: a string with substitutions to be managed with the format() function of python, i.e. if you want to substitute a variable called ‘varname’, you write {varname} in the text. See http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-3101/ for more details. The replaced file will be the input file.
- input_file_name: a string with the file name for the input. If it is not provided, no file will be created.
- output_file_name: a string with the file name for the output. If it is not provided, no redirection will be done and the output will go in the scheduler output file.
- cmdline_params: a list of strings, to be passed as command line parameters. Each one is substituted with the same rule of input_file_template. Optional
- input_through_stdin: if True, the input file name is passed via stdin. Default is False if missing.
- files_to_copy: if defined, a list of tuple pairs, with format (‘link_name’, ‘dest_rel_path’); for each tuple, an input link to this calculation is looked for, with link labeled ‘link_label’, and with file type ‘Singlefile’, and the content is copied to a remote file named ‘dest_rel_path’ Errors are raised in the input links are non-existent, or of the wrong type, or if there are unused input files.
TODO: probably use Python’s Template strings instead?? TODO: catch exceptions
This section describes the different parsers classes for calculations.
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.
convert_qe2aiida_structure
(output_dict, input_structure=None)[source]¶ Receives the dictionary cell parsed from quantum espresso Convert it into an AiiDA structure object
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_cp.
parse_cp_text_output
(data, xml_data)[source]¶ data must be a list of strings, one for each lines, as returned by readlines(). On output, a dictionary with parsed values
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_cp.
parse_cp_traj_stanzas
(num_elements, splitlines, prepend_name, rescale=1.0)[source]¶ num_elements: Number of lines (with three elements) between lines with two only elements (containing step number and time in ps). num_elements is 3 for cell, and the number of atoms for coordinates and positions.
splitlines: a list of lines of the file, already split in pieces using string.split
prepend_name: a string to be prepended to the name of keys returned in the return dictionary.
rescale: the values in each stanza are multiplied by this factor, for units conversion
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_cp.
parse_cp_xml_counter_output
(data)[source]¶ Parse xml file print_counter.xml data must be a single string, as returned by file.read() (notice the difference with parse_text_output!) On output, a dictionary with parsed values.
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_cp.
parse_cp_xml_output
(data)[source]¶ Parse xml data data must be a single string, as returned by file.read() (notice the difference with parse_text_output!) On output, a dictionary with parsed values. Democratically, we have decided to use picoseconds as units of time, eV for energies, Angstrom for lengths.
A collection of function that are used to parse the output of Quantum Espresso PW. The function that needs to be called from outside is parse_raw_output(). The functions mostly work without aiida specific functionalities. The parsing will try to convert whatever it can in some dictionary, which by operative decision doesn’t have much structure encoded, [the values are simple ]
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
cell_volume
(a1, a2, a3)[source]¶ returns the volume of the primitive cell: |a1.(a2xa3)|
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
convert_list_to_matrix
(in_matrix, n_rows, n_columns)[source]¶ converts a list into a list of lists (a matrix like) with n_rows and n_columns
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
convert_qe_time_to_sec
(timestr)[source]¶ Given the walltime string of Quantum Espresso, converts it in a number of seconds (float).
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
parse_QE_errors
(lines, count, warnings)[source]¶ Parse QE errors messages (those appearing between some lines with
'%%%%%%%%'
)Parameters: - lines – list of strings, the output text file as read by readlines() or as obtained by data.split(‘n’) when data is the text file read by read()
- count – the line at which we identified some
'%%%%%%%%'
- warnings – the warnings already parsed in the file
Return messages: a list of QE error messages
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
parse_pw_text_output
(data, xml_data=None, structure_data=None, input_dict=None)[source]¶ Parses the text output of QE-PWscf.
Parameters: - data – a string, the file as read by read()
- xml_data – the dictionary with the keys read from xml.
- structure_data – dictionary, coming from the xml, with info on the structure
Return parsed_data: dictionary with key values, referring to quantities at the last scf step.
Return trajectory_data: key,values referring to intermediate scf steps, as in the case of vc-relax. Empty dictionary if no value is present.
Return critical_messages: a list with critical messages. If any is found in parsed_data[‘warnings’], the calculation is FAILED!
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
parse_pw_xml_output
(data, dir_with_bands=None)[source]¶ Parse the xml data of QE v5.0.x Input data must be a single string, as returned by file.read() Returns a dictionary with parsed values
-
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basic_raw_parser_pw.
parse_raw_output
(out_file, input_dict, parser_opts=None, xml_file=None, dir_with_bands=None)[source]¶ Parses the output of a calculation Receives in input the paths to the output file and the xml file.
Parameters: - out_file – path to pw std output
- input_dict – not used
- parser_opts – not used
- dir_with_bands – path to directory with all k-points (Kxxxxx) folders
- xml_file – path to QE data-file.xml
Returns out_dict: a dictionary with parsed data
Return successful: a boolean that is False in case of failed calculations
Raises: - QEOutputParsingError – for errors in the parsing,
- AssertionError – if two keys in the parsed dicts are found to be qual
3 different keys to check in output: parser_warnings, xml_warnings and warnings. On an upper level, these flags MUST be checked. The first two are expected to be empty unless QE failures or unfinished jobs.
-
class
aiida.parsers.plugins.quantumespresso.basicpw.
BasicpwParser
(calc)[source]¶ This class is the implementation of the Parser class for PWscf.
-
get_linkname_out_kpoints
()[source]¶ Returns the name of the link to the output_kpoints Node exists if cell has changed and no bands are stored.
-
get_linkname_outarray
()[source]¶ Returns the name of the link to the output_array Node may exist in case of calculation=’scf’
-
get_linkname_outstructure
()[source]¶ Returns the name of the link to the output_structure Node exists if positions or cell changed.
-
get_linkname_outtrajectory
()[source]¶ Returns the name of the link to the output_trajectory. Node exists in case of calculation=’md’, ‘vc-md’, ‘relax’, ‘vc-relax’
-
Physical or mathematical constants. Since every code has its own conversion units, this module defines what QE understands as for an eV or other quantities. Whenever possible, we try to use the constants defined in :py:mod:aiida.common.constants:, but if some constants are slightly different among different codes (e.g., different standard definition), we define the constants in this file.
Automodules Example¶
This module defines the main data structures used by the Calculation.
-
class
aiida.common.datastructures.
CalcInfo
(init=None)[source] This object will store the data returned by the calculation plugin and to be passed to the ExecManager
-
class
aiida.common.datastructures.
CodeInfo
(init=None)[source] This attribute-dictionary contains the information needed to execute a code. Possible attributes are:
cmdline_params
: a list of strings, containing parameters to be written on the command line right after the call to the code, as for example:code.x cmdline_params[0] cmdline_params[1] ... < stdin > stdout
stdin_name
: (optional) the name of the standard input file. Note, it is only possible to use the stdin with the syntax:code.x < stdin_name
If no stdin_name is specified, the string “< stdin_name” will not be passed to the code. Note: it is not possible to substitute/remove the ‘<’ if stdin_name is specified; if that is needed, avoid stdin_name and use instead the cmdline_params to specify a suitable syntax.
stdout_name
: (optional) the name of the standard output file. Note, it is only possible to pass output to stdout_name with the syntax:code.x ... > stdout_name
If no stdout_name is specified, the string “> stdout_name” will not be passed to the code. Note: it is not possible to substitute/remove the ‘>’ if stdout_name is specified; if that is needed, avoid stdout_name and use instead the cmdline_params to specify a suitable syntax.
stderr_name
: (optional) a string, the name of the error file of the code.join_files
: (optional) if True, redirects the error to the output file. If join_files=True, the code will be called as:code.x ... > stdout_name 2>&1
otherwise, if join_files=False and stderr is passed:
code.x ... > stdout_name 2> stderr_name
withmpi
: if True, executes the code with mpirun (or another MPI installed on the remote computer)code_uuid
: the uuid of the code associated to the CodeInfo
-
aiida.common.datastructures.
sort_states
(list_states)[source] Given a list of state names, return a sorted list of states (the first is the most recent) sorted according to their logical appearance in the DB (i.e., NEW before of SUBMITTING before of FINISHED).
Note
The order of the internal variable _sorted_datastates is used.
Parameters: list_states – a list (or tuple) of state strings. Returns: a sorted list of the given data states. Raises: ValueError – if any of the given states is not a valid state.
Note
A :noindex: directive was added to avoid duplicate object description for this example. Do not put the keyword in a real documentation.
How To Format Docstrings¶
Much of the work will be done automatically by Sphinx, just format the docstrings with the same syntax used here, a few extra examples of use would include:
:param parameters: some notes on input parameters
:return returned: some note on what is returned
:raise Errors: Notes on warnings raised
Changing The Docs¶
If you are creating a new .rst file, make sure to add it in the relevant index.rst tree. This can be done by:
- Modifying relevant doc strings or .rst files (be sure to modify them in the /doc/source/ folder and not /doc/build)
- Making sure that all relevant .rst files are added to the relevant index.rst file
- Running make html in /aiida/docs/ folder
- Be sure to check for any warnings and correct if possible
This Page¶
Sphinx cheatsheet
+++++++++++++++++
A brief overview of some of the main functions of Sphinx
as used in the aiida documentation. View :ref:`this-page` to see
how this page was formatted. This is only a brief outline for more
please see `the Sphinx documentation <http://sphinx-doc.org/contents.html>`_
Main Titles and Subtitles
-------------------------
This is an example of a main title.
subtitles are made like this
============================
This is an example of a subtitle.
Formatting
----------
Basic Paragraph Formatting
==========================
Words can be written in *italics* or in **bold**. Text describing a specific
``computer_thing`` can be formatted as well.
Paragraph and Indentation
=========================
Much like in regular python, the indentation plays a strong role in the formatting.
For example all of this sentence will
appear on the same line.
While this sentence will appear
differently because there is an indent.
Terminal and Code Formatting
============================
Something to be run in command line can be formatted like this::
>> Some command
As can be seen above, while snippets of python on code can be done like this::
import module
print('hello world')
Notes
=====
.. note:: Notes can be added like this.
Bullet Points and Lists
=======================
* Bullet points can be added
* Just like this
* With sub-bullets like this
#. While numerical bullets
#. Can be added
#. Like this
Links, Code Display, Cross References
-------------------------------------
External Links
==============
Can be done like here for `AiiDA <www.aiida.net/>`_
Code Download
=============
Code can be downloaded like this.
Download: :download:`this example script <devel_tutorial/sum_executable.py>`
Code Display
============
Can be done like this. This entire document can be seen unformated below using this method.
.. literalinclude:: devel_tutorial/sum_executable.py
.. _self-reference:
Cross Reference Docs
====================
Here is an example of a reference to the :ref:`structure_tutorial` which is on *another page*
Here is an example of a reference to something on the same page, :ref:`self-reference`
.. note:: References within the same document need a reference label, see `.. _self-reference:`
used in this section for an example. *Hidden in formatted page, can only be seen in the
input text.*
Cross Reference Classes and Methods
===================================
Any class can be referenced for example :py:class:`~aiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData` references the
StructureData data class.
Similarily any method can be referenced for example :py:meth:`~aiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData.append_atom`
shows the StructureData class' append atom method.
Table of Contents Docs and Code
-------------------------------
Table of Contents for Docs
==========================
An example of the table of contents syntax for the :ref:`git-cheatsheet` can be seen here
note that these are especially important in the global structure of the
document, as found in index.rst files.
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
git_cheatsheet
.. note:: The `maxdepth` parameter can be used to change how deep the title indexing goes. See :ref:`this-page`.
Table of Contents for Code
==========================
Table of contents, that cross reference code, can be done very similarly to how
it is done for documents. For example the parser docs can be indexed like this
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
aiida.orm <../orm/dev>
../parsers/dev
Automodules Example
====================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
.. automodule:: aiida.common.datastructures
:members:
:noindex:
.. note:: A `:noindex:` directive was added to avoid duplicate object
description for this example. Do not put the keyword in a real
documentation.
How To Format Docstrings
------------------------
Much of the work will be done automatically by Sphinx, just format the docstrings with the same syntax used here,
a few extra examples of use would include::
:param parameters: some notes on input parameters
:return returned: some note on what is returned
:raise Errors: Notes on warnings raised
Changing The Docs
-----------------
If you are creating a new .rst file, make sure to add it in
the relevant index.rst tree. This can be done by:
* Modifying relevant doc strings or .rst files (be sure to modify them in the /doc/source/ folder and not /doc/build)
* Making sure that all relevant .rst files are added
to the relevant index.rst file
* Running `make html` in /aiida/docs/ folder
* Be sure to check for any warnings and correct if possible
.. _this-page:
This Page
=========
.. literalinclude:: sphinx_cheatsheet.rst
Properties¶
Properties are configuration options that are stored in the config.json
file
(within the .aiida
directory). They can be accessed and modified thanks to
verdi devel
commands:
- delproperty: delete a given property.
- describeproperty: describe the content of a given property.
- getproperty: get the value of a given property.
- listproperties: list all user defined properties. With
-a
option, list all of them including those still at the default values. - setproperty: set a given property (usage:
verdi devel setproperty PROPERTYNAME PROPERTYVALUE
).
For instance, modules to be loaded automatically in the verdi shell
can be
added by putting their paths (separated by colons :
) in the property
verdishell.modules
, e.g. by typing something like:
verdi devel setproperty verdishell.modules aiida.common.exceptions.NotExistent:aiida.orm.autogroup.Autogroup
More information can be found in the source code: see
setup.py
.
Modules provided with aiida¶
Modules¶
aiida.common documentation¶
Calculation datastructures¶
This module defines the main data structures used by the Calculation.
-
class
aiida.common.datastructures.
CalcInfo
(init=None)[source]¶ This object will store the data returned by the calculation plugin and to be passed to the ExecManager
-
class
aiida.common.datastructures.
CodeInfo
(init=None)[source]¶ This attribute-dictionary contains the information needed to execute a code. Possible attributes are:
cmdline_params
: a list of strings, containing parameters to be written on the command line right after the call to the code, as for example:code.x cmdline_params[0] cmdline_params[1] ... < stdin > stdout
stdin_name
: (optional) the name of the standard input file. Note, it is only possible to use the stdin with the syntax:code.x < stdin_name
If no stdin_name is specified, the string “< stdin_name” will not be passed to the code. Note: it is not possible to substitute/remove the ‘<’ if stdin_name is specified; if that is needed, avoid stdin_name and use instead the cmdline_params to specify a suitable syntax.
stdout_name
: (optional) the name of the standard output file. Note, it is only possible to pass output to stdout_name with the syntax:code.x ... > stdout_name
If no stdout_name is specified, the string “> stdout_name” will not be passed to the code. Note: it is not possible to substitute/remove the ‘>’ if stdout_name is specified; if that is needed, avoid stdout_name and use instead the cmdline_params to specify a suitable syntax.
stderr_name
: (optional) a string, the name of the error file of the code.join_files
: (optional) if True, redirects the error to the output file. If join_files=True, the code will be called as:code.x ... > stdout_name 2>&1
otherwise, if join_files=False and stderr is passed:
code.x ... > stdout_name 2> stderr_name
withmpi
: if True, executes the code with mpirun (or another MPI installed on the remote computer)code_uuid
: the uuid of the code associated to the CodeInfo
-
aiida.common.datastructures.
sort_states
(list_states)[source]¶ Given a list of state names, return a sorted list of states (the first is the most recent) sorted according to their logical appearance in the DB (i.e., NEW before of SUBMITTING before of FINISHED).
Note
The order of the internal variable _sorted_datastates is used.
Parameters: list_states – a list (or tuple) of state strings. Returns: a sorted list of the given data states. Raises: ValueError – if any of the given states is not a valid state.
Exceptions¶
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
AiidaException
[source]¶ Base class for all AiiDA exceptions.
Each module will have its own subclass, inherited from this (e.g. ExecManagerException, TransportException, ...)
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
AuthenticationError
[source]¶ Raised when a user tries to access a resource for which it is not authenticated, e.g. an aiidauser tries to access a computer for which there is no entry in the AuthInfo table.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
ConfigurationError
[source]¶ Error raised when there is a configuration error in AiiDA.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
ContentNotExistent
[source]¶ Raised when trying to access an attribute, a key or a file in the result nodes that is not present
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
DbContentError
[source]¶ Raised when the content of the DB is not valid. This should never happen if the user does not play directly with the DB.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
FailedError
[source]¶ Raised when accessing a calculation that is in the FAILED status
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
FeatureDisabled
[source]¶ Raised when a feature is requested, but the user has chosen to disable it (e.g., for submissions on disabled computers).
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
FeatureNotAvailable
[source]¶ Raised when a feature is requested from a plugin, that is not available.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
InputValidationError
[source]¶ The input data for a calculation did not validate (e.g., missing required input data, wrong data, ...)
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
InternalError
[source]¶ Error raised when there is an internal error of AiiDA.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
InvalidOperation
[source]¶ The allowed operation is not valid (e.g., when trying to add a non-internal attribute before saving the entry), or deleting an entry that is protected (e.g., because it is referenced by foreign keys)
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
LicensingException
[source]¶ Raised when requirements for data licensing are not met.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
LockPresent
[source]¶ Raised when a lock is requested, but cannot be acquired.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
MissingPluginError
[source]¶ Raised when the user tries to use a plugin that is not available or does not exist.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
ModificationNotAllowed
[source]¶ Raised when the user tries to modify a field, object, property, ... that should not be modified.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
MultipleObjectsError
[source]¶ Raised when more than one entity is found in the DB, but only one was expected.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
NotExistent
[source]¶ Raised when the required entity does not exist.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
ParsingError
[source]¶ Generic error raised when there is a parsing error
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
PluginInternalError
[source]¶ Error raised when there is an internal error which is due to a plugin and not to the AiiDA infrastructure.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
ProfileConfigurationError
[source]¶ Configuration error raised when a wrong/inexistent profile is requested.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
RemoteOperationError
[source]¶ Raised when an error in a remote operation occurs, as in a failed kill() of a scheduler job.
-
exception
aiida.common.exceptions.
UniquenessError
[source]¶ Raised when the user tries to violate a uniqueness constraint (on the DB, for instance).
Extended dictionaries¶
-
class
aiida.common.extendeddicts.
AttributeDict
(init=None)[source]¶ This class internally stores values in a dictionary, but exposes the keys also as attributes, i.e. asking for attrdict.key will return the value of attrdict[‘key’] and so on.
Raises an AttributeError if the key does not exist, when called as an attribute, while the usual KeyError if the key does not exist and the dictionary syntax is used.
-
class
aiida.common.extendeddicts.
DefaultFieldsAttributeDict
(init=None)[source]¶ A dictionary with access to the keys as attributes, and with an internal value storing the ‘default’ keys to be distinguished from extra fields.
Extra methods defaultkeys() and extrakeys() divide the set returned by keys() in default keys (i.e. those defined at definition time) and other keys. There is also a method get_default_fields() to return the internal list.
Moreover, for undefined default keys, it returns None instead of raising a KeyError/AttributeError exception.
Remember to define the _default_fields in a subclass! E.g.:
class TestExample(DefaultFieldsAttributeDict): _default_fields = ('a','b','c')
When the validate() method is called, it calls in turn all validate_KEY methods, where KEY is one of the default keys. If the method is not present, the field is considered to be always valid. Each validate_KEY method should accept a single argument ‘value’ that will contain the value to be checked.
It raises a ValidationError if any of the validate_KEY function raises an exception, otherwise it simply returns. NOTE: the validate_ functions are called also for unset fields, so if the field can be empty on validation, you have to start your validation function with something similar to:
if value is None: return
Todo
Decide behavior if I set to None a field. Current behavior, if
a
is an instance and ‘def_field’ one of the default fields, that is undefined, we get:a.get('def_field')
: Nonea.get('def_field','whatever')
: ‘whatever’- Note that
a.defaultkeys()
does NOT contain ‘def_field’
if we do
a.def_field = None
, then the behavior becomesa.get('def_field')
: Nonea.get('def_field','whatever')
: None- Note that
a.defaultkeys()
DOES contain ‘def_field’
See if we want that setting a default field to None means deleting it.
-
class
aiida.common.extendeddicts.
FixedFieldsAttributeDict
(init=None)[source]¶ A dictionary with access to the keys as attributes, and with filtering of valid attributes. This is only the base class, without valid attributes; use a derived class to do the actual work. E.g.:
class TestExample(FixedFieldsAttributeDict): _valid_fields = ('a','b','c')
Folders¶
-
class
aiida.common.folders.
Folder
(abspath, folder_limit=None)[source]¶ A class to manage generic folders, avoiding to get out of specific given folder borders.
Todo
fix this, os.path.commonprefix of /a/b/c and /a/b2/c will give a/b, check if this is wanted or if we want to put trailing slashes. (or if we want to use os.path.relpath and check for a string starting with os.pardir?)
Todo
rethink whether the folder_limit option is still useful. If not, remove it alltogether (it was a nice feature, but unfortunately all the calls to os.path.abspath or normpath are quite slow).
-
abspath
¶ The absolute path of the folder.
-
create
()[source]¶ Creates the folder, if it does not exist on the disk yet.
It will also create top directories, if absent.
It is always safe to call it, it will do nothing if the folder already exists.
-
create_file_from_filelike
(src_filelike, dest_name)[source]¶ Create a file from a file-like object.
Note: if the current file position in src_filelike is not 0, only the contents from the current file position to the end of the file will be copied in the new file.
Parameters: - src_filelike – the file-like object (e.g., if you have
a string called s, you can pass
StringIO.StringIO(s)
) - dest_name – the destination filename will have this file name.
- src_filelike – the file-like object (e.g., if you have
a string called s, you can pass
-
create_symlink
(src, name)[source]¶ Create a symlink inside the folder to the location ‘src’.
Parameters: - src – the location to which the symlink must point. Can be either a relative or an absolute path. Should, however, be relative to work properly also when the repository is moved!
- name – the filename of the symlink to be created.
-
erase
(create_empty_folder=False)[source]¶ Erases the folder. Should be called only in very specific cases, in general folder should not be erased!
Doesn’t complain if the folder does not exist.
Parameters: create_empty_folder – if True, after erasing, creates an empty dir.
-
folder_limit
¶ The folder limit that cannot be crossed when creating files and folders.
-
get_abs_path
(relpath, check_existence=False)[source]¶ Return an absolute path for a file or folder in this folder.
The advantage of using this method is that it checks that filename is a valid filename within this folder, and not something e.g. containing slashes.
Parameters: - filename – The file or directory.
- check_existence – if False, just return the file path. Otherwise, also check if the file or directory actually exists. Raise OSError if it does not.
-
get_content_list
(pattern='*', only_paths=True)[source]¶ Return a list of files (and subfolders) in the folder, matching a given pattern.
Example: If you want to exclude files starting with a dot, you can call this method with
pattern='[!.]*'
Parameters: - pattern – a pattern for the file/folder names, using Unix filename pattern matching (see Python standard module fnmatch). By default, pattern is ‘*’, matching all files and folders.
- only_paths – if False (default), return pairs (name, is_file). if True, return only a flat list.
Returns: a list of tuples of two elements, the first is the file name and the second is True if the element is a file, False if it is a directory.
-
get_subfolder
(subfolder, create=False, reset_limit=False)[source]¶ Return a Folder object pointing to a subfolder.
Parameters: - subfolder – a string with the relative path of the subfolder, relative to the absolute path of this object. Note that this may also contain ‘..’ parts, as far as this does not go beyond the folder_limit.
- create – if True, the new subfolder is created, if it does not exist.
- reset_limit – when doing
b = a.get_subfolder('xxx', reset_limit=False)
, the limit of b will be the same limit of a. if True, the limit will be set to the boundaries of folder b.
Returns: a Folder object pointing to the subfolder.
-
insert_path
(src, dest_name=None, overwrite=True)[source]¶ Copy a file to the folder.
Parameters: - src – the source filename to copy
- dest_name – if None, the same basename of src is used. Otherwise, the destination filename will have this file name.
- overwrite – if
False
, raises an error on existing destination; otherwise, delete it first.
-
isdir
(relpath)[source]¶ Return True if ‘relpath’ exists inside the folder and is a directory, False otherwise.
-
isfile
(relpath)[source]¶ Return True if ‘relpath’ exists inside the folder and is a file, False otherwise.
-
mode_dir
¶ Return the mode with which the folders should be created
-
mode_file
¶ Return the mode with which the files should be created
-
open
(name, mode='r')[source]¶ Open a file in the current folder and return the corresponding file object.
-
remove_path
(filename)[source]¶ Remove a file or folder from the folder.
Parameters: filename – the relative path name to remove
-
replace_with_folder
(srcdir, move=False, overwrite=False)[source]¶ This routine copies or moves the source folder ‘srcdir’ to the local folder pointed by this Folder object.
Parameters: - srcdir – the source folder on the disk; this must be a string with an absolute path
- move – if True, the srcdir is moved to the repository. Otherwise, it is only copied.
- overwrite – if True, the folder will be erased first. if False, a IOError is raised if the folder already exists. Whatever the value of this flag, parent directories will be created, if needed.
Raises: OSError or IOError: in case of problems accessing or writing the files.
Raises: ValueError: if the section is not recognized.
-
-
class
aiida.common.folders.
RepositoryFolder
(section, uuid, subfolder='.')[source]¶ A class to manage the local AiiDA repository folders.
-
section
¶ The section to which this folder belongs.
-
subfolder
¶ The subfolder within the section/uuid folder.
-
uuid
¶ The uuid to which this folder belongs.
-
-
class
aiida.common.folders.
SandboxFolder
[source]¶ A class to manage the creation and management of a sandbox folder.
Note: this class must be used within a context manager, i.e.:
- with SandboxFolder as f:
- ## do something with f
In this way, the sandbox folder is removed from disk (if it wasn’t removed already) when exiting the ‘with’ block.
Todo
Implement check of whether the folder has been removed.
Plugin loaders¶
-
aiida.common.pluginloader.
BaseFactory
(module, base_class, base_modname, suffix=None)[source]¶ Return a given subclass of Calculation, loading the correct plugin.
Example: If module=’quantumespresso.pw’, base_class=JobCalculation, base_modname = ‘aiida.orm.calculation.job’, and suffix=’Calculation’, the code will first look for a pw subclass of JobCalculation inside the quantumespresso module. Lacking such a class, it will try to look for a ‘PwCalculation’ inside the quantumespresso.pw module. In the latter case, the plugin class must have a specific name and be located in a specific file: if for instance plugin_name == ‘ssh’ and base_class.__name__ == ‘Transport’, then there must be a class named ‘SshTransport’ which is a subclass of base_class in a file ‘ssh.py’ in the plugins_module folder. To create the class name to look for, the code will attach the string passed in the base_modname (after the last dot) and the suffix parameter, if passed, with the proper CamelCase capitalization. If suffix is not passed, the default suffix that is used is the base_class class name.
Parameters: - module – a string with the module of the plugin to load, e.g. ‘quantumespresso.pw’.
- base_class – a base class from which the returned class should inherit. e.g.: JobCalculation
- base_modname – a basic module name, under which the module should be found. E.g., ‘aiida.orm.calculation.job’.
- suffix – If specified, the suffix that the class name will have. By default, use the name of the base_class.
-
aiida.common.pluginloader.
existing_plugins
(base_class, plugins_module_name, max_depth=5, suffix=None)[source]¶ Return a list of strings of valid plugins.
Parameters: - base_class – Identify all subclasses of the base_class
- plugins_module_name – a string with the full module name separated with dots that points to the folder with plugins. It must be importable by python.
- max_depth – Maximum depth (of nested modules) to be used when looking for plugins
- suffix – The suffix that is appended to the basename when looking for the (sub)class name. If not provided (or None), use the base class name.
Returns: a list of valid strings that can be used using a Factory or with load_plugin.
-
aiida.common.pluginloader.
from_type_to_pluginclassname
(typestr)[source]¶ Return the string to pass to the load_plugin function, starting from the ‘type’ field of a Node.
-
aiida.common.pluginloader.
get_class_typestring
(type_string)[source]¶ Given the type string, return three strings: the first one is one of the first-level classes that the Node can be: “node”, “calculation”, “code”, “data”. The second string is the one that can be passed to the DataFactory or CalculationFactory (or an empty string for nodes and codes); the third one is the name of the python class that would be loaded.
-
aiida.common.pluginloader.
get_query_type_string
(plugin_type_string)[source]¶ Receives a plugin_type_string, an attribute of subclasses of Node. Checks whether it is a valid type_string and manipulates the string to return a string that in a query returns all instances of a class and all instances of subclasses.
Parameters: plugin_type_string (str) – The plugin_type_string Returns: the query_type_string
-
aiida.common.pluginloader.
load_plugin
(base_class, plugins_module, plugin_type)[source]¶ Load a specific plugin for the given base class.
This is general and works for any plugin used in AiiDA.
- NOTE: actually, now plugins_module and plugin_type are joined with a dot,
- and the plugin is retrieved splitting using the last dot of the resulting string.
- TODO: understand if it is probably better to join the two parameters above
- to a single one.
- Args:
- base_class
- the abstract base class of the plugin.
- plugins_module
- a string with the full module name separated with dots that points to the folder with plugins. It must be importable by python.
- plugin_type
- the name of the plugin.
- Return:
- the class of the required plugin.
- Raise:
- MissingPluginError if the plugin cannot be loaded
- Example:
- plugin_class = load_plugin(
- aiida.transport.Transport,’aiida.transport.plugins’,’ssh.SshTransport’)
and plugin_class will be the class ‘aiida.transport.plugins.ssh.SshTransport’
Utilities¶
-
class
aiida.common.utils.
ArrayCounter
[source]¶ A counter & a method that increments it and returns its value. It is used in various tests.
-
aiida.common.utils.
are_dir_trees_equal
(dir1, dir2)[source]¶ Compare two directories recursively. Files in each directory are assumed to be equal if their names and contents are equal.
@param dir1: First directory path @param dir2: Second directory path
- @return: True if the directory trees are the same and
- there were no errors while accessing the directories or files, False otherwise.
-
aiida.common.utils.
ask_question
(question, reply_type, allow_none_as_answer)[source]¶ This method asks a specific question, tries to parse the given reply and then it verifies the parsed answer. :param question: The question to be asked. :param reply_type: The type of the expected answer (int, datetime etc). It is needed for the parsing of the answer. :param allow_none_as_answer: Allow empty answers? :return: The parsed reply.
-
class
aiida.common.utils.
classproperty
(getter)[source]¶ A class that, when used as a decorator, works as if the two decorators @property and @classmethod where applied together (i.e., the object works as a property, both for the Class and for any of its instance; and is called with the class cls rather than with the instance as its first argument).
-
class
aiida.common.utils.
combomethod
(method)[source]¶ A decorator that wraps a function that can be both a classmethod or instancemethod and behaves accordingly:
class A(): @combomethod def do(self, **kwargs): isclass = kwargs.get('isclass') if isclass: print "I am a class", self else: print "I am an instance", self A.do() A().do() >>> I am a class __main__.A >>> I am an instance <__main__.A instance at 0x7f2efb116e60>
Attention: For ease of handling, pass keyword isclass equal to True if this was called as a classmethod and False if this was called as an instance. The argument self is therefore ambiguous!
-
aiida.common.utils.
conv_to_fortran
(val)[source]¶ Parameters: val – the value to be read and converted to a Fortran-friendly string.
-
aiida.common.utils.
create_display_name
(field)[source]¶ Given a string, creates the suitable “default” display name: replace underscores with spaces, and capitalize each word.
Returns: the converted string
-
aiida.common.utils.
escape_for_bash
(str_to_escape)[source]¶ This function takes any string and escapes it in a way that bash will interpret it as a single string.
Explanation:
At the end, in the return statement, the string is put within single quotes. Therefore, the only thing that I have to escape in bash is the single quote character. To do this, I substitute every single quote ‘ with ‘”’”’ which means:
First single quote: exit from the enclosing single quotes
Second, third and fourth character: “’” is a single quote character, escaped by double quotes
Last single quote: reopen the single quote to continue the string
Finally, note that for python I have to enclose the string ‘”’”’ within triple quotes to make it work, getting finally: the complicated string found below.
-
aiida.common.utils.
flatten_list
(value)[source]¶ Flattens a list or a tuple In [2]: flatten_list([[[[[4],3]],[3],[‘a’,[3]]]]) Out[2]: [4, 3, 3, ‘a’, 3]
Parameters: value – A value, whether iterable or not Returns: a list of nesting level 1
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_class_string
(obj)[source]¶ Return the string identifying the class of the object (module + object name, joined by dots).
It works both for classes and for class instances.
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_configured_user_email
()[source]¶ Return the email (that is used as the username) configured during the first verdi install.
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_extremas_from_positions
(positions)[source]¶ returns the minimum and maximum value for each dimension in the positions given
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_fortfloat
(key, txt, be_case_sensitive=True)[source]¶ Matches a fortran compatible specification of a float behind a defined key in a string. :param key: The key to look for :param txt: The string where to search for the key :param be_case_sensitive: An optional boolean whether to search case-sensitive, defaults to
True
If abc is a key, and f is a float, number, than this regex will match t and return f in the following cases:
- charsbefore, abc = f, charsafter
- charsbefore abc = f charsafter
- charsbefore, abc = f charsafter
and vice-versa. If no float is matched, returns None
Exampes of matchable floats are:
- 0.1d2
- 0.D-3
- .2e1
- -0.23
- 232
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_new_uuid
()[source]¶ Return a new UUID (typically to be used for new nodes). It uses the UUID version specified in aiida.backends.settings.AIIDANODES_UUID_VERSION
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_object_from_string
(string)[source]¶ Given a string identifying an object (as returned by the get_class_string method) load and return the actual object.
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_repository_folder
(subfolder=None)[source]¶ Return the top folder of the local repository.
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_suggestion
(provided_string, allowed_strings)[source]¶ Given a string and a list of allowed_strings, it returns a string to print on screen, with sensible text depending on whether no suggestion is found, or one or more than one suggestions are found.
- Args:
- provided_string: the string to compare allowed_strings: a list of valid strings
- Returns:
- A string to print on output, to suggest to the user a possible valid value.
-
aiida.common.utils.
get_unique_filename
(filename, list_of_filenames)[source]¶ Return a unique filename that can be added to the list_of_filenames.
If filename is not in list_of_filenames, it simply returns the filename string itself. Otherwise, it appends a integer number to the filename (before the extension) until it finds a unique filename.
Parameters: - filename – the filename to add
- list_of_filenames – the list of filenames to which filename should be added, without name duplicates
Returns: Either filename or its modification, with a number appended between the name and the extension.
-
aiida.common.utils.
grouper
(n, iterable)[source]¶ Given an iterable, returns an iterable that returns tuples of groups of elements from iterable of length n, except the last one that has the required length to exaust iterable (i.e., there is no filling applied).
Parameters: - n – length of each tuple (except the last one,that will have length <= n
- iterable – the iterable to divide in groups
-
aiida.common.utils.
gunzip_string
(string)[source]¶ Gunzip string contents.
Parameters: string – a gzipped string Returns: a string
-
aiida.common.utils.
gzip_string
(string)[source]¶ Gzip string contents.
Parameters: string – a string Returns: a gzipped string
-
aiida.common.utils.
md5_file
(filename, block_size_factor=128)[source]¶ Open a file and return its md5sum (hexdigested).
Parameters: - filename – the filename of the file for which we want the md5sum
- block_size_factor – the file is read at chunks of size
block_size_factor * md5.block_size
, wheremd5.block_size
is the block_size used internally by the hashlib module.
Returns: a string with the hexdigest md5.
Raises: No checks are done on the file, so if it doesn’t exists it may raise IOError.
-
aiida.common.utils.
query_string
(question, default)[source]¶ Asks a question (with the option to have a default, predefined answer, and depending on the default answer and the answer of the user the following options are available: - If the user replies (with a non empty answer), then his answer is returned. - If the default answer is None then the user has to reply with a non-empty answer. - If the default answer is not None, then it is returned if the user gives an empty answer. In the case of empty default answer and empty reply from the user, None is returned. :param question: The question that we want to ask the user. :param default: The default answer (if there is any) to the question asked. :return: The returned reply.
-
aiida.common.utils.
query_yes_no
(question, default='yes')[source]¶ Ask a yes/no question via raw_input() and return their answer.
“question” is a string that is presented to the user. “default” is the presumed answer if the user just hits <Enter>. It must be “yes” (the default), “no” or None (meaning an answer is required of the user).
The “answer” return value is True for “yes” or False for “no”.
-
aiida.common.utils.
sha1_file
(filename, block_size_factor=128)[source]¶ Open a file and return its sha1sum (hexdigested).
Parameters: - filename – the filename of the file for which we want the sha1sum
- block_size_factor – the file is read at chunks of size
block_size_factor * sha1.block_size
, wheresha1.block_size
is the block_size used internally by the hashlib module.
Returns: a string with the hexdigest sha1.
Raises: No checks are done on the file, so if it doesn’t exists it may raise IOError.
-
aiida.common.utils.
str_timedelta
(dt, max_num_fields=3, short=False, negative_to_zero=False)[source]¶ Given a dt in seconds, return it in a HH:MM:SS format.
Parameters: - dt – a TimeDelta object
- max_num_fields – maximum number of non-zero fields to show (for instance if the number of days is non-zero, shows only days, hours and minutes, but not seconds)
- short – if False, print always
max_num_fields
fields, even if they are zero. If True, do not print the first fields, if they are zero. - negative_to_zero – if True, set dt = 0 if dt < 0.
aiida.transport documentation¶
This chapter describes the generic implementation of a transport plugin. The currently implemented are the local and the ssh plugin. The local plugin makes use only of some standard python modules like os and shutil. The ssh plugin is a wrapper to the library paramiko, that you installed with AiiDA.
A generic set of tests is contained in plugin_test.py, while plugin-specific tests are written separately.
Generic transport class¶
-
class
aiida.transport.__init__.
FileAttribute
(init=None)[source]¶ A class, resembling a dictionary, to describe the attributes of a file, that is returned by get_attribute(). Possible keys: st_size, st_uid, st_gid, st_mode, st_atime, st_mtime
-
class
aiida.transport.__init__.
Transport
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Abstract class for a generic transport (ssh, local, ...) Contains the set of minimal methods
-
__enter__
()[source]¶ For transports that require opening a connection, opens all required channels (used in ‘with’ statements)
-
__exit__
(type, value, traceback)[source]¶ Closes connections, if needed (used in ‘with’ statements).
-
chdir
(path)[source]¶ Change directory to ‘path’
Parameters: path (str) – path to change working directory into. Raises: IOError, if the requested path does not exist Return type: string
-
chmod
(path, mode)[source]¶ Change permissions of a path.
Parameters: - path (str) – path to file
- mode (int) – new permissions
-
chown
(path, uid, gid)[source]¶ Change the owner (uid) and group (gid) of a file. As with python’s os.chown function, you must pass both arguments, so if you only want to change one, use stat first to retrieve the current owner and group.
Parameters: - path (str) – path to the file to change the owner and group of
- uid (int) – new owner’s uid
- gid (int) – new group id
-
copy
(remotesource, remotedestination, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Copy a file or a directory from remote source to remote destination (On the same remote machine)
Parameters: - remotesource (str) – path of the remote source directory / file
- remotedestination (str) – path of the remote destination directory / file
Raises: IOError, if one of src or dst does not exist
-
copy_from_remote_to_remote
(transportdestination, remotesource, remotedestination, **kwargs)[source]¶ Copy files or folders from a remote computer to another remote computer.
Parameters: - transportdestination – transport to be used for the destination computer
- remotesource (str) – path to the remote source directory / file
- remotedestination (str) – path to the remote destination directory / file
- kwargs – keyword parameters passed to the call to transportdestination.put, except for ‘dereference’ that is passed to self.get
Note
the keyword ‘dereference’ SHOULD be set to False for the final put (onto the destination), while it can be set to the value given in kwargs for the get from the source. In that way, a symbolic link would never be followed in the final copy to the remote destination. That way we could avoid getting unknown (potentially malicious) files into the destination computer. HOWEVER, since dereference=False is currently NOT supported by all plugins, we still force it to True for the final put.
Note
the supported keys in kwargs are callback, dereference, overwrite and ignore_nonexisting.
-
copyfile
(remotesource, remotedestination, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Copy a file from remote source to remote destination (On the same remote machine)
Parameters: - remotesource (str) – path of the remote source directory / file
- remotedestination (str) – path of the remote destination directory / file
Raises: IOError – if one of src or dst does not exist
-
copytree
(remotesource, remotedestination, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Copy a folder from remote source to remote destination (On the same remote machine)
Parameters: - remotesource (str) – path of the remote source directory / file
- remotedestination (str) – path of the remote destination directory / file
Raises: IOError – if one of src or dst does not exist
-
exec_command_wait
(command, **kwargs)[source]¶ Execute the command on the shell, waits for it to finish, and return the retcode, the stdout and the stderr.
Enforce the execution to be run from the pwd (as given by self.getcwd), if this is not None.
Parameters: command (str) – execute the command given as a string Returns: a list: the retcode (int), stdout (str) and stderr (str).
-
get
(remotepath, localpath, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Retrieve a file or folder from remote source to local destination dst must be an absolute path (src not necessarily)
Parameters: - remotepath – (str) remote_folder_path
- localpath – (str) local_folder_path
-
get_attribute
(path)[source]¶ Return an object FixedFieldsAttributeDict for file in a given path, as defined in aiida.common.extendeddicts Each attribute object consists in a dictionary with the following keys:
- st_size: size of files, in bytes
- st_uid: user id of owner
- st_gid: group id of owner
- st_mode: protection bits
- st_atime: time of most recent access
- st_mtime: time of most recent modification
Parameters: path (str) – path to file Returns: object FixedFieldsAttributeDict
-
get_mode
(path)[source]¶ Return the portion of the file’s mode that can be set by chmod().
Parameters: path (str) – path to file Returns: the portion of the file’s mode that can be set by chmod()
-
classmethod
get_short_doc
()[source]¶ Return the first non-empty line of the class docstring, if available
-
getfile
(remotepath, localpath, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Retrieve a file from remote source to local destination dst must be an absolute path (src not necessarily)
Parameters: - remotepath (str) – remote_folder_path
- localpath (str) – local_folder_path
-
gettree
(remotepath, localpath, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Retrieve a folder recursively from remote source to local destination dst must be an absolute path (src not necessarily)
Parameters: - remotepath (str) – remote_folder_path
- localpath (str) – local_folder_path
-
glob
(pathname)[source]¶ Return a list of paths matching a pathname pattern.
The pattern may contain simple shell-style wildcards a la fnmatch.
-
gotocomputer_command
(remotedir)[source]¶ Return a string to be run using os.system in order to connect via the transport to the remote directory.
Expected behaviors:
- A new bash session is opened
- A reasonable error message is produced if the folder does not exist
Parameters: remotedir (str) – the full path of the remote directory
-
iglob
(pathname)[source]¶ Return an iterator which yields the paths matching a pathname pattern.
The pattern may contain simple shell-style wildcards a la fnmatch.
-
isdir
(path)[source]¶ True if path is an existing directory.
Parameters: path (str) – path to directory Returns: boolean
-
isfile
(path)[source]¶ Return True if path is an existing file.
Parameters: path (str) – path to file Returns: boolean
-
listdir
(path='.', pattern=None)[source]¶ Return a list of the names of the entries in the given path. The list is in arbitrary order. It does not include the special entries ‘.’ and ‘..’ even if they are present in the directory.
Parameters: - path (str) – path to list (default to ‘.’)
- pattern (str) – if used, listdir returns a list of files matching filters in Unix style. Unix only.
Returns: a list of strings
-
logger
¶ Return the internal logger. If you have set extra parameters using _set_logger_extra(), a suitable LoggerAdapter instance is created, bringing with itself also the extras.
-
makedirs
(path, ignore_existing=False)[source]¶ Super-mkdir; create a leaf directory and all intermediate ones. Works like mkdir, except that any intermediate path segment (not just the rightmost) will be created if it does not exist.
Parameters: - path (str) – directory to create
- ignore_existing (bool) – if set to true, it doesn’t give any error if the leaf directory does already exist
Raises: OSError, if directory at path already exists
-
mkdir
(path, ignore_existing=False)[source]¶ Create a folder (directory) named path.
Parameters: - path (str) – name of the folder to create
- ignore_existing (bool) – if True, does not give any error if the directory already exists
Raises: OSError, if directory at path already exists
-
normalize
(path='.')[source]¶ Return the normalized path (on the server) of a given path. This can be used to quickly resolve symbolic links or determine what the server is considering to be the “current folder”.
Parameters: path (str) – path to be normalized Raises: IOError – if the path can’t be resolved on the server
-
put
(localpath, remotepath, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Put a file or a directory from local src to remote dst. src must be an absolute path (dst not necessarily)) Redirects to putfile and puttree.
Parameters: - localpath (str) – absolute path to local source
- remotepath (str) – path to remote destination
-
putfile
(localpath, remotepath, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Put a file from local src to remote dst. src must be an absolute path (dst not necessarily))
Parameters: - localpath (str) – absolute path to local file
- remotepath (str) – path to remote file
-
puttree
(localpath, remotepath, *args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Put a folder recursively from local src to remote dst. src must be an absolute path (dst not necessarily))
Parameters: - localpath (str) – absolute path to local folder
- remotepath (str) – path to remote folder
-
remove
(path)[source]¶ Remove the file at the given path. This only works on files; for removing folders (directories), use rmdir.
Parameters: path (str) – path to file to remove Raises: IOError – if the path is a directory
-
rename
(oldpath, newpath)[source]¶ Rename a file or folder from oldpath to newpath.
Parameters: - oldpath (str) – existing name of the file or folder
- newpath (str) – new name for the file or folder
Raises: - IOError – if oldpath/newpath is not found
- ValueError – if oldpath/newpath is not a valid string
-
rmdir
(path)[source]¶ Remove the folder named path. This works only for empty folders. For recursive remove, use rmtree.
Parameters: path (str) – absolute path to the folder to remove
-
rmtree
(path)[source]¶ Remove recursively the content at path
Parameters: path (str) – absolute path to remove
-
-
aiida.transport.__init__.
TransportFactory
(module)[source]¶ Used to return a suitable Transport subclass.
Parameters: module (str) – name of the module containing the Transport subclass Returns: the transport subclass located in module ‘module’
-
exception
aiida.transport.__init__.
TransportInternalError
[source]¶ Raised if there is a transport error that is raised to an internal error (e.g. a transport method called without opening the channel first).
-
aiida.transport.__init__.
copy_from_remote_to_remote
(transportsource, transportdestination, remotesource, remotedestination, **kwargs)[source]¶ Copy files or folders from a remote computer to another remote computer.
Parameters: - transportsource – transport to be used for the source computer
- transportdestination – transport to be used for the destination computer
- remotesource (str) – path to the remote source directory / file
- remotedestination (str) – path to the remote destination directory / file
- kwargs – keyword parameters passed to the final put, except for ‘dereference’ that is passed to the initial get
Note
it uses the method transportsource.copy_from_remote_to_remote
Developing a plugin¶
The transport class is actually almost never used in first person by the user. It is mostly utilized by the ExecutionManager, that use the transport plugin to connect to the remote computer to manage the calculation. The ExecutionManager has to be able to use always the same function, or the same interface, regardless of which kind of connection is actually really using.
The generic transport class contains a set of minimal methods that an implementation must support, in order to be fully compatible with the other plugins. If not, a NotImplementedError will be raised, interrupting the managing of the calculation or whatever is using the transport plugin.
Since it is important that all plugins have the same interface, or the same response behavior, a set of generic tests has been written (alongside with set of tests that are implementation specific). After every modification, or when implementing a new plugin, it is crucial to run the tests and verify that everything is passed. The modification of tests possibly means breaking back-compatibility and/or modifications to every piece of code using a transport plugin.
If an unexpected behavior is observed during the usage, the way of fixing it is:
- Write a new test that shows the problem (one test for one problem when possible)
- Fix the bug
- Verify that the test is passed correctly
The importance of point 1) is often neglected, but unittesting is a useful tool that helps you avoiding the repetition of errors. Despite the appearence, it’s a time-saver! Not only, the tests help you seeing how the plugin is used.
As for the general functioning of the plugin, the __init__
method is used only to initialize the class instance, without actually opening the transport channel. The connection must be opened only by the __enter__
method, (and closed by __exit__
.
The __enter__
method let you use the transport class using the with
statement (see Python docs), in a way similar to the following:
t = TransportPlugin()
with open(t):
t.do_something_remotely
To ensure this, for example, the local plugin uses a hidden boolean variable _is_open
that is set when the __enter__
and __exit__
methods are called. The Ssh logic is instead given by the property sftp.
The other functions that require some care are the copying functions, called using the following terminology:
put
: from local source to remote destinationget
: from remote source to local destinationcopy
: copying files from remote source to remote destination
Note that these functions must copy files or folders regardless, internally, they will fallback to functions like putfile
or puttree
.
The last function requiring care is exec_command_wait
, which is an analogue to the subprocess Python module.
The function gives the freedom to execute a string as a remote command, thus it could produce nasty effects if not written with care.
Be sure to escape any string for bash!
Currently, the implemented plugins are the Local and the Ssh transports.
The Local one is simply a wrapper to some standard Python modules, like shutil
or os
, those functions are simply interfaced in a different way with AiiDA.
The SSh instead is an interface to the Paramiko library.
Below, you can find a template to fill for a new transport plugin, with a minimal docstring that also work for the sphinx documentation.
class NewTransport(aiida.transport.Transport):
def __init__(self, machine, **kwargs):
"""
Initialize the Transport class.
:param machine: the machine to connect to
"""
def __enter__(self):
"""
Open the connection
"""
def __exit__(self, type, value, traceback):
"""
Close the connection
"""
def chdir(self,path):
"""
Change directory to 'path'
:param str path: path to change working directory into.
:raises: IOError, if the requested path does not exist
:rtype: string
"""
def chmod(self,path,mode):
"""
Change permissions of a path.
:param str path: path to file
:param int mode: new permissions
"""
def copy(self,remotesource,remotedestination,*args,**kwargs):
"""
Copy a file or a directory from remote source to remote destination
(On the same remote machine)
:param str remotesource: path of the remote source directory / file
:param str remotedestination: path of the remote destination directory / file
:raises: IOError, if source or destination does not exist
"""
raise NotImplementedError
def copyfile(self,remotesource,remotedestination,*args,**kwargs):
"""
Copy a file from remote source to remote destination
(On the same remote machine)
:param str remotesource: path of the remote source directory / file
:param str remotedestination: path of the remote destination directory / file
:raises IOError: if one of src or dst does not exist
"""
def copytree(self,remotesource,remotedestination,*args,**kwargs):
"""
Copy a folder from remote source to remote destination
(On the same remote machine)
:param str remotesource: path of the remote source directory / file
:param str remotedestination: path of the remote destination directory / file
:raise IOError: if one of src or dst does not exist
"""
def exec_command_wait(self,command, **kwargs):
"""
Execute the command on the shell, waits for it to finish,
and return the retcode, the stdout and the stderr.
Enforce the execution to be run from the pwd (as given by
self.getcwd), if this is not None.
:param str command: execute the command given as a string
:return: a tuple: the retcode (int), stdout (str) and stderr (str).
"""
def get_attribute(self,path):
"""
Return an object FixedFieldsAttributeDict for file in a given path,
as defined in aiida.common.extendeddicts
Each attribute object consists in a dictionary with the following keys:
* st_size: size of files, in bytes
* st_uid: user id of owner
* st_gid: group id of owner
* st_mode: protection bits
* st_atime: time of most recent access
* st_mtime: time of most recent modification
:param str path: path to file
:return: object FixedFieldsAttributeDict
"""
def getcwd(self):
"""
Get working directory
:return: a string identifying the current working directory
"""
def get(self, remotepath, localpath, *args, **kwargs):
"""
Retrieve a file or folder from remote source to local destination
dst must be an absolute path (src not necessarily)
:param remotepath: (str) remote_folder_path
:param localpath: (str) local_folder_path
"""
def getfile(self, remotepath, localpath, *args, **kwargs):
"""
Retrieve a file from remote source to local destination
dst must be an absolute path (src not necessarily)
:param str remotepath: remote_folder_path
:param str localpath: local_folder_path
"""
def gettree(self, remotepath, localpath, *args, **kwargs):
"""
Retrieve a folder recursively from remote source to local destination
dst must be an absolute path (src not necessarily)
:param str remotepath: remote_folder_path
:param str localpath: local_folder_path
"""
def gotocomputer_command(self, remotedir):
"""
Return a string to be run using os.system in order to connect
via the transport to the remote directory.
Expected behaviors:
* A new bash session is opened
* A reasonable error message is produced if the folder does not exist
:param str remotedir: the full path of the remote directory
"""
def isdir(self,path):
"""
True if path is an existing directory.
:param str path: path to directory
:return: boolean
"""
def isfile(self,path):
"""
Return True if path is an existing file.
:param str path: path to file
:return: boolean
"""
def listdir(self, path='.',pattern=None):
"""
Return a list of the names of the entries in the given path.
The list is in arbitrary order. It does not include the special
entries '.' and '..' even if they are present in the directory.
:param str path: path to list (default to '.')
:param str pattern: if used, listdir returns a list of files matching
filters in Unix style. Unix only.
:return: a list of strings
"""
def makedirs(self,path,ignore_existing=False):
"""
Super-mkdir; create a leaf directory and all intermediate ones.
Works like mkdir, except that any intermediate path segment (not
just the rightmost) will be created if it does not exist.
:param str path: directory to create
:param bool ignore_existing: if set to true, it doesn't give any error
if the leaf directory does already exist
:raises: OSError, if directory at path already exists
"""
def mkdir(self,path,ignore_existing=False):
"""
Create a folder (directory) named path.
:param str path: name of the folder to create
:param bool ignore_existing: if True, does not give any error if the
directory already exists
:raises: OSError, if directory at path already exists
"""
def normalize(self,path='.'):
"""
Return the normalized path (on the server) of a given path.
This can be used to quickly resolve symbolic links or determine
what the server is considering to be the "current folder".
:param str path: path to be normalized
:raise IOError: if the path can't be resolved on the server
"""
def put(self, localpath, remotepath, *args, ** kwargs):
"""
Put a file or a directory from local src to remote dst.
src must be an absolute path (dst not necessarily))
Redirects to putfile and puttree.
:param str localpath: path to remote destination
:param str remotepath: absolute path to local source
"""
def putfile(self, localpath, remotepath, *args, ** kwargs):
"""
Put a file from local src to remote dst.
src must be an absolute path (dst not necessarily))
:param str localpath: path to remote file
:param str remotepath: absolute path to local file
"""
def puttree(self, localpath, remotepath, *args, ** kwargs):
"""
Put a folder recursively from local src to remote dst.
src must be an absolute path (dst not necessarily))
:param str localpath: path to remote folder
:param str remotepath: absolute path to local folder
"""
def rename(src,dst):
"""
Rename a file or folder from src to dst.
:param str oldpath: existing name of the file or folder
:param str newpath: new name for the file or folder
:raises IOError: if src/dst is not found
:raises ValueError: if src/dst is not a valid string
"""
def remove(self,path):
"""
Remove the file at the given path. This only works on files;
for removing folders (directories), use rmdir.
:param str path: path to file to remove
:raise IOError: if the path is a directory
"""
def rmdir(self,path):
"""
Remove the folder named path.
This works only for empty folders. For recursive remove, use rmtree.
:param str path: absolute path to the folder to remove
"""
raise NotImplementedError
def rmtree(self,path):
"""
Remove recursively the content at path
:param str path: absolute path to remove
"""
aiida.scheduler documentation¶
We report here the generic AiiDA scheduler implementation.
Generic scheduler class¶
-
class
aiida.scheduler.__init__.
Scheduler
[source]¶ Base class for all schedulers.
-
classmethod
create_job_resource
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Create a suitable job resource from the kwargs specified
-
getJobs
(jobs=None, user=None, as_dict=False)[source]¶ Get the list of jobs and return it.
Typically, this function does not need to be modified by the plugins.
Parameters: - jobs (list) – a list of jobs to check; only these are checked
- user (str) – a string with a user: only jobs of this user are checked
- as_dict (list) – if False (default), a list of JobInfo objects is returned. If True, a dictionary is returned, having as key the job_id and as value the JobInfo object.
Note: typically, only either jobs or user can be specified. See also comments in _get_joblist_command.
-
get_detailed_jobinfo
(jobid)[source]¶ Return a string with the output of the detailed_jobinfo command.
At the moment, the output text is just retrieved and stored for logging purposes, but no parsing is performed.
-
classmethod
get_short_doc
()[source]¶ Return the first non-empty line of the class docstring, if available
-
get_submit_script
(job_tmpl)[source]¶ Return the submit script as a string. :parameter job_tmpl: a aiida.scheduler.datastrutures.JobTemplate object.
The plugin returns something like
#!/bin/bash <- this shebang line could be configurable in the future scheduler_dependent stuff to choose numnodes, numcores, walltime, ... prepend_computer [also from calcinfo, joined with the following?] prepend_code [from calcinfo] output of _get_script_main_content postpend_code postpend_computer
-
kill
(jobid)[source]¶ Kill a remote job, and try to parse the output message of the scheduler to check if the scheduler accepted the command.
..note:: On some schedulers, even if the command is accepted, it may take some seconds for the job to actually disappear from the queue.
Parameters: jobid (str) – the job id to be killed Returns: True if everything seems ok, False otherwise.
-
logger
¶ Return the internal logger.
-
set_transport
(transport)[source]¶ Set the transport to be used to query the machine or to submit scripts. This class assumes that the transport is open and active.
-
submit_from_script
(working_directory, submit_script)[source]¶ Goes in the working directory and submits the submit_script.
Return a string with the JobID in a valid format to be used for querying.
Typically, this function does not need to be modified by the plugins.
-
transport
¶ Return the transport set for this scheduler.
-
classmethod
Scheduler datastructures¶
This module defines the main data structures used by the Scheduler.
In particular, there is the definition of possible job states (job_states), the data structure to be filled for job submission (JobTemplate), and the data structure that is returned when querying for jobs in the scheduler (JobInfo).
-
class
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.
JobInfo
(init=None)[source]¶ Contains properties for a job in the queue. Most of the fields are taken from DRMAA v.2.
Note that default fields may be undefined. This is an expected behavior and the application must cope with this case. An example for instance is the exit_status for jobs that have not finished yet; or features not supported by the given scheduler.
Fields:
job_id
: the job ID on the schedulertitle
: the job title, as known by the schedulerexit_status
: the exit status of the job as reported by the operating system on the execution hostterminating_signal
: the UNIX signal that was responsible for the end of the job.annotation
: human-readable description of the reason for the job being in the current state or substate.job_state
: the job state (one of those defined inaiida.scheduler.datastructures.job_states
)job_substate
: a string with the implementation-specific sub-stateallocated_machines
: a list of machines used for the current job. This is a list ofMachineInfo
objects.job_owner
: the job owner as reported by the schedulernum_mpiprocs
: the total number of requested MPI procsnum_cpus
: the total number of requested CPUs (cores) [may be undefined]num_machines
: the number of machines (i.e., nodes), required by the job. Ifallocated_machines
is not None, this number must be equal tolen(allocated_machines)
. Otherwise, for schedulers not supporting the retrieval of the full list of allocated machines, this attribute can be used to know at least the number of machines.queue_name
: The name of the queue in which the job is queued or running.wallclock_time_seconds
: the accumulated wallclock time, in secondsrequested_wallclock_time_seconds
: the requested wallclock time, in secondscpu_time
: the accumulated cpu time, in secondssubmission_time
: the absolute time at which the job was submitted, of type datetime.datetimedispatch_time
: the absolute time at which the job first entered the ‘started’ state, of type datetime.datetimefinish_time
: the absolute time at which the job first entered the ‘finished’ state, of type datetime.datetime
-
class
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.
JobResource
(init=None)[source]¶ A class to store the job resources. It must be inherited and redefined by the specific plugin, that should contain a _job_resource_class attribute pointing to the correct JobResource subclass.
It should at least define the get_tot_num_mpiprocs() method, plus an __init__ to accept its set of variables.
Typical attributes are:
num_machines
num_mpiprocs_per_machine
or (e.g. for SGE)
tot_num_mpiprocs
parallel_env
The __init__ should take care of checking the values. The init should raise only ValueError or TypeError on invalid parameters.
-
class
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.
JobTemplate
(init=None)[source]¶ A template for submitting jobs. This contains all required information to create the job header.
- The required fields are: working_directory, job_name, num_machines,
- num_mpiprocs_per_machine, argv.
Fields:
submit_as_hold
: if set, the job will be in a ‘hold’ status right after the submissionrerunnable
: if the job is rerunnable (boolean)job_environment
: a dictionary with environment variables to set before the execution of the code.working_directory
: the working directory for this job. During submission, the transport will first do a ‘chdir’ to this directory, and then possibly set a scheduler parameter, if this is supported by the scheduler.email
: an email address for sending emails on job events.email_on_started
: if True, ask the scheduler to send an email when the job starts.email_on_terminated
: if True, ask the scheduler to send an email when the job ends. This should also send emails on job failure, when possible.job_name
: the name of this job. The actual name of the job can be different from the one specified here, e.g. if there are unsupported characters, or the name is too long.sched_output_path
: a (relative) file name for the stdout of this jobsched_error_path
: a (relative) file name for the stdout of this jobsched_join_files
: if True, write both stdout and stderr on the same file (the one specified for stdout)queue_name
: the name of the scheduler queue (sometimes also called partition), on which the job will be submitted.job_resource
: a suitableJobResource
subclass with information on how many nodes and cpus it should use. It must be an instance of theaiida.scheduler.Scheduler._job_resource_class
class. Use the Scheduler.create_job_resource method to create it.num_machines
: how many machines (or nodes) should be usednum_mpiprocs_per_machine
: how many MPI procs should be used on each machine (or node).priority
: a priority for this job. Should be in the format accepted by the specific scheduler.max_memory_kb
: The maximum amount of memory the job is allowed to allocate ON EACH NODE, in kilobytesmax_wallclock_seconds
: The maximum wall clock time that all processes of a job are allowed to exist, in secondscustom_scheduler_commands
: a string that will be inserted right after the last scheduler command, and before any other non-scheduler command; useful if some specific flag needs to be added and is not supported by the pluginprepend_text
: a (possibly multi-line) string to be inserted in the scheduler script before the main execution lineappend_text
: a (possibly multi-line) string to be inserted in the scheduler script after the main execution lineimport_sys_environment
: import the system environment variablescodes_info
: a list of aiida.common.datastructures.CalcInfo objects. Each contains the information necessary to run a single code. At the moment, it can contain:cmdline_parameters
: a list of strings with the command line arguments of the program to run. This is the main program to be executed. NOTE: The first one is the executable name. For MPI runs, this will probably be “mpirun” or a similar program; this has to be chosen at a upper level.stdin_name
: the (relative) file name to be used as stdin for the program specified with argv.stdout_name
: the (relative) file name to be used as stdout for the program specified with argv.stderr_name
: the (relative) file name to be used as stderr for the program specified with argv.join_files
: if True, stderr is redirected on the same file specified for stdout.
codes_run_mode
: sets the run_mode with which the (multiple) codes have to be executed. For example, parallel execution:mpirun -np 8 a.x & mpirun -np 8 b.x & wait
The serial execution would be without the &’s. Values are given by aiida.common.datastructures.code_run_modes.
-
class
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.
MachineInfo
(init=None)[source]¶ Similarly to what is defined in the DRMAA v.2 as SlotInfo; this identifies each machine (also called ‘node’ on some schedulers) on which a job is running, and how many CPUs are being used. (Some of them could be undefined)
name
: name of the machinenum_cpus
: number of cores used by the job on this machinenum_mpiprocs
: number of MPI processes used by the job on this machine
-
class
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.
NodeNumberJobResource
(**kwargs)[source]¶ An implementation of JobResource for schedulers that support the specification of a number of nodes and a number of cpus per node
-
class
aiida.scheduler.datastructures.
ParEnvJobResource
(**kwargs)[source]¶ An implementation of JobResource for schedulers that support the specification of a parallel environment (a string) + the total number of nodes
aiida.cmdline documentation¶
Baseclass¶
-
class
aiida.cmdline.baseclass.
VerdiCommand
[source]¶ This command has no documentation yet.
-
complete
(subargs_idx, subargs)[source]¶ Method called when the user asks for the bash completion. Print a list of valid keywords. Returning without printing will use standard bash completion.
Parameters: - subargs_idx – the index of the subargs where the TAB key was pressed (0 is the first element of subargs)
- subargs – a list of subarguments to this command
-
classmethod
get_command_name
()[source]¶ Return the name of the verdi command associated to this class. By default, the lower-case version of the class name.
-
-
class
aiida.cmdline.baseclass.
VerdiCommandWithSubcommands
[source]¶ Used for commands with subcommands. Just define, in the __init__, the self.valid_subcommands dictionary, in the format:
self.valid_subcommands = { 'uploadfamily': (self.uploadfamily, self.complete_auto), 'listfamilies': (self.listfamilies, self.complete_none), }
where the key is the subcommand name to give on the command line, and the value is a tuple of length 2, the first is the function to call on execution, the second is the function to call on complete.
This class already defined the complete_auto and complete_none commands, that respectively call the default bash completion for filenames/folders, or do not give any completion suggestion. Other functions can of course be defined.
Todo
Improve the docstrings for commands with subcommands.
-
get_full_command_name
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Return the current command name. Also tries to get the subcommand name.
Also tries to see if the caller function was one specific submethod.
Parameters: with_exec_name – if True, return the full string, including the executable name (‘verdi’). If False, omit it.
-
Verdi lib¶
Command line commands for the main executable ‘verdi’ of aiida
If you want to define a new command line parameter, just define a new class inheriting from VerdiCommand, and define a run(self,*args) method accepting a variable-length number of parameters args (the command-line parameters), which will be invoked when this executable is called as verdi NAME
Don’t forget to add the docstring to the class: the first line will be the short description, the following ones the long description.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
Completion
[source]¶ Manage bash completion
Return a list of available commands, separated by spaces. Calls the correct function of the command if the TAB has been pressed after the first command.
Returning without printing will use the default bash completion.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
CompletionCommand
[source]¶ Return the bash completion function to put in ~/.bashrc
This command prints on screen the function to be inserted in your .bashrc command. You can copy and paste the output, or simply add eval “verdi completioncommand” to your .bashrc, AFTER having added the aiida/bin directory to the path.
-
run
(*args)[source]¶ I put the documentation here, and I don’t print it, so we don’t clutter too much the .bashrc.
- “${THE_WORDS[@]}” (with the @) puts each element as a different parameter; note that the variable expansion etc. is performed
- I add a ‘x’ at the end and then remove it; in this way, $( ) will not remove trailing spaces
- If the completion command did not print anything, we use the default bash completion for filenames
- If instead the code prints something empty, thanks to the workaround above $OUTPUT is not empty, so we do go the the ‘else’ case and then, no substitution is suggested.
-
-
class
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
Help
[source]¶ Describe a specific command
Pass a further argument to get a description of a given command.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
Install
[source]¶ Install/setup aiida for the current user
This command creates the ~/.aiida folder in the home directory of the user, interactively asks for the database settings and the repository location, does a setup of the daemon and runs a migrate command to create/setup the database.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
ListParams
[source]¶ List available commands
List available commands and their short description. For the long description, use the ‘help’ command.
-
exception
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
ProfileParsingException
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Exception raised when parsing the profile command line option, if only -p is provided, and no profile is specified
-
class
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
Runserver
[source]¶ Run the AiiDA webserver on localhost
This command runs the webserver on the default port. Further command line options are passed to the Django manage runserver command
-
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
exec_from_cmdline
(argv)[source]¶ The main function to be called. Pass as parameter the sys.argv.
-
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
get_command_suggestion
(command)[source]¶ A function that prints on stderr a list of similar commands
-
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
get_listparams
()[source]¶ Return a string with the list of parameters, to be printed
The advantage of this function is that the calling routine can choose to print it on stdout or stderr, depending on the needs.
-
aiida.cmdline.verdilib.
parse_profile
(argv, merge_equal=False)[source]¶ Parse the argv to see if a profile has been specified, return it with the command position shift (index where the commands start)
Parameters: merge_equal – if True, merge things like (‘verdi’, ‘–profile’, ‘=’, ‘x’, ‘y’) to (‘verdi’, ‘–profile=x’, ‘y’) but then return the correct index for the original array. Raises: ProfileParsingException – if there is only ‘verdi’ specified, or if only ‘verdi -p’ (in these cases, one has respectively exception.minus_p_provided equal to False or True)
Daemon¶
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.daemon.
Daemon
[source]¶ Manage the AiiDA daemon
This command allows to interact with the AiiDA daemon. Valid subcommands are:
- start: start the daemon
- stop: restart the daemon
- restart: restart the aiida daemon, waiting for it to cleanly exit before restarting it.
- status: inquire the status of the Daemon.
- logshow: show the log in a continuous fashion, similar to the ‘tail -f’ command. Press CTRL+C to exit.
-
__init__
()[source]¶ A dictionary with valid commands and functions to be called: start, stop, status and restart.
-
daemon_restart
(*args)[source]¶ Restart the daemon. Before restarting, wait for the daemon to really shut down.
-
daemon_stop
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Stop the daemon.
Parameters: wait_for_death – If True, also verifies that the process was already killed. It attempts at most max_retries
times, withsleep_between_retries
seconds between one attempt and the following one (both variables are for the time being hardcoded in the function).Returns: None if wait_for_death
is False. True/False if the process was actually dead or after all the retries it was still alive.
Data¶
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.
Data
[source]¶ Setup and manage data specific types
There is a list of subcommands for managing specific types of data. For instance, ‘data upf’ manages pseudopotentials in the UPF format.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.
Depositable
[source]¶ Provides shell completion for depositable data nodes.
Note
classes, inheriting Depositable, MUST NOT contain attributes, starting with
_deposit_
, which are not plugins for depositing.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.
Exportable
[source]¶ Provides shell completion for exportable data nodes.
Note
classes, inheriting Exportable, MUST NOT contain attributes, starting with
_export_
, which are not plugins for exporting.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.
Importable
[source]¶ Provides shell completion for importable data nodes.
Note
classes, inheriting Importable, MUST NOT contain attributes, starting with
_import_
, which are not plugins for importing.
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.
Listable
[source]¶ Provides shell completion for listable data nodes.
Note
classes, inheriting Listable, MUST define value for property
dataclass
(preferably in__init__
), which has to point to correct *Data class.-
append_list_cmdline_arguments
(parser)[source]¶ Append additional command line parameters, that are later parsed and used in the query construction.
Parameters: parser – instance of argparse.ArgumentParser
-
get_column_names
()[source]¶ Return the list with column names.
Note
neither the number nor correspondence of column names and actual columns in the output from the
query
are checked.
-
list
(*args)[source]¶ List all instances of given data class.
Parameters: args – a list of command line arguments.
-
query
(args)[source]¶ Perform the query and return information for the list.
Parameters: args – a namespace with parsed command line parameters. Returns: table (list of lists) with information, describing nodes. Each row describes a single hit.
-
query_group
(q_object, args)[source]¶ Subselect to filter data nodes by their group.
Parameters: - q_object – a query object
- args – a namespace with parsed command line parameters.
-
query_group_qb
(filters, args)[source]¶ Subselect to filter data nodes by their group.
Parameters: - q_object – a query object
- args – a namespace with parsed command line parameters.
-
-
class
aiida.cmdline.commands.data.
Visualizable
[source]¶ Provides shell completion for visualizable data nodes.
Note
classes, inheriting Visualizable, MUST NOT contain attributes, starting with
_show_
, which are not plugins for visualization.In order to specify a default visualization format, one has to override
_default_show_format
property (preferably in__init__
), setting it to the name of default visualization tool.
aiida.execmanager documentation¶
Execution Manager¶
This file contains the main routines to submit, check and retrieve calculation results. These are general and contain only the main logic; where appropriate, the routines make reference to the suitable plugins for all plugin-specific operations.
-
aiida.daemon.execmanager.
submit_calc
(calc, authinfo, transport=None)[source]¶ Submit a calculation
Note: if no transport is passed, a new transport is opened and then closed within this function. If you want to use an already opened transport, pass it as further parameter. In this case, the transport has to be already open, and must coincide with the transport of the the computer defined by the authinfo.
Parameters: - calc – the calculation to submit (an instance of the aiida.orm.JobCalculation class)
- authinfo – the authinfo for this calculation.
- transport – if passed, must be an already opened transport. No checks are done on the consistency of the given transport with the transport of the computer defined in the authinfo.
-
aiida.daemon.execmanager.
submit_jobs_with_authinfo
(authinfo)[source]¶ Submit jobs in TOSUBMIT status belonging to user and machine as defined in the ‘dbauthinfo’ table.
aiida.backends.djsite documentation¶
Database schema¶
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbAttribute
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ This table stores attributes that uniquely define the content of the node. Therefore, their modification corrupts the data.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbAttributeBaseClass
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Abstract base class for tables storing element-attribute-value data. Element is the dbnode; attribute is the key name. Value is the specific value to store.
This table had different SQL columns to store different types of data, and a datatype field to know the actual datatype.
Moreover, this class unpacks dictionaries and lists when possible, so that it is possible to query inside recursive lists and dicts.
-
classmethod
del_value_for_node
(dbnode, key)[source]¶ Delete an attribute from the database for the given dbnode.
Note: no exception is raised if no attribute with the given key is found in the DB.
Parameters: - dbnode – the dbnode for which you want to delete the key.
- key – the key to delete.
-
classmethod
get_all_values_for_node
(dbnode)[source]¶ Return a dictionary with all attributes for the given dbnode.
Returns: a dictionary where each key is a level-0 attribute stored in the Db table, correctly converted to the right type.
-
classmethod
get_all_values_for_nodepk
(dbnodepk)[source]¶ Return a dictionary with all attributes for the dbnode with given PK.
Returns: a dictionary where each key is a level-0 attribute stored in the Db table, correctly converted to the right type.
-
classmethod
get_value_for_node
(dbnode, key)[source]¶ Get an attribute from the database for the given dbnode.
Returns: the value stored in the Db table, correctly converted to the right type. Raises: AttributeError – if no key is found for the given dbnode
-
classmethod
has_key
(dbnode, key)[source]¶ Return True if the given dbnode has an attribute with the given key, False otherwise.
-
classmethod
list_all_node_elements
(dbnode)[source]¶ Return a django queryset with the attributes of the given node, only at deepness level zero (i.e., keys not containing the separator).
-
classmethod
set_value_for_node
(dbnode, key, value, with_transaction=True, stop_if_existing=False)[source]¶ This is the raw-level method that accesses the DB. No checks are done to prevent the user from (re)setting a valid key. To be used only internally.
Todo: there may be some error on concurrent write; not checked in this unlucky case!
Parameters: - dbnode – the dbnode for which the attribute should be stored; in an integer is passed, this is used as the PK of the dbnode, without any further check (for speed reasons)
- key – the key of the attribute to store; must be a level-zero attribute (i.e., no separators in the key)
- value – the value of the attribute to store
- with_transaction – if True (default), do this within a transaction, so that nothing gets stored if a subitem cannot be created. Otherwise, if this parameter is False, no transaction management is performed.
- stop_if_existing – if True, it will stop with an UniquenessError exception if the key already exists for the given node. Otherwise, it will first delete the old value, if existent. The use with True is useful if you want to use a given attribute as a “locking” value, e.g. to avoid to perform an action twice on the same node. Note that, if you are using transactions, you may get the error only when the transaction is committed.
Raises: ValueError – if the key contains the separator symbol used internally to unpack dictionaries and lists (defined in cls._sep).
-
classmethod
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbAuthInfo
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Table that pairs aiida users and computers, with all required authentication information.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbCalcState
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Store the state of calculations.
The advantage of a table (with uniqueness constraints) is that this disallows entering twice in the same state (e.g., retrieving twice).
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbComment
(id, uuid, dbnode_id, ctime, mtime, user_id, content)[source]¶
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbComputer
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Table of computers or clusters.
Attributes: * name: A name to be used to refer to this computer. Must be unique. * hostname: Fully-qualified hostname of the host * transport_type: a string with a valid transport type
Note: other things that may be set in the metadata:
- mpirun command
- num cores per node
- max num cores
- workdir: Full path of the aiida folder on the host. It can contain the string {username} that will be substituted by the username of the user on that machine. The actual workdir is then obtained as workdir.format(username=THE_ACTUAL_USERNAME) Example: workdir = “/scratch/{username}/aiida/”
- allocate full node = True or False
- ... (further limits per user etc.)
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbExtra
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ This table stores extra data, still in the key-value format, that the user can attach to a node. Therefore, their modification simply changes the user-defined data, but does not corrupt the node (it will still be loadable without errors). Could be useful to add “duplicate” information for easier querying, or for tagging nodes.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbGroup
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ A group of nodes.
Any group of nodes can be created, but some groups may have specific meaning if they satisfy specific rules (for instance, groups of UpdData objects are pseudopotential families - if no two pseudos are included for the same atomic element).
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbLink
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Direct connection between two dbnodes. The label is identifying the link type.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbLog
(id, time, loggername, levelname, objname, objpk, message, metadata)[source]¶
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbMultipleValueAttributeBaseClass
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Abstract base class for tables storing attribute + value data, of different data types (without any association to a Node).
-
classmethod
create_value
(key, value, subspecifier_value=None, other_attribs={})[source]¶ Create a new list of attributes, without storing them, associated with the current key/value pair (and to the given subspecifier, e.g. the DbNode for DbAttributes and DbExtras).
Note: No hits are done on the DB, in particular no check is done on the existence of the given nodes.
Parameters: - key – a string with the key to create (can contain the separator cls._sep if this is a sub-attribute: indeed, this function calls itself recursively)
- value – the value to store (a basic data type or a list or a dict)
- subspecifier_value – must be None if this class has no subspecifier set (e.g., the DbSetting class). Must be the value of the subspecifier (e.g., the dbnode) for classes that define it (e.g. DbAttribute and DbExtra)
- other_attribs – a dictionary of other parameters, to store only on the level-zero attribute (e.g. for description in DbSetting).
Returns: always a list of class instances; it is the user responsibility to store such entries (typically with a Django bulk_create() call).
-
classmethod
del_value
(key, only_children=False, subspecifier_value=None)[source]¶ Delete a value associated with the given key (if existing).
Note: No exceptions are raised if no entry is found.
Parameters: - key – the key to delete. Can contain the separator cls._sep if you want to delete a subkey.
- only_children – if True, delete only children and not the entry itself.
- subspecifier_value – must be None if this class has no subspecifier set (e.g., the DbSetting class). Must be the value of the subspecifier (e.g., the dbnode) for classes that define it (e.g. DbAttribute and DbExtra)
-
classmethod
get_query_dict
(value)[source]¶ Return a dictionary that can be used in a django filter to query for a specific value. This takes care of checking the type of the input parameter ‘value’ and to convert it to the right query.
Parameters: value – The value that should be queried. Note: can only be base datatype, not a list or dict. For those, query directly for one of the sub-elements. Todo: see if we want to give the possibility to query for the existence of a (possibly empty) dictionary or list, of for their length. Note: this will of course not find a data if this was stored in the DB as a serialized JSON. Returns: a dictionary to be used in the django .filter() method. For instance, if ‘value’ is a string, it will return the dictionary {'datatype': 'txt', 'tval': value}
.Raise: ValueError if value is not of a base datatype (string, integer, float, bool, None, or date)
-
getvalue
()[source]¶ This can be called on a given row and will get the corresponding value, casting it correctly.
-
long_field_length
()¶ Return the length of “long” fields. This is used, for instance, for the ‘key’ field of attributes. This returns 1024 typically, but it returns 255 if the backend is mysql.
Note: Call this function only AFTER having called load_dbenv!
-
classmethod
set_value
(key, value, with_transaction=True, subspecifier_value=None, other_attribs={}, stop_if_existing=False)[source]¶ Set a new value in the DB, possibly associated to the given subspecifier.
Note: This method also stored directly in the DB.
Parameters: - key – a string with the key to create (must be a level-0 attribute, that is it cannot contain the separator cls._sep).
- value – the value to store (a basic data type or a list or a dict)
- subspecifier_value – must be None if this class has no subspecifier set (e.g., the DbSetting class). Must be the value of the subspecifier (e.g., the dbnode) for classes that define it (e.g. DbAttribute and DbExtra)
- with_transaction – True if you want this function to be managed with transactions. Set to False if you already have a manual management of transactions in the block where you are calling this function (useful for speed improvements to avoid recursive transactions)
- other_attribs – a dictionary of other parameters, to store only on the level-zero attribute (e.g. for description in DbSetting).
- stop_if_existing – if True, it will stop with an UniquenessError exception if the new entry would violate an uniqueness constraint in the DB (same key, or same key+node, depending on the specific subclass). Otherwise, it will first delete the old value, if existent. The use with True is useful if you want to use a given attribute as a “locking” value, e.g. to avoid to perform an action twice on the same node. Note that, if you are using transactions, you may get the error only when the transaction is committed.
-
subspecifier_pk
¶ Return the subspecifier PK in the database (or None, if no subspecifier should be used)
-
subspecifiers_dict
¶ Return a dict to narrow down the query to only those matching also the subspecifier.
-
classmethod
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbNode
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Generic node: data or calculation or code.
Nodes can be linked (DbLink table) Naming convention for Node relationships: A –> C –> B.
- A is ‘input’ of C.
- C is ‘output’ of A.
- A is ‘parent’ of B,C
- C,B are ‘children’ of A.
Note: parents and children are stored in the DbPath table, the transitive closure table, automatically updated via DB triggers whenever a link is added to or removed from the DbLink table. Internal attributes, that define the node itself, are stored in the DbAttribute table; further user-defined attributes, called ‘extra’, are stored in the DbExtra table (same schema and methods of the DbAttribute table, but the code does not rely on the content of the table, therefore the user can use it at his will to tag or annotate nodes.
Note: Attributes in the DbAttribute table have to be thought as belonging to the DbNode, (this is the reason for which there is no ‘user’ field in the DbAttribute field). Moreover, Attributes define uniquely the Node so should be immutable (except for the few ones defined in the _updatable_attributes attribute of the Node() class, that are updatable: these are Attributes that are set by AiiDA, so the user should not modify them, but can be changed (e.g., the append_text of a code, that can be redefined if the code has to be recompiled). -
attributes
¶ Return all attributes of the given node as a single dictionary.
-
extras
¶ Return all extras of the given node as a single dictionary.
-
get_aiida_class
()[source]¶ Return the corresponding aiida instance of class aiida.orm.Node or a appropriate subclass.
-
get_simple_name
(invalid_result=None)[source]¶ Return a string with the last part of the type name.
If the type is empty, use ‘Node’. If the type is invalid, return the content of the input variable
invalid_result
.Parameters: invalid_result – The value to be returned if the node type is not recognized.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbPath
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ Transitive closure table for all dbnode paths.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbSetting
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ This will store generic settings that should be database-wide.
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbUser
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ This class replaces the default User class of Django
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbWorkflow
(id, uuid, ctime, mtime, user_id, label, description, nodeversion, lastsyncedversion, state, report, module, module_class, script_path, script_md5)[source]¶
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbWorkflowData
(id, parent_id, name, time, data_type, value_type, json_value, aiida_obj_id)[source]¶
-
class
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
DbWorkflowStep
(id, parent_id, name, user_id, time, nextcall, state)[source]¶
-
aiida.backends.djsite.db.models.
deserialize_attributes
(data, sep, original_class=None, original_pk=None)[source]¶ Deserialize the attributes from the format internally stored in the DB to the actual format (dictionaries, lists, integers, ...
Parameters: - data – must be a dictionary of dictionaries. In the top-level dictionary, the key must be the key of the attribute. The value must be a dictionary with the following keys: datatype, tval, fval, ival, bval, dval. Other keys are ignored. NOTE that a type check is not performed! tval is expected to be a string, dval a date, etc.
- sep – a string, the separator between subfields (to separate the name of a dictionary from the keys it contains, for instance)
- original_class – if these elements come from a specific subclass of DbMultipleValueAttributeBaseClass, pass here the class (note: the class, not the instance!). This is used only in case the wrong number of elements is found in the raw data, to print a more meaningful message (if the class has a dbnode associated to it)
- original_pk – if the elements come from a specific subclass of DbMultipleValueAttributeBaseClass that has a dbnode associated to it, pass here the PK integer. This is used only in case the wrong number of elements is found in the raw data, to print a more meaningful message
Returns: a dictionary, where for each entry the corresponding value is returned, deserialized back to lists, dictionaries, etc. Example: if
data = {'a': {'datatype': "list", "ival": 2, ...}, 'a.0': {'datatype': "int", "ival": 2, ...}, 'a.1': {'datatype': "txt", "tval": "yy"}]
, it will return{"a": [2, "yy"]}
QueryTool documentation¶
This section describes the querytool class for querying nodes with an easy Python interface.
QueryBuilder documentation¶
The general functionalities that all querybuilders need to have
are found in this module.
AbstractQueryBuilder()
is the abstract class for QueryBuilder classes.
Subclasses need to be written for every schema/backend implemented
in backends.
-
class
aiida.backends.querybuild.querybuilder_base.
AbstractQueryBuilder
(*args, **kwargs)[source]¶ QueryBuilderBase is the base class for QueryBuilder classes, which are than adapted to the individual schema and ORM used. In here, general graph traversal functionalities are implemented, the specific type of node and link is dealt in subclasses. In order to load the correct subclass:
from aiida.orm.querybuilder import QueryBuilder
-
add_filter
(tagspec, filter_spec)[source]¶ Adding a filter to my filters.
Parameters: - tagspec – The tag, which has to exist already as a key in self._filters
- filter_spec – The specifications for the filter, has to be a dictionary
-
add_projection
(tag_spec, projection_spec)[source]¶ Adds a projection
Parameters: - tag_spec – A valid specification for a tag
- projection_spec – The specification for the projection. A projection is a list of dictionaries, with each dictionary containing key-value pairs where the key is database entity (e.g. a column / an attribute) and the value is (optional) additional information on how to process this database entity.
If the given projection_spec is not a list, it will be expanded to a list. If the listitems are not dictionaries, but strings (No additional processing of the projected results desired), they will be expanded to dictionaries.
Usage:
qb = QueryBuilder() qb.append(StructureData, tag='struc') # Will project the uuid and the kinds qb.add_projection('struc', ['uuid', 'attributes.kinds'])
-
all
(batch_size=None)[source]¶ Executes the full query with the order of the rows as returned by the backend. the order inside each row is given by the order of the vertices in the path and the order of the projections for each vertice in the path.
Parameters: batch_size (int) – The size of the batches to ask the backend to batch results in subcollections. You can optimize the speed of the query by tuning this parameter. Leave the default (None) if speed is not critical or if you don’t know what you’re doing! Returns: a list of lists of all projected entities.
-
append
(cls=None, type=None, tag=None, autotag=False, filters=None, project=None, subclassing=True, edge_tag=None, edge_filters=None, edge_project=None, **kwargs)[source]¶ Any iterative procedure to build the path for a graph query needs to invoke this method to append to the path.
Parameters: - cls – The Aiida-class (or backend-class) defining the appended vertice
- type – The type of the class, if cls is not given
- tag – A unique tag. If none is given, will take the classname. See keyword autotag to achieve unique tag.
- filters – Filters to apply for this vertice. See usage examples for details.
- autotag – Whether to search for a unique tag, (default False). If True, will find a unique tag. Cannot be set to True if tag is specified.
- subclassing – Whether to include subclasses of the given class (default True). E.g. Specifying JobCalculation will include PwCalculation
A small usage example how this can be invoked:
qb = QueryBuilder() # Instantiating empty querybuilder instance qb.append(cls=StructureData) # First item is StructureData node # The # next node in the path is a PwCalculation, with # the structure joined as an input qb.append( cls=PwCalculation, output_of=StructureData )
Returns: self
-
count
()[source]¶ Counts the number of rows returned by the backend.
Returns: the number of rows as an integer
-
dict
(batch_size=None)[source]¶ Executes the full query with the order of the rows as returned by the backend. the order inside each row is given by the order of the vertices in the path and the order of the projections for each vertice in the path.
Parameters: batch_size (int) – The size of the batches to ask the backend to batch results in subcollections. You can optimize the speed of the query by tuning this parameter. Leave the default (None) if speed is not critical or if you don’t know what you’re doing! Returns: a list of dictionaries of all projected entities. Each dictionary consists of key value pairs, where the key is the tag of the vertice and the value a dictionary of key-value pairs where key is the entity description (a column name or attribute path) and the value the value in the DB. Usage:
qb = QueryBuilder() qb.append( StructureData, tag='structure', filters={'uuid':{'==':myuuid}}, ) qb.append( Node, descendant_of='structure', project=['type', 'id'], # returns type (string) and id (string) tag='descendant' ) # Return the dictionaries: print "qb.iterdict()" for d in qb.iterdict(): print '>>>', d
results in the following output:
qb.iterdict() >>> {'descendant': { 'type': u'calculation.job.quantumespresso.pw.PwCalculation.', 'id': 7716} } >>> {'descendant': { 'type': u'data.remote.RemoteData.', 'id': 8510} }
-
distinct
()[source]¶ Asks for distinct rows. Does not execute the query! If you want a distinct query:
qb = QueryBuilder(**queryhelp) qb.distinct().all() # or qb.distinct().get_results_dict()
Returns: self
-
except_if_input_to
(calc_class)[source]¶ Makes counterquery based on the own path, only selecting entries that have been input to calc_class
Parameters: calc_class – The calculation class to check against Returns: self
-
first
()[source]¶ Executes query asking for one instance. Use as follows:
qb = QueryBuilder(**queryhelp) qb.first()
Returns: One row of results as a list, order as given by order of vertices in path and projections for vertice
-
get_alias
(tag)[source]¶ In order to continue a query by the user, this utility function returns the aliased ormclasses.
Parameters: tag – The tag for a vertice in the path Returns: the alias given for that vertice
-
get_json_compatible_queryhelp
()[source]¶ Makes the queryhelp a json - compatible dictionary. In this way,the queryhelp can be stored in a node in the database and retrieved or shared.
Returns: the json-compatible queryhelp All classes defined in the input are converted to strings specifying the type, for example:
-
get_query
()[source]¶ Checks if the query instance is still valid by hashing the queryhelp. If not invokes
QueryBuilderBase._build()
.Returns: an instance of sqlalchemy.orm.Query
-
get_results_dict
()[source]¶ Deprecated, use
QueryBuilderBase.dict()
orQueryBuilderBase.iterdict()
instead
-
inject_query
(query)[source]¶ Manipulate the query an inject it back. This can be done to add custom filters using SQLA. :param query: A sqlalchemy.orm.Query instance
-
iterall
(batch_size=100)[source]¶ Same as
QueryBuilderBase.all()
, but returns a generator. Be aware that this is only safe if no commit will take place during this transaction. You might also want to read the SQLAlchemy documentation on http://docs.sqlalchemy.org/en/latest/orm/query.html#sqlalchemy.orm.query.Query.yield_perParameters: batch_size (int) – The size of the batches to ask the backend to batch results in subcollections. You can optimize the speed of the query by tuning this parameter. Returns: a generator of lists
-
iterdict
(batch_size=100)[source]¶ Same as
QueryBuilderBase.dict()
, but returns a generator. Be aware that this is only safe if no commit will take place during this transaction. You might also want to read the SQLAlchemy documentation on http://docs.sqlalchemy.org/en/latest/orm/query.html#sqlalchemy.orm.query.Query.yield_perParameters: batch_size (int) – The size of the batches to ask the backend to batch results in subcollections. You can optimize the speed of the query by tuning this parameter. Returns: a generator of dictionaries
-
limit
(limit)[source]¶ Set the limit (nr of rows to return)
Parameters: limit (int) – integers of nr of rows to return
-
offset
(offset)[source]¶ Set the offset. If offset is set, that many rows are skipped before returning. offset = 0 is the same as omitting setting the offset. If both offset and limit appear, then offset rows are skipped before starting to count the limit rows that are returned.
Parameters: offset (int) – integers of nr of rows to skip
-
order_by
(order_by)[source]¶ Set the entity to order by
Parameters: order_by – This is a list of items, where each item is a dictionary specifies what to sort for an entity In each dictionary in that list, keys represent valid tags of entities (tables), and values are list of columns.
Usage:
#Sorting by id (ascending): qb = QueryBuilder() qb.append(Node, tag='node') qb.order_by({'node':['id']}) # or #Sorting by id (ascending): qb = QueryBuilder() qb.append(Node, tag='node') qb.order_by({'node':[{'id':{'order':'asc'}}]}) # for descending order: qb = QueryBuilder() qb.append(Node, tag='node') qb.order_by({'node':[{'id':{'order':'desc'}}]}) # or (shorter) qb = QueryBuilder() qb.append(Node, tag='node') qb.order_by({'node':[{'id':'desc'}]})
-
DbImporter documentation¶
Generic database importer class¶
This section describes the base class for the import of data from external databases.
-
aiida.tools.dbimporters.
DbImporterFactory
(pluginname)[source]¶ This function loads the correct DbImporter plugin class
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.
CifEntry
(db_name=None, db_uri=None, id=None, version=None, extras={}, uri=None)[source]¶ Represents an entry from the structure database (COD, ICSD, ...).
-
cif
¶ Returns raw contents of a CIF file as string.
-
get_ase_structure
()[source]¶ Returns ASE representation of the CIF.
Note
To be removed, as it is duplicated in
aiida.orm.data.cif.CifData
.
-
get_cif_node
(store=False)[source]¶ Creates a CIF node, that can be used in AiiDA workflow.
Returns: aiida.orm.data.cif.CifData
object
-
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.
DbEntry
(db_name=None, db_uri=None, id=None, version=None, extras={}, uri=None)[source]¶ Represents an entry from external database.
-
contents
¶ Returns raw contents of a file as string.
-
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.
DbImporter
[source]¶ Base class for database importers.
-
get_supported_keywords
()[source]¶ Returns the list of all supported query keywords.
Returns: list of strings
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Method to query the database.
Parameters: - id – database-specific entry identificator
- element – element name from periodic table of elements
- number_of_elements – number of different elements
- mineral_name – name of mineral
- chemical_name – chemical name of substance
- formula – chemical formula
- volume – volume of the unit cell in cubic angstroms
- spacegroup – symmetry space group symbol in Hermann-Mauguin notation
- spacegroup_hall – symmetry space group symbol in Hall notation
- a – length of lattice vector in angstroms
- b – length of lattice vector in angstroms
- c – length of lattice vector in angstroms
- alpha – angles between lattice vectors in degrees
- beta – angles between lattice vectors in degrees
- gamma – angles between lattice vectors in degrees
- z – number of the formula units in the unit cell
- measurement_temp – temperature in kelvins at which the unit-cell parameters were measured
- measurement_pressure – pressure in kPa at which the unit-cell parameters were measured
- diffraction_temp – mean temperature in kelvins at which the intensities were measured
- diffraction_pressure – mean pressure in kPa at which the intensities were measured
- authors – authors of the publication
- journal – name of the journal
- title – title of the publication
- year – year of the publication
- journal_volume – journal volume of the publication
- journal_issue – journal issue of the publication
- first_page – first page of the publication
- last_page – last page of the publication
- doi – digital object identifyer (DOI), refering to the publication
Raises: NotImplementedError – if search using given keyword is not implemented.
-
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.
DbSearchResults
(results)[source]¶ Base class for database results.
All classes, inheriting this one and overriding
at()
, are able to benefit from having functions__iter__
,__len__
and__getitem__
.-
DbSearchResults.
__iter__
()[source]¶ Instances of
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.DbSearchResults
can be used as iterators.
-
DbSearchResults.
at
(position)[source]¶ Returns
position
-th result asaiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.DbEntry
.Parameters: position – zero-based index of a result. Raises: IndexError – if position
is out of bounds.
-
DbSearchResults.
fetch_all
()[source]¶ Returns all query results as an array of
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.DbEntry
.
-
DbSearchResults.
next
()[source]¶ Returns the next result of the query (instance of
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.DbEntry
).Raises: StopIteration – when the end of result array is reached.
-
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.baseclasses.
UpfEntry
(db_name=None, db_uri=None, id=None, version=None, extras={}, uri=None)[source]¶ Represents an entry from the pseudopotential database.
-
get_upf_node
(store=False)[source]¶ Creates an UPF node, that can be used in AiiDA workflow.
Returns: aiida.orm.data.upf.UpfData
object
-
Structural databases¶
COD database importer¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.cod.
CodDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Database importer for Crystallography Open Database.
-
get_supported_keywords
()[source]¶ Returns the list of all supported query keywords.
Returns: list of strings
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Performs a query on the COD database using
keyword = value
pairs, specified inkwargs
.Returns: an instance of aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.cod.CodSearchResults
.
-
ICSD database importer¶
-
exception
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.
CifFileErrorExp
[source]¶ Raised when the author loop is missing in a CIF file.
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.
IcsdDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Importer for the Inorganic Crystal Structure Database, short ICSD, provided by FIZ Karlsruhe. It allows to run queries and analyse all the results. See the DbImporter documentation and tutorial page for more information.
Parameters: - server –
Server URL, the web page of the database. It is required in order to have access to the full database. I t should contain both the protocol and the domain name and end with a slash, as in:
server = "http://ICSDSERVER.com/"
- urladd – part of URL which is added between query and and the server URL
(default:
index.php?
). only needed for web page query - querydb – boolean, decides whether the mysql database is queried (default: True). If False, the query results are obtained through the web page query, which is restricted to a maximum of 1000 results per query.
- dl_db – icsd comes with a full (default:
icsd
) and a demo database (icsdd
). This parameter allows the user to switch to the demo database for testing purposes, if the access rights to the full database are not granted. - host –
MySQL database host. If the MySQL database is hosted on a different machine, use “127.0.0.1” as host, and open a SSH tunnel to the host using:
ssh -L 3306:localhost:3306 username@hostname.com
or (if e.g. you get an URLError with Errno 111 (Connection refused) upon querying):
ssh -L 3306:localhost:3306 -L 8010:localhost:80 username@hostname.com
- user – mysql database username (default: dba)
- passwd – mysql database password (default: sql)
- db – name of the database (default: icsd)
- port – Port to access the mysql database (default: 3306)
- server –
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.
IcsdEntry
(uri, **kwargs)[source]¶ Represent an entry from Icsd.
Note: - Before July 2nd 2015, source[‘id’] contained icsd.IDNUM (internal icsd id number) and source[‘extras’][‘cif_nr’] the cif number (icsd.COLL_CODE).
- After July 2nd 2015, source[‘id’] has been replaced by the cif number and source[‘extras’][‘idnum’] is icsd.IDNUM .
-
cif
¶ Returns: cif file of Icsd entry.
-
get_cif_node
()[source]¶ Create a CIF node, that can be used in AiiDA workflow.
Returns: aiida.orm.data.cif.CifData
object
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.
IcsdSearchResults
(query, db_parameters)[source]¶ Result manager for the query performed on ICSD.
Parameters: - query – mysql query or webpage query
- db_parameters – database parameter setup during the initialisation of the IcsdDbImporter.
-
exception
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.
NoResultsWebExp
[source]¶ Raised when a webpage query returns no results.
-
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.icsd.
correct_cif
(cif)[source]¶ Correct the format of the CIF files. At the moment, it only fixes missing quotes in the authors field (
ase.read.io
only works if the author names are quoted, if not an AssertionError is raised).Parameters: cif – A string containing the content of the CIF file. Returns: a string containing the corrected CIF file.
MPOD database importer¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.mpod.
MpodDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Database importer for Material Properties Open Database.
-
get_supported_keywords
()[source]¶ Returns the list of all supported query keywords.
Returns: list of strings
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Performs a query on the MPOD database using
keyword = value
pairs, specified inkwargs
.Returns: an instance of aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.mpod.MpodSearchResults
.
-
OQMD database importer¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.oqmd.
OqmdDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Database importer for Open Quantum Materials Database.
-
get_supported_keywords
()[source]¶ Returns the list of all supported query keywords.
Returns: list of strings
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Performs a query on the OQMD database using
keyword = value
pairs, specified inkwargs
.Returns: an instance of aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.oqmd.OqmdSearchResults
.
-
PCOD database importer¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.pcod.
PcodDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Database importer for Predicted Crystallography Open Database.
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Performs a query on the PCOD database using
keyword = value
pairs, specified inkwargs
.Returns: an instance of aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.pcod.PcodSearchResults
.
-
TCOD database importer¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.tcod.
TcodDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Database importer for Theoretical Crystallography Open Database.
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Performs a query on the TCOD database using
keyword = value
pairs, specified inkwargs
.Returns: an instance of aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.tcod.TcodSearchResults
.
-
Other databases¶
NNINC database importer¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.nninc.
NnincDbImporter
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Database importer for NNIN/C Pseudopotential Virtual Vault.
-
get_supported_keywords
()[source]¶ Returns the list of all supported query keywords.
Returns: list of strings
-
query
(**kwargs)[source]¶ Performs a query on the NNIN/C Pseudopotential Virtual Vault using
keyword = value
pairs, specified inkwargs
.Returns: an instance of aiida.tools.dbimporters.plugins.nninc.NnincSearchResults
.
-
DbExporter documentation¶
TCOD database exporter¶
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
cif_encode_contents
(content, gzip=False, gzip_threshold=1024)[source]¶ Encodes data for usage in CIF text field in a best possible way: binary data is encoded using Base64 encoding; text with non-ASCII symbols, too long lines or lines starting with semicolons (‘;’) is encoded using Quoted-printable encoding.
Parameters: content – the content to be encoded Return content: encoded content Return encoding: a string specifying used encoding (None, ‘base64’, ‘ncr’, ‘quoted-printable’, ‘gzip+base64’)
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
decode_textfield
(content, method)[source]¶ Decodes the contents of encoded CIF textfield.
Parameters: - content – the content to be decoded
- method – method, which was used for encoding the contents (None, ‘base64’, ‘ncr’, ‘quoted-printable’, ‘gzip+base64’)
Returns: decoded content
Raises: ValueError – if the encoding method is unknown
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
decode_textfield_base64
(content)[source]¶ Decodes the contents for CIF textfield from Base64 using standard Python implementation (
base64.standard_b64decode()
)Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: decoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
decode_textfield_gzip_base64
(content)[source]¶ Decodes the contents for CIF textfield from Base64 and decompresses them with gzip.
Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: decoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
decode_textfield_ncr
(content)[source]¶ Decodes the contents for CIF textfield from Numeric Character Reference.
Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: decoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
decode_textfield_quoted_printable
(content)[source]¶ Decodes the contents for CIF textfield from quoted-printable encoding.
Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: decoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
deposit
(what, type, author_name=None, author_email=None, url=None, title=None, username=None, password=False, user_email=None, code_label='cif_cod_deposit', computer_name=None, replace=None, message=None, **kwargs)[source]¶ Launches a
aiida.orm.calculation.job.JobCalculation
to deposit data node to *COD-type database.Returns: launched aiida.orm.calculation.job.JobCalculation
instance.Raises: ValueError – if any of the required parameters are not given.
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
deposition_cmdline_parameters
(parser, expclass='Data')[source]¶ Provides descriptions of command line options, that are used to control the process of deposition to TCOD.
Parameters: - parser – an argparse.Parser instance
- expclass – name of the exported class to be shown in help string for the command line options
Note
This method must not set any default values for command line options in order not to clash with any other data deposition plugins.
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
encode_textfield_base64
(content, foldwidth=76)[source]¶ Encodes the contents for CIF textfield in Base64 using standard Python implementation (
base64.standard_b64encode()
).Parameters: - content – a string with contents
- foldwidth – maximum width of line (default is 76)
Returns: encoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
encode_textfield_gzip_base64
(content, **kwargs)[source]¶ Gzips the given string and encodes it in Base64.
Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: encoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
encode_textfield_ncr
(content)[source]¶ Encodes the contents for CIF textfield in Numeric Character Reference. Encoded characters:
\x09
,\x0A
,\x0D
,\x20
–\x7E
;- ‘
;
‘, if encountered on the beginning of the line; - ‘
\t
‘ - ‘
.
‘ and ‘?
‘, if comprise the entire textfield.
Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: encoded string
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
encode_textfield_quoted_printable
(content)[source]¶ Encodes the contents for CIF textfield in quoted-printable encoding. In addition to non-ASCII characters, that are encoded by Python function
quopri.encodestring()
, following characters are encoded:- ‘
;
‘, if encountered on the beginning of the line; - ‘
\t
‘ - ‘
.
‘ and ‘?
‘, if comprise the entire textfield.
Parameters: content – a string with contents Returns: encoded string - ‘
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
export_cif
(what, **kwargs)[source]¶ Exports given coordinate-containing *Data node to string of CIF format.
Returns: string with contents of CIF file.
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
export_cifnode
(what, parameters=None, trajectory_index=None, store=False, reduce_symmetry=True, **kwargs)[source]¶ The main exporter function. Exports given coordinate-containing *Data node to
aiida.orm.data.cif.CifData
node, ready to be exported to TCOD. All *Data types, having method_get_cif()
, are supported in addition toaiida.orm.data.cif.CifData
.Parameters: - what – data node to be exported.
- parameters – a
aiida.orm.data.parameter.ParameterData
instance, produced by the same calculation as the original exported node. - trajectory_index – a step to be converted and exported in case a
aiida.orm.data.array.trajectory.TrajectoryData
is exported. - store – boolean indicating whether to store intermediate nodes or not. Default False.
- dump_aiida_database – boolean indicating whether to include the dump of AiiDA database (containing only transitive closure of the exported node). Default True.
- exclude_external_contents – boolean indicating whether to exclude nodes from AiiDA database dump, that are taken from external repositores and have a URL link allowing to refetch their contents. Default False.
- gzip – boolean indicating whether to Gzip large CIF text fields. Default False.
- gzip_threshold – integer indicating the maximum size (in bytes) of uncompressed CIF text fields when the gzip option is in action. Default 1024.
Returns: a
aiida.orm.data.cif.CifData
node.
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
export_values
(what, **kwargs)[source]¶ Exports given coordinate-containing *Data node to PyCIFRW CIF data structure.
Returns: CIF data structure. Note
Requires PyCIFRW.
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
extend_with_cmdline_parameters
(parser, expclass='Data')[source]¶ Provides descriptions of command line options, that are used to control the process of exporting data to TCOD CIF files.
Parameters: - parser – an argparse.Parser instance
- expclass – name of the exported class to be shown in help string for the command line options
Note
This method must not set any default values for command line options in order not to clash with any other data export plugins.
-
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod.
translate_calculation_specific_values
(calc, translator, **kwargs)[source]¶ Translates calculation-specific values from
aiida.orm.calculation.job.JobCalculation
subclass to appropriate TCOD CIF tags.Parameters: - calc – an instance of
aiida.orm.calculation.job.JobCalculation
subclass. - translator – class, derived from
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod_plugins.BaseTcodtranslator
.
Raises: ValueError – if translator is not derived from proper class.
- calc – an instance of
TCOD parameter translator documentation¶
Base class¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod_plugins.
BaseTcodtranslator
[source]¶ Base translator from calculation-specific input and output parameters to TCOD CIF dictionary tags.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_X
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a number of points in the Brillouin zone along reciprocal lattice vector X.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_Y
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a number of points in the Brillouin zone along reciprocal lattice vector Y.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_Z
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a number of points in the Brillouin zone along reciprocal lattice vector Z.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_shift_X
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the shift of the Brillouin zone points along reciprocal lattice vector X.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_shift_Y
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the shift of the Brillouin zone points along reciprocal lattice vector Y.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_shift_Z
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the shift of the Brillouin zone points along reciprocal lattice vector Z.
-
classmethod
get_atom_site_residual_force_Cartesian_x
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of x components for Cartesian coordinates of residual force for atom. The list order MUST be the same as in the resulting structure.
-
classmethod
get_atom_site_residual_force_Cartesian_y
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of y components for Cartesian coordinates of residual force for atom. The list order MUST be the same as in the resulting structure.
-
classmethod
get_atom_site_residual_force_Cartesian_z
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of z components for Cartesian coordinates of residual force for atom. The list order MUST be the same as in the resulting structure.
-
classmethod
get_atom_type_basisset
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of basisset names for each atom type. The list order MUST be the same as of get_atom_type_symbol().
-
classmethod
get_atom_type_symbol
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of atom types. Each atom site MUST occur only once in this list. List MUST be sorted.
-
classmethod
get_atom_type_valence_configuration
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns valence configuration of each atom type. The list order MUST be the same as of get_atom_type_symbol().
-
classmethod
get_computation_wallclock_time
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the computation wallclock time in seconds.
-
classmethod
get_exchange_correlation_energy
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns exchange correlation (XC) energy in eV.
-
classmethod
get_integration_Methfessel_Paxton_order
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the order of Methfessel-Paxton approximation if used.
-
classmethod
get_integration_smearing_method
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the smearing method name as string.
-
classmethod
get_integration_smearing_method_other
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the smearing method name as string if the name is different from specified in cif_dft.dic.
-
classmethod
get_kinetic_energy_cutoff_EEX
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns kinetic energy cutoff for exact exchange (EEX) operator in eV.
-
classmethod
get_kinetic_energy_cutoff_charge_density
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns kinetic energy cutoff for charge density in eV.
-
classmethod
get_kinetic_energy_cutoff_wavefunctions
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns kinetic energy cutoff for wavefunctions in eV.
-
classmethod
get_software_executable_path
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the file-system path to the executable that was run for this computation.
-
classmethod
get_software_package
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the package or program name that was used to produce the structure. Only package or program name should be used, e.g. ‘VASP’, ‘psi3’, ‘Abinit’, etc.
-
classmethod
get_software_package_compilation_timestamp
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the timestamp of package/program compilation in ISO 8601 format.
-
classmethod
CP¶
NWChem (pymatgen-based)¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod_plugins.nwcpymatgen.
NwcpymatgenTcodtranslator
[source]¶ NWChem’s input and output parameter translator to TCOD CIF dictionary tags.
-
classmethod
get_atom_type_basisset
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of basisset names for each atom type. The list order MUST be the same as of get_atom_type_symbol().
-
classmethod
get_atom_type_symbol
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of atom types. Each atom site MUST occur only once in this list. List MUST be sorted.
-
classmethod
get_atom_type_valence_configuration
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns valence configuration of each atom type. The list order MUST be the same as of get_atom_type_symbol().
-
classmethod
get_software_package
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the package or program name that was used to produce the structure. Only package or program name should be used, e.g. ‘VASP’, ‘psi3’, ‘Abinit’, etc.
-
classmethod
PW¶
-
class
aiida.tools.dbexporters.tcod_plugins.pw.
PwTcodtranslator
[source]¶ Quantum ESPRESSO’s PW-specific input and output parameter translator to TCOD CIF dictionary tags.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_X
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a number of points in the Brillouin zone along reciprocal lattice vector X.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_Y
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a number of points in the Brillouin zone along reciprocal lattice vector Y.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_Z
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a number of points in the Brillouin zone along reciprocal lattice vector Z.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_shift_X
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the shift of the Brillouin zone points along reciprocal lattice vector X.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_shift_Y
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the shift of the Brillouin zone points along reciprocal lattice vector Y.
-
classmethod
get_BZ_integration_grid_shift_Z
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the shift of the Brillouin zone points along reciprocal lattice vector Z.
-
classmethod
get_atom_site_residual_force_Cartesian_x
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of x components for Cartesian coordinates of residual force for atom. The list order MUST be the same as in the resulting structure.
-
classmethod
get_atom_site_residual_force_Cartesian_y
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of y components for Cartesian coordinates of residual force for atom. The list order MUST be the same as in the resulting structure.
-
classmethod
get_atom_site_residual_force_Cartesian_z
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns a list of z components for Cartesian coordinates of residual force for atom. The list order MUST be the same as in the resulting structure.
-
classmethod
get_computation_wallclock_time
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the computation wallclock time in seconds.
-
classmethod
get_exchange_correlation_energy
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns exchange correlation (XC) energy in eV.
-
classmethod
get_integration_Methfessel_Paxton_order
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the order of Methfessel-Paxton approximation if used.
-
classmethod
get_integration_smearing_method
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the smearing method name as string.
-
classmethod
get_integration_smearing_method_other
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns the smearing method name as string if the name is different from specified in cif_dft.dic.
-
classmethod
get_kinetic_energy_cutoff_EEX
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns kinetic energy cutoff for exact exchange (EEX) operator in eV.
Note
by default returns ecutrho, as indicated in http://www.quantum-espresso.org/wp-content/uploads/Doc/INPUT_PW.html
-
classmethod
get_kinetic_energy_cutoff_charge_density
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns kinetic energy cutoff for charge density in eV.
Note
by default returns 4 * ecutwfc, as indicated in http://www.quantum-espresso.org/wp-content/uploads/Doc/INPUT_PW.html
-
classmethod
get_kinetic_energy_cutoff_wavefunctions
(calc, **kwargs)[source]¶ Returns kinetic energy cutoff for wavefunctions in eV.
-
classmethod
aiida.tools documentation¶
Tools¶
pw input parser¶
Tools for parsing QE PW input files and creating AiiDa Node objects based on them.
- TODO: Parse CONSTRAINTS, OCCUPATIONS, ATOMIC_FORCES once they are implemented
- in AiiDa
-
class
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
PwInputFile
(pwinput)[source]¶ Class used for parsing Quantum Espresso pw.x input files and using the info.
Variables: - namelists –
A nested dictionary of the namelists and their key-value pairs. The namelists will always be upper-case keys, while the parameter keys will always be lower-case.
For example:
{"CONTROL": {"calculation": "bands", "prefix": "al", "pseudo_dir": "./pseudo", "outdir": "./out"}, "ELECTRONS": {"diagonalization": "cg"}, "SYSTEM": {"nbnd": 8, "ecutwfc": 15.0, "celldm(1)": 7.5, "ibrav": 2, "nat": 1, "ntyp": 1} }
- atomic_positions –
A dictionary with
- units: the units of the positions (always lower-case) or None
- names: list of the atom names (e.g.
'Si'
,'Si0'
,'Si_0'
) - positions: list of the [x, y, z] positions
- fixed_coords: list of [x, y, z] (bools) of the force modifications
(Note: True <–> Fixed, as defined in the
BasePwCpInputGenerator._if_pos
method)
For example:
{'units': 'bohr', 'names': ['C', 'O'], 'positions': [[0.0, 0.0, 0.0], [0.0, 0.0, 2.5]] 'fixed_coords': [[False, False, False], [True, True, True]]}
- cell_parameters –
A dictionary (if CELL_PARAMETERS is present; else: None) with
- units: the units of the lattice vectors (always lower-case) or None
- cell: 3x3 list with lattice vectors as rows
For example:
{'units': 'angstrom', 'cell': [[16.9, 0.0, 0.0], [-2.6, 8.0, 0.0], [-2.6, -3.5, 7.2]]}
- k_points –
A dictionary containing
- type: the type of kpoints (always lower-case)
- points: an Nx3 list of the kpoints (will not be present if type = ‘gamma’ or type = ‘automatic’)
- weights: a 1xN list of the kpoint weights (will not be present if type = ‘gamma’ or type = ‘automatic’)
- mesh: a 1x3 list of the number of equally-spaced points in each direction of the Brillouin zone, as in Monkhorst-Pack grids (only present if type = ‘automatic’)
- offset: a 1x3 list of the grid offsets in each direction of the
Brillouin zone (only present if type = ‘automatic’)
(Note: The offset value for each direction will be one of
0.0
[no offset] or0.5
[offset by half a grid step]. This differs from the Quantum Espresso convention, where an offset value of1
corresponds to a half-grid-step offset, but adheres to the current AiiDa convention.
Examples:
{'type': 'crystal', 'points': [[0.125, 0.125, 0.0], [0.125, 0.375, 0.0], [0.375, 0.375, 0.0]], 'weights': [1.0, 2.0, 1.0]} {'type': 'automatic', 'points': [8, 8, 8], 'offset': [0.0, 0.5, 0.0]} {'type': 'gamma'}
- atomic_species –
A dictionary with
- names: list of the atom names (e.g. ‘Si’, ‘Si0’, ‘Si_0’) (case as-is)
- masses: list of the masses of the atoms in ‘names’
- pseudo_file_names: list of the pseudopotential file names for the atoms in ‘names’ (case as-is)
Example:
{'names': ['Li', 'O', 'Al', 'Si'], 'masses': [6.941, 15.9994, 26.98154, 28.0855], 'pseudo_file_names': ['Li.pbe-sl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF', 'O.pbe-nl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF', 'Al.pbe-nl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF', 'Si3 28.0855 Si.pbe-nl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF']
-
__init__
(pwinput)[source]¶ Parse inputs’s namelist and cards to create attributes of the info.
Parameters: pwinput –
Any one of the following
- A string of the (existing) absolute path to the pwinput file.
- A single string containing the pwinput file’s text.
- A list of strings, with the lines of the file as the elements.
- A file object. (It will be opened, if it isn’t already.)
Raises: - IOError – if
pwinput
is a file and there is a problem reading the file. - TypeError – if
pwinput
is a list containing any non-string element(s). - aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the pwinput.
-
get_kpointsdata
()[source]¶ Return a KpointsData object based on the data in the input file.
This uses all of the data in the input file to do the necessary unit conversion, ect. and then creates an AiiDa KpointsData object.
Note: If the calculation uses only the gamma k-point (if self.k_points[‘type’] == ‘gamma’), it is necessary to also attach a settings node to the calculation with gamma_only = True.
Returns: KpointsData object of the kpoints in the input file Return type: aiida.orm.data.array.kpoints.KpointsData Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.NotImplimentedError – if the kpoints are in a format not yet supported.
-
get_structuredata
()[source]¶ Return a StructureData object based on the data in the input file.
This uses all of the data in the input file to do the necessary unit conversion, ect. and then creates an AiiDa StructureData object.
All of the names corresponding of the Kind objects composing the StructureData object will match those found in the ATOMIC_SPECIES block, so the pseudopotentials can be linked to the calculation using the kind.name for each specific type of atom (in the event that you wish to use different pseudo’s for two or more of the same atom).
Returns: StructureData object of the structure in the input file Return type: aiida.orm.data.structure.StructureData Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input.
- namelists –
-
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
parse_atomic_positions
(txt)[source]¶ Return a dictionary containing info from the ATOMIC_POSITIONS card block in txt.
Note
If the units are unspecified, they will be returned as None.
Parameters: txt (str) – A single string containing the QE input text to be parsed. Returns: A dictionary with - units: the units of the positions (always lower-case) or None
- names: list of the atom names (e.g.
'Si'
,'Si0'
,'Si_0'
) - positions: list of the [x, y, z] positions
- fixed_coords: list of [x, y, z] (bools) of the force modifications
(Note: True <–> Fixed, as defined in the
BasePwCpInputGenerator._if_pos
method)
For example:
{'units': 'bohr', 'names': ['C', 'O'], 'positions': [[0.0, 0.0, 0.0], [0.0, 0.0, 2.5]] 'fixed_coords': [[False, False, False], [True, True, True]]}
Return type: dictionary Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input.
-
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
parse_atomic_species
(txt)[source]¶ Return a dictionary containing info from the ATOMIC_SPECIES card block in txt.
Parameters: txt (str) – A single string containing the QE input text to be parsed. Returns: A dictionary with - names: list of the atom names (e.g. ‘Si’, ‘Si0’, ‘Si_0’) (case as-is)
- masses: list of the masses of the atoms in ‘names’
- pseudo_file_names: list of the pseudopotential file names for the atoms in ‘names’ (case as-is)
Example:
{'names': ['Li', 'O', 'Al', 'Si'], 'masses': [6.941, 15.9994, 26.98154, 28.0855], 'pseudo_file_names': ['Li.pbe-sl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF', 'O.pbe-nl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF', 'Al.pbe-nl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF', 'Si3 28.0855 Si.pbe-nl-rrkjus_psl.1.0.0.UPF']
Return type: dictionary Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input.
-
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
parse_cell_parameters
(txt)[source]¶ Return dict containing info from the CELL_PARAMETERS card block in txt.
Note
This card is only needed if ibrav = 0. Therefore, if the card is not present, the function will return None and not raise an error.
Note
If the units are unspecified, they will be returned as None. The units interpreted by QE depend on whether or not one of ‘celldm(1)’ or ‘a’ is set in &SYSTEM.
Parameters: txt (str) – A single string containing the QE input text to be parsed. Returns: A dictionary (if CELL_PARAMETERS is present; else: None) with - units: the units of the lattice vectors (always lower-case) or None
- cell: 3x3 list with lattice vectors as rows
For example:
{'units': 'angstrom', 'cell': [[16.9, 0.0, 0.0], [-2.6, 8.0, 0.0], [-2.6, -3.5, 7.2]]}
Return type: dict or None Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input.
-
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
parse_k_points
(txt)[source]¶ Return a dictionary containing info from the K_POINTS card block in txt.
Note
If the type of kpoints (where type = x in the card header, “K_POINTS x”) is not present, type will be returned as ‘tpiba’, the QE default.
Parameters: txt (str) – A single string containing the QE input text to be parsed. Returns: A dictionary containing - type: the type of kpoints (always lower-case)
- points: an Nx3 list of the kpoints (will not be present if type = ‘gamma’ or type = ‘automatic’)
- weights: a 1xN list of the kpoint weights (will not be present if type = ‘gamma’ or type = ‘automatic’)
- mesh: a 1x3 list of the number of equally-spaced points in each direction of the Brillouin zone, as in Monkhorst-Pack grids (only present if type = ‘automatic’)
- offset: a 1x3 list of the grid offsets in each direction of the
Brillouin zone (only present if type = ‘automatic’)
(Note: The offset value for each direction will be one of
0.0
[no offset] or0.5
[offset by half a grid step]. This differs from the Quantum Espresso convention, where an offset value of1
corresponds to a half-grid-step offset, but adheres to the current AiiDa convention.
Examples:
{'type': 'crystal', 'points': [[0.125, 0.125, 0.0], [0.125, 0.375, 0.0], [0.375, 0.375, 0.0]], 'weights': [1.0, 2.0, 1.0]} {'type': 'automatic', 'points': [8, 8, 8], 'offset': [0.0, 0.5, 0.0]} {'type': 'gamma'}
Return type: dictionary Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input.
-
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
parse_namelists
(txt)[source]¶ Parse txt to extract a dictionary of the namelist info.
Parameters: txt (str) – A single string containing the QE input text to be parsed. Returns: A nested dictionary of the namelists and their key-value pairs. The namelists will always be upper-case keys, while the parameter keys will always be lower-case. For example:
{"CONTROL": {"calculation": "bands", "prefix": "al", "pseudo_dir": "./pseudo", "outdir": "./out"}, "ELECTRONS": {"diagonalization": "cg"}, "SYSTEM": {"nbnd": 8, "ecutwfc": 15.0, "celldm(1)": 7.5, "ibrav": 2, "nat": 1, "ntyp": 1} }
Return type: dictionary Raises: aiida.common.exceptions.ParsingError – if there are issues parsing the input.
-
aiida.tools.codespecific.quantumespresso.pwinputparser.
str2val
(valstr)[source]¶ Return a python value by converting valstr according to f90 syntax.
Parameters: valstr (str) – String representation of the variable to be converted. (e.g. ‘.true.’) Returns: A python variable corresponding to valstr. Return type: bool or float or int or str Raises: ValueError: if a suitable conversion of valstr
cannot be found.